Vacon CX and Etc PDF

F R E Q U E N C Y C O N V E R T E R S
User's manual
•
"Five in One+"
-application manual
Subject to changes without notice.

USER’S MANUAL AND “FIVE IN ONE+” APPLICATION MANUAL
These two manuals provide you with the general information how to use Vacon fre-
quency converters and, if needed, the “Five in One+” applications.
Vacon CX/CXL/CXS User’s Manual give you the necessary information about the instal-
lation, start-up and operation of Vacon CX/CXL/CXS frequency converters. We recom-
mend you to read this manual thoroughly before powering up the frequency converter
for the first time.
If you need a different I/O configuration or different operational functions see Chapter
12 of the User’s Manual, “Five in One+ Application Package” for an application more
suitable for your needs. For more detailed information, please read the attached “Five in
One+” Application Manual.
If any problems occur, please contact your local distributor. Vacon Plc is not responsible
for the use of its products against the given instructions.
CONTENTS
VACON CX/CXL/CXS USER'S MANUAL

1 Safety ........................................................ 2
2 EU-directive .............................................. 4
3 Receiving ................................................. 11
4 Technical data ......................................... 13
5 Installation ............................................... 23
6 Wiring ..................................................... 29
7 Control panel .......................................... 61
8 Commissioning ...................................... 73
9 Fault tracing ............................................ 76
10 Basic application .................................... 78
11 System parameter group 0 ..................... 85
12 "Five in One+" -application package ....... 87
13 Options ................................................... 89
VACON CX/CXL/CXS "FIVE IN ONE+" -

APPLICATION MANUAL
A General .................................................. 0-2

B Application selection ............................. 0-2
C Restoring default values of application .....
parameters ............................................ 0-2
D Language selection ............................... 0-2
1 Standard Control Application ................ 1-1
2 Local/Remote Control Application ........ 2-1
3 Multi-step Speed Application ................ 3-1
4 PI-control Application ............................ 4-1
5 Multi-purpose Control Application ......... 5-1
6 Pump and Fan Control Application ....... 6-1
User's manual
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual provides you with the information At least the following 10 steps of the Start-up
necessary to install, start up and operate the Quick Guide must be performed during the
Vacon CX/CXL/CXS frequency converter. We installation and commissioning.
recommend you to read this manual carefully.
If any problems occur, please contact your
local distributor.
Start-up Quick Guide
1. Check that the delivery corresponds to your 7. Read in Chapter 7 how to use of the
order, see Chapter 3. control panel.
2. Before taking any commissioning actions 8. The basic application has only 10
read carefully the safety instructions in parameters in addition to the motor rating
Chapter 1. plate data, parameter and application
package lock. All of them have default
3. Before the mechanical installation, check
values. To ensure proper operation check,
the minimum clearances around the unit
however, the rating plate data parameters:
and check the ambient conditions in
Chapter 5.2. and table 4.3-1a. - nominal voltage of the motor
- nominal frequency of the motor
4. Check the size of the motor cable,
- nominal speed of the motor
mains cable, mains fuses and check the
- nominal current of the motor
cable connections, read Chapters 6.1.1,
- supply voltage
6.1.2 and 6.1.2.
Parameters are explained in Chapter 10.4.
5. Follow the installation instructions,
see Chapter 6.1.4. 9. Follow commissioning instructions, see
Chapter 8.
6 Control cable sizes and the grounding
system are explained in chapter 6.2. The 10. The Vacon CX/CXL/CXS is now ready for
signal configuration for the Basic use.
application is in chapter 10.2.
Remember to connect the common
terminals of the digital input groups.
If a different I/O configuration or different Vacon Plc is not responsible for the use of the
operational functions are required, see frequency converters against the instructions.
Chapter 12, "Five in One+" -application
package, for a more suitable application. For
more detailed data read the attached "Five in
One+" -application manual.
Vacon Contents Page 1 (90)
VACON CX/CXL/CXS USER'S MANUAL 7.6 Programmable push-button menu 67
CONTENTS 7.7 Active faults menu ........................ 68
7.8 Active warning display .................. 70
1 Safety ................................................ 2 7.9 Fault history menu ....................... 71
1. 1 Warnings ........................................ 2 7.10 Contrast menu ............................. 71
1.2 Safety instructions ......................... 2 7.11 Controlling motor from the
1.3 Earthing and earth fault protection . 3 front panel .................................... 72
1.4 Running the motor ......................... 3 7.11.1 Control source change from
I/O terminals to control
2 EU-directive ......................................... 4 panel ..................................... 72
2. 1 CE-label ......................................... 4 7.11.2 Control source change from
2.2 EMC-directive................................. 4 control panel to I/O ............... 72
2.2.1 General ..................................... 4 8 Commissioning .................................. 73
2.2.2 Technical criteria....................... 4
2.2.3 Vacon EMC-levels .................... 4 8.1 Safety precautions ....................... 73
2.2.4 Manufacturer's Declaration ......... 8.2 Sequence of operation ................. 73
of Conformity.................................. 4 9 Fault tracing ....................................... 76
3 Receiving ........................................... 11 10 Basic application ............................... 78
3.1 Type designation code ................. 11 10.1 General ........................................ 78
3.2 Storing .......................................... 12 10.2 Control connections .................... 78
3.3 Maintenance ................................. 12 10.3 Control signal logic ...................... 79
3.4 Warranty ....................................... 12 10.4 Parameters, group 1 ................... 80
4 Technical data ................................... 13 10.4.1 Descriptions .......................... 81
10.5 Motor protection functions
4.1 General ......................................... 13 in the Basic Application ............... 84
4.2 Power ratings ............................... 14 10.5.1 Motor thermal protection ....... 84
4.3 Specifications............................... 21 10.5.2 Motor stall warning ................ 84
5 Installation .......................................... 23 11 System parameter group 0 ............... 85
5.1 Ambient conditions ....................... 23 11.1 Parameter table ......................... 85
5.2 Cooling ......................................... 23 11.2 Parameter descriptions .............. 85
5.3 Mounting ....................................... 26
12 "Five in One+"- application package 87
6 Wiring .............................................. 29
12.1 Application selection .................... 87
6.1 Power connections ...................... 32 12.2 Standard Application ................... 87
6.1.1 Mains cable ............................ 32 12.3 Local/Remote Application ........... 87
6.1.2 Motor cable ............................ 32 12.4 Multi-step Speed Application ....... 87
6.1.3 Control cable ......................... 32 12.5 PI-control Application ................... 87
6.1.4 Installation instructions .......... 35 12.6 Multi-purpose Control App. .......... 88
6.1.4.1 Cable installing according 12.7 Pump and Fan Control App. ........ 88
the UL-instructions .......... 37
6.1.5 Cable and motor insulation 13 Options .............................................. 89
checks ................................... 58 13.1 Remote control box .................... 89
6.2 Control connections ..................... 58 13.2 RFI-filter ...................................... 89
13.3 Dynamic braking ........................ 89
6.2.1 Control cables ........................ 58 13.4 I/O-expander boards .................. 89
6.2.2 Galvanic isolation barriers ...... 58 13.5 Fieldbuses .................................. 89
6.2.3 Digital input function invers. .... 60 13.6 Graphical control panel .............. 89
7 Control panel ..................................... 61 13.7 Seven-segment control panel .... 89
13.8 FCDRIVE .................................... 89
7.1 Introduction ................................... 61 13.9 Panel door installation set .......... 90
7.2 Control panel operation ................ 62 13.10 IP20 cable cover for 55—90CX
7.3 Monitoring menu ........................... 63 types ........................................... 90
7.4 Parameters .................................. 65 13.11 Others ........................................ 90
7.5 Reference menu .......................... 66
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
On-call: +358-40-8371 150 E-mail: vacon@vacon.com
Page 2 (90) Safety Vacon
1 1 SAFETY
ONLY A COMPETENT ELECTRICIAN SHOULD CARRY

OUT THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
1.1 Warnings
Internal components and circuit boards (except for the isolated I/O
1 terminals) are at mains potential when the Vacon CX/CXL/CXS is
connected to the mains. This voltage is extremely dangerous and
may cause death or severe injury if you come in contact with it.
When Vacon CX/CXL/CXS is connected to the mains, the motor
2 connections U, V, W and DC-link / brake resistor connections -,+
are live even if the motor is not running.
The control I/O terminals are isolated from the mains potential
3 but the relay outputs and other I/Os (if jumper X4 is in OFF position
see figure 6.2.2-1) may have dangerous voltage connected even if
the power is disconnected from the Vacon CX/CXL/CXS.
4 Vacon CX/CXL/CXS has a large capacitive leakage current.
If a frequency converter is used as a part of the machine, the

5 machine manufacture is obliged to take care that the frequency
converter has a main switch on the machine (EN60204-1).
6 Only spare parts delivered by Vacon Plc can be used.
1.2 Safety instructions
Frequency converter is meant only for fixed installation. Do not make

1 any connections or measurements when the Vacon CX/CXL/CXS
is connected to the mains.
After disconnecting the mains, wait until the unit cooling fan stops
2 and the indicators in the panel go out (if no panel is used check the
indicators on the cover). Wait a further 5 minutes before doing any
work on Vacon CX/CXL/CXS connections. Do not even open the
cover before this time has run out.
3 Do not make any voltage withstand tests on any part of the

device.
! 4 Disconnect motor cables before making any measurements on
the motor cables.
5 Do not touch the IC-circuits on the circuit boards. Static voltage

discharge may destroy the components.
6 Before connecting the mains make sure that the cover of the
Vacon CX/CXL/CXS is closed
Make sure that no power factor correction capacitors are con-
7 nected to the motor cable.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Receiving Page 3 (90)
1.3 Earthing and earth fault protection 1.4 Running the motor
1
The frequency converter must always be Warning Symbols
earthed with an earthing conductor connected
to the earthing terminal . For your own safety, please pay special
attention to the instructions marked with these
The frequency converter's earth fault protection warning symbols:
protects only the frequency converter itself
against earth faults occurring in the motor or
in the motor cable.
Fault current protective switches do not = Dangerous voltage
necessarily operate correctly with frequency
converters. When using this type of device its
function should be tested with the possible
earth fault currents arising in a fault situation.
! = General warning
Before running the motor, make sure that the motor is mounted
1 properly.
! 2 Maximum motor speed (frequency) should always be set according

to the motor and machine connected to the motor.
3 Before reversing the rotation of the motor shaft, make sure that this
can be done safely.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Page 4 (90) EU-directive Vacon
2 EU-DIRECTIVE
2.1 CE-label
The CE-label on the product guarantees the 2.2.3 EMC-levels
free movement of the product in the EU-area.
For EMC purposes, the frequency converters
2 It also guarantees that the product has been
manufactured in accordance with different
are divided into three different levels. All the
products have the same functions and control
directives relating to the product.
electronics, but their EMC properties vary as
Vacon CX/CXL/CXS frequency converters are follows:
equipped with the CE-label as required by the
CX -level N:
Low Voltage Directive (LVD) and the EMC
directive. FIMKO has acted as the Competent The frequency converters (level N) do not fulfil any
Body. EMC emission requirements without a separate RFI-
filter. With the external RFI-filter provided, the
2.2 EMC-directive product fulfils the EMC emissions requirements in
heavy industrial environment (standards EN50081-
2.2.1 General
2 , EN61800-3).
The transition period of the EMC directive
CXL, CXS -level I:
(Electro Magnetic Compatibility) ended on
January 1st, 1996. Practically all electrical The frequency converters (level I) fulfil the EMC
equipment is covered by this directive. The emissions requirements in heavy industrial
directive states that the electrical equipment environment (standards EN50081-2 , EN61800-3).
must not disturb the environment and must be CXL, CXS -level C:
immune to other Electro Magnetic Distur-
The frequency converters (level C) fulfil the EMC
bances in the environment.
emission requirements in commercial, residential
A Technical Construction File (TFC) checked and light industrial environment (standards 50081-
and approved by FIMKO (Competent Body) 1,-2, EN61800-3 widest range of use).
states that Vacon CX/CXL/CXS frequency
converters fulfil the requirements of the EMC All products (level N, I, C) fulfil all EMC immunity
directive. The Technical Construction File has requirements (standards EN50082-1,-2 , EN61800-
been used as a statement of conformity with 3).
the EMC directive as it is not possible to test
2.2.4 Manufacturer's Declarations of
all combinations of installation.
Conformity
On the following pages you will find copies of
2.2.2 Technical criteria
the Manufacturer's Declarations of Conformity,
The design intent was to develop a family of which show conformity with the directives for
converters, which are user-friendly and cost drives with different EMC levels.
effective, whilst fulfilling the customer's needs.
The EMC compliance was a major considera-
tion from the outset of the design.
The Vacon CX/CXL/CXS series is targeted at
the world market. As far as the immunity is
concerned, all frequency converter models
meet even the highest requirements, whilst the
emmission levels are left to the customers
choice.
The code "N" Vacon CX/CXL/CXS inverters are
designed for use outside the EU or for use
within the EU provided that the end user takes
personal responsibility for the EMC
compliance.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Manufacturer's Declaration of Conformity Page 5 (90)
We
EU DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
2
Manufacturer's Name: Vaasa Control
Manufacturer's Address: P.O. BOX 25
Runsorintie 5
FIN-65381 VAASA
Finland
hereby declares that the product:

Product name: Vacon CX Frequency converter
Vacon CXL Frequency converter
Vacon CXS Frequency converter
Model number Vacon ..CX.....
Vacon ..CXL.....
Vacon ..CXS.....
has been designed and manufactured in accordance with the following standards:
Safety: EN 50178 (1995) and relevant parts of EN60950
(1992), Am 1 (1993), Am 2 (1993), Am 3 (1995), EN60204-1 (1996)
EMC: EN50082-2 (1995), EN61800-3 (1996)
and conforms to the relevant safety provisions of the Low Voltage Directive (73/23/
EEC) as amended by the Directive (93/68/EEC) and EMC Directive 89/336/EEC.
It is ensured through internal measures and quality control that product conforms at all
times to the requirements of the current Directive and the relevant standards.
Vaasa 12.05. 1997

Veijo Karppinen
Managing Director
The last two digits of the year the CE marking was affixed 97
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Page 6 (90) Manufacturer's Declaration of Conformity Vacon
2 We
Runsorintie 5
FIN-65381 VAASA
Finland
Product name: Vacon CX Frequency converter
Model number VACON ..CX...N. + .RFI...
(1992), Am 1 (1993), Am 2 (1993), Am 3 (1995), EN60204-1 (1996)
EMC: EN50081-2 (1993), EN50082-2 (1995), EN61800-3 (1996)
Technical construction file
Prepared by: Vaasa Control Oy
Function: Manufacturer
Date: 03.05.1996
TCF no.: RP00012
Competent body
Name: FIMKO LTD
Address: P.O. Box 30 (Särkiniementie 3)
FIN-00211 Helsinki
Country: Finland
Vaasa 12.05. 1997

Veijo Karppinen
Managing Director
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
We 2
Runsorintie 5
FIN-65381 VAASA
Finland
Product name: Vacon CXL Frequency converter
Model number VACON ..CXL...I.
(1992), Am 1 (1993), Am 2 (1993), Am 3 (1995), EN60204-1 (1996)
EMC: EN50081-2 (1993), EN50082-2 (1995), EN61800-3 (1996)
Date: 03.05.1996
TCF no.: RP00013
Competent body
Name: FIMKO LTD
FIN-00211 Helsinki
Country: Finland
Vaasa 12.05.1997
Veijo Karppinen
Managing Director
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2 We

Runsorintie 5
FIN-65381 VAASA
Finland
Product name: Vacon CXL Frequency converter
Model number VACON ..CXL...C.
(1992), Am 1 (1993), Am 2 (1993), Am 3 (1995), EN60204-1 (1996)
EMC: EN50081-1,-2 (1993), EN50082-1,-2 (1995), EN61800-3 (1996)
Date: 03.05.1996
TCF no.: RP00014
Competent body
Name: FIMKO LTD
FIN-00211 Helsinki
Country: Finland
Vaasa 12.05. 1997

Veijo Karppinen
Managing Director
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
We
2
Runsorintie 5
FIN-65381 VAASA
Finland
Product name: Vacon CXS Frequency converter
Model number VACON ..CXS...I.
(1992), Am 1 (1993), Am 2 (1993), Am 3 (1995), EN60204-1 (1996)
EMC: EN50081-2 (1993), EN50082-2 (1995), EN61800-3 (1996)
Date: 03.05.1996
TCF no.: RP00015
Competent body
Name: FIMKO LTD
FIN-00211 Helsinki
Country: Finland
Vaasa 14.11.1997
Veijo Karppinen
Managing Director
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2 We
Runsorintie 5
FIN-65381 VAASA
Finland
Product name: Vacon CXS Frequency converter
Model number VACON ..CXS...C.
(1992), Am 1 (1993), Am 2 (1993), Am 3 (1995), EN60204-1 (1996)
EMC: EN50081-1,-2 (1993), EN50082-1,-2 (1995), EN61800-3 (1996)
Date: 03.05.1996
TCF no.: RP00016
Competent body
Name: FIMKO LTD
FIN-00211 Helsinki
Country: Finland
Vaasa 14.11. 1997

Veijo Karppinen
Managing Director
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Receiving Page 11 (90)
3 RECEIVING
This Vacon CX/CXL/CXS frequency converter If the delivery does not correspond to your
has been subjected to demanding factory tests order, please contact the supplier immediately.
before shipment. After unpacking, check that
Note! Do not destroy the export packing. The
the device does not show any signs of damage
template printed on the protective cardboard
and that the delivery is complete (refer to the
can be used for marking the fixing points of the
type designation code in figure 3-1).
Vacon CX/CXL/CXS on the wall.
In the event of damage, please contact the
insurance company involved or the supplier.
3
3.1 Type designation code
VACON (CA) 2.2 CX 4 G 2 N 1 (AA)

VACON Vacon Plc
Software version (CA is the default software)
Nominal power of the unit (constant torque) *
Product range CX, CXL, CXS
Nominal mains voltage:
2 = 230 V, 4 = 400V, 5 = 500V, 6 = 690V (3-phase)
Control panel option:
A = 7-segment LED display
B = graphic (LCD) display
C = without local control panel
D = special, switches, potentiometer, etc.
G = Alpha-numeric display
Enclosure classification:
0 = IP00, 2 = IP20, 5 = IP54 (NEMA 12/12K),
7 = IP21 (NEMA 1), 9 = special
(IP54 and IP21 only in CXL-serie)
Emission level:
N = fulfils the standards EN50082-1,-2 ,
EN61800-3
I = fulfils the standards EN50081-2 ,
EN50082-1,-2 , EN61800-3
C = fulfils the standards EN50081-1,-2 ,
EN50082-1,-2 , EN61800-3
Internal brake chopper option:
0 = no brake chopper
1 = built-in brake chopper
Special hardware version (if needed),
in the standard version missing
* in pump and fan applications (variable torque) the nominal power of the unit is one size larger (see tables 4.2-1—4.2-8)
Figure 3-1 Type designation code.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Page 12 (90) Receiving Vacon
3.2 Storing
If the device must be stored before installation or abnormal conditions of
commissioning, check that the ambient temperature, dust or corrosives or failures due
conditions in the storage room are acceptable to operation or storage outside the rated
(temperature -40°C—+60°C; relative humidity specifications.
<95%, no condensation allowed).
The manufacturer shall never be liable for
3.3 Maintenance consequential damages.
3 In normal conditions, the Vacon CX/CXL/CXS

frequency converter is maintenance-free.
The period of the manufacturer's warranty is
18 months from the date of delivery, ex works,
However, we recommend to clean the heat- and 12 months from commissioning,
sink when necessary with compressed air. whichever expires first (General Conditions
NL92/Orgalime S92).
3.4 Warranty
Local distributors may have a different
The warranty covers defects in manufacture.
warranty period, which is specified in their
The manufacturer carries no responsibility for
sales terms and conditions and warranty
damage occurred during transport or
terms.
unpacking.
If any queries concerning the warranty arise,
In no event and under no circumstances shall
please contact your distributor.
the manufacturer be liable for damages and
failures due to misuse, abuse, improper
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Technical data Page 13 (90)
4 TECHNICAL DATA
4.1 General
Figure 4-1 shows a block diagram of the Vacon user can set parameter values, read status
CX/CXL/CXS frequency converter. data and give control commands. The panel
is detachable and can be mounted externally
The three-phase AC-Choke with the DC-link
and connected via a cable to the frequency
capacitor produces an LC filter which together
converter. A personal computer can be
with Diode Bridge produce the DC voltage for
connected to the frequency converter with the
the IGBT Inverter Bridge block. The AC-Choke
control panel cable.
smooths down the HF-disturbances from the
mains to the frequency converter and HF- The Control I/O block is isolated from the mains
disturbances caused by the frequency potential and is connected to earth via a 1-MΩ
converter to the mains. It also improves the
waveform of the input current to the frequency
resistor and 4,7-nF capacitor. If needed, the
Control I/O block can be earthed without a 4
converter. resistor by changing the position of the jumper
X4 (GND ON/OFF) on the control board.
The IGBT bridge produces a symmetrical
three-phase PWM modulated AC voltage to the The basic Control interface and parameters
motor. The power drawn from the supply is (Basic application) make the inverter easy to
almost entirely active power. operate. If a more versatile interface or
parameter settings are needed, an optional
The Motor and Application Control block is
application can be selected with one
based on microprocessor software. The
parameter from a "Five in One+" application
microprocessor controls the motor according
package. The application package manual
to measured signals, parameter value settings
describes these in more detail.
and commands from the Control I/O block and
the Control Panel. The Motor and Application An optional Brake Chopper can be mounted
Control block gives commands to the Motor in the unit; at the factory by order or added on
Control ASIC which calculates the IGBT the site. Optional I/O-expander boards are also
switching positions. Gate Drivers amplify available.
these signals for driving the IGBT inverter
Input and Output EMC-filters do not participate
bridge.
in the functionality of the frequency converter,
The Control Panel is a link between the user they are needed for the compliance with the
and the frequency converter. With the panel the EMC-directive.
Brake resistor,
if optional brake
chopper is installed
Optional
Brake IGBT
Mains AC-choke Rectifier Chopper ** Inverter Current
Sensors Motor
3~ =
Output EMC-
L1
Input EMC-
U
L2
V
L3
filter *
= 3~ W
filter *
Fan
Power Measure-
Supply ments
PE
Gate
Drivers
Control
Panel
RUN READY FAULT
Motor and Motor

MON PAR REF BTNS
Application Control
PG
RST
RS 232 Control ASIC
Galvanic
Isolator Control
I/O Option
* CXL/CXS-model
** standard in CXS-model Card
K4_1
Figure 4-1 Vacon CX/CXL/CXS block diagram.

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
Page 14 (90) Technical data Vacon
4.2 Power ratings

ICT = rated input and output current (constant torque load, max 50°C ambient)
ICTmax = short term overload current 1min/10min (constant torque load, max 50°C ambient)
IVT = rated input and output current (variable torque load, max 40°C ambient)
* = IP20 with option, ** = cabinet version available, ask factory for details
Mains voltage 380—440 V, 50/60 Hz, 3~ Series CX
Frequency converter Motor shaft power and current Mech. size/ Dimensions Weight
type Constant torque Variable torque enclosure WxHxD
P (kW) ICT ICTmax P (kW) IVT class (mm) kg
Vacon 2.2 CX 4 2.2 6.5 10 3 8 M4/IP20 120 x 290 x 215 7

4 Vacon
Vacon
3 CX 4
4 CX 4
3
4
8
10
12
15
4
5.5
10
13
M4/IP20
M4/IP20
120 x 290 x 215
120 x 290 x 215
7
7
Vacon 5.5 CX 4 5.5 13 20 7.5 18 M4/IP20 120 x 290 x 215 7
Vacon 7.5 CX 4 7.5 18 27 11 24 M5/IP20 157 x 405 x 238 14.5
Vacon 11 CX 4 11 24 36 15 32 M5/IP20 157 x 405 x 238 14.5
Vacon 15 CX 4 15 32 48 18.5 42 M5/IP20 157 x 405 x 238 14.5
Vacon 18.5 CX 4 18.5 42 63 22 48 M6/IP20 220 x 525 x 290 27
Vacon 22 CX 4 22 48 72 30 60 M6/IP20 220 x 525 x 290 27
Vacon 30 CX 4 30 60 90 37 75 M6/IP20 220 x 525 x 290 35
Vacon 37 CX 4 37 75 113 45 90 M6/IP20 220 x 525 x 290 35
Vacon 45 CX 4 45 90 135 55 110 M6/IP20 220 x 525 x 290 35
Vacon 55 CX 4 55 110 165 75 150 M7/IP00* 250 x 800 x 315 61
Vacon 75 CX 4 75 150 225 90 180 M7/IP00* 250 x 800 x 315 61
Vacon 90 CX 4 90 180 250 110 210 M7/IP00* 250 x 800 x 315 61
Vacon 110 CX 4 110 210 315 132 270 M8/IP00 496 x 890 x 353 136
Vacon 132 CX 4 132 270 405 160 325 M8/IP00 496 x 890 x 353 136
Vacon 160 CX 4 160 325 472 200 410 M8/IP00 496 x 890 x 353 136
Vacon 200 CX 4 200 410 615 250 510 M9/IP00 700 x 1000 x 390 211
Vacon 250 CX 4 250 510 715 315 580 M9/IP00 700 x 1000 x 390 211
Vacon 315 CX 4 315 600 900 400 750 M10/IP00 989 x 1000 x 390 273
Vacon 400 CX 4 400 750 1000 500 840 M10/IP00 989 x 1000 x 390 273
Vacon 500 CX 4 500 840 1200 630 1050 M11/IP00** (2x700)x1000x390 430
Vacon 630 CX 4 630 1050 1400 710 1160 M12/IP00** (2x989)x1000x390 550
Vacon 710 CX 4 710 1270 1500 800 1330 M12/IP00** (2x989)x1000x390 550
Vacon 800 CX 4 800 1330 1600 900 1480 M12/IP00** (2x989)x1000x390 550
Vacon 900 CX 4 900 1480 1700 — — M12/IP00** (2x989)x1000x390 550
Vacon 1000 CX 4 1000 — — — 1600 M12/IP00** (2x989)x1000x390 550
Vacon 1100 CX 4 1100 1600 2100 — 1900 M13/IP00** (3x989)x1000x390 825
Vacon 1250 CX 4 1250 1800 2400 — 2100 M13/IP00** (3x989)x1000x390 825
Vacon 1500 CX 4 1500 — — — 2270 M13/IP00** (3x989)x1000x390 825
Table 4.2-1 Power ratings and dimensions of Vacon CX-series 380—440V.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

* = IP20 with option, ** = cabinet version available, ask factory for details
Mains voltage 440—500 V, 50/60 Hz, 3~ Series CX
Vacon 2.2 CX 5 2.2 5 8 3 6 M4/IP20 120 x 290 x 215 7
Vacon 3 CX 5 3 6 9 4 8 M4/IP20 120 x 290 x 215 7
Vacon 4 CX 5 4 8 12 5.5 11 M4/IP20 120 x 290 x 215 7
Vacon
Vacon
5.5 CX 5
7.5 CX 5
5.5
7.5
11
15
17
23
7.5
11
15
21
M4/IP20
M5/IP20
120 x 290 x 215
157 x 405 x 238
7
14.5
4
Vacon 11 CX 5 11 21 32 15 27 M5/IP20 157 x 405 x 238 14.5
Vacon 15 CX 5 15 27 41 18.5 34 M5/IP20 157 x 405 x 238 14.5
Vacon 18.5 CX 5 18.5 34 51 22 40 M6/IP20 220 x 525 x 290 27
Vacon 22 CX 5 22 40 60 30 52 M6/IP20 220 x 525 x 290 27
Vacon 30 CX 5 30 52 78 37 65 M6/IP20 220 x 525 x 290 35
Vacon 37 CX 5 37 65 98 45 77 M6/IP20 220 x 525 x 290 35
Vacon 45 CX 5 45 77 116 55 96 M6/IP20 220 x 525 x 290 35
Vacon 55 CX 5 55 96 144 75 125 M7/IP00* 250 x 800 x 315 61
Vacon 75 CX 5 75 125 188 90 160 M7/IP00* 250 x 800 x 315 61
Vacon 90 CX 5 90 160 210 110 180 M7/IP00* 250 x 800 x 315 61
Vacon 110 CX 5 110 180 270 132 220 M8/IP00 496 x 890 x 353 136
Vacon 132 CX 5 132 220 330 160 260 M8/IP00 496 x 890 x 353 136
Vacon 160 CX 5 160 260 390 200 320 M8/IP00 496 x 890 x 353 136
Vacon 200 CX 5 200 320 480 250 400 M9/IP00 700 x 1000 x 390 211
Vacon 250 CX 5 250 400 571 315 460 M9/IP00 700 x 1000 x 390 211
Vacon 315 CX 5 315 480 720 400 600 M10/IP00 989 x 1000 x 390 273
Vacon 400 CX 5 400 600 900 500 672 M10/IP00 989 x 1000 x 390 273
Vacon 500 CX 5 500 700 960 630 880 M11/IP00** (2x700)x1000x390 430
Vacon 630 CX 5 630 880 1120 710 1020 M12/IP00** (2x989)x1000x390 550
Vacon 710 CX 5 710 1020 1200 800 1070 M12/IP00** (2x989)x1000x390 550
Vacon 800 CX 5 800 1070 1300 900 1200 M12/IP00** (2x989)x1000x390 550
Vacon 900 CX 5 900 1200 1400 — — M12/IP00** (2x989)x1000x390 550
Vacon 1000 CX 5 1000 — — — 1300 M12/IP00** (2x989)x1000x390 550
Vacon 1100 CX 5 1100 1300 1700 — 1600 M13/IP00** (3x989)x1000x390 825
Vacon 1250 CX 5 1250 1530 2000 — 1700 M13/IP00** (3x989)x1000x390 825
Vacon 1500 CX 5 1500 — — — 1950 M13/IP00** (3x989)x1000x390 825
Table 4.2-2 Power ratings and dimensions of Vacon CX-series 440—500V.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

* IP54 available, ** = IP21—IP54 available, *** = Ask factory for details
Mains voltage 380 V—440 V, 50/60 Hz, 3~ Series CXL
Vacon 0.75 CXL 4 0.75 2.5 3.8 1.1 3.5 M4/IP21* 120 x 390 x 215 6
Vacon 1.1 CXL 4 1.1 3.5 5.3 1.5 4.5 M4/IP21* 120 x 390 x 215 6
Vacon 1.5 CXL 4 1.5 4.5 6.8 2.2 6.5 M4/IP21* 120 x 390 x 215 6
4 Vacon
Vacon
Vacon
2.2 CXL 4
3 CXL 4
4 CXL 4
2.2
3
4
6.5
8
10
10
12
15
3
4
5.5
8
10
13
M4/IP21*
M4/IP21*
M4/IP21*
120 x 390 x 215
120 x 390 x 215
120 x 390 x 215
8
8
8
Vacon 5.5 CXL 4 5.5 13 20 7.5 18 M4/IP21* 120 x 390 x 215 8
Vacon 7.5 CXL 4 7.5 18 27 11 24 M5/IP21* 157 x 515 x 238 16
Vacon 11 CXL 4 11 24 36 15 32 M5/IP21* 157 x 515 x 238 16
Vacon 15 CXL 4 15 32 48 18.5 42 M5/IP21* 157 x 515 x 238 16
Vacon 18.5 CXL 4 18.5 42 63 22 48 M6/IP21* 220 x 650 x 290 32
Vacon 22 CXL 4 22 48 72 30 60 M6/IP21* 220 x 650 x 290 32
Vacon 30 CXL 4 30 60 90 37 75 M6/IP21* 220 x 650 x 290 38
Vacon 37 CXL 4 37 75 113 45 90 M6/IP21* 220 x 650 x 290 38
Vacon 45 CXL 4 45 90 135 55 110 M6/IP21* 220 x 650 x 290 38
Vacon 55 CXL 4 55 110 165 75 150 M7/IP21* 374 x 1000 x 330 82
Vacon 75 CXL 4 75 150 225 90 180 M7/IP21* 374 x 1000 x 330 82
Vacon 90 CXL 4 90 180 250 110 210 M7/IP21* 374 x 1000 x 330 82
Vacon 110 CXL 4 110 210 315 132 270 M8/IP20** 496 x 1290 x 353 153
Vacon 132 CXL 4 132 270 405 160 325 M8/IP20** 496 x 1290 x 353 153
Vacon 160 CXL 4 160 325 472 200 410 M8/IP20** 496 x 1290 x 353 153
Vacon 200 CXL 4 200 410 615 250 510 M9/IP20** 700 x 1425 x 390 230
Vacon 250 CXL 4 250 510 715 315 580 M9/IP20** 700 x 1425 x 390 230
Vacon 315 CXL 4 315 600 900 400 750 M10/ *** *** ***
Vacon 400 CXL 4 400 750 1000 500 840 M10/ *** *** ***
Table 4.2-3 Power ratings and dimensions of Vacon CXL-series 380–440V.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Page 17 (90)
Mains voltage 440 V—500 V, 50/60 Hz, 3~ Series CXL

Vacon 0.75 CXL 5 0.75 2.5 3.8 1.1 3 M4/IP21* 120x390x215 6

Vacon 1.1 CXL 5 1.1 3 4.5 1.5 3.5 M4/IP21* 120x390x215 7
Vacon 1.5 CXL 5 1.5 3.5 5.3 2.2 5 M4/IP21* 120x390x215 7
Vacon 2.2 CXL 5 2.2 5 8 3 6 M4/IP21* 120 x 390 x 215 8
Vacon 3 CXL 5 3 6 9 4 8 M4/IP21* 120 x 390 x 215 8
Vacon 4 CXL 5 4 8 12 5.5 11 M4/IP21* 120 x 390 x 215 8
Vacon 5.5 CXL 5 5.5 11 17 7.5 15 M4/IP21* 120 x 390 x 215 8
Vacon 7.5 CXL 5 7.5 15 23 11 21 M5/IP21* 157 x 515 x 238 16
Vacon
Vacon
Vacon
11 CXL 5
15 CXL 5
18.5 CXL 5
11
15
18.5
21
27
34
32
41
51
15
18.5
22
27
34
40
M5/IP21*
M5/IP21*
M6/IP21*
157 x 515 x 238
157 x 515 x 238
220 x 650 x 290
16
16
32
4
Vacon 22 CXL 5 22 40 60 30 52 M6/IP21* 220 x 650 x 290 32
Vacon 30 CXL 5 30 52 78 37 65 M6/IP21* 220 x 650 x 290 38
Vacon 37 CXL 5 37 65 98 45 77 M6/IP21* 220 x 650 x 290 38
Vacon 45 CXL 5 45 77 116 55 96 M6/IP21* 220 x 650 x 290 38
Vacon 55 CXL 5 55 96 144 75 125 M7/IP21* 374 x 1000 x 330 82
Vacon 75 CXL 5 75 125 188 90 160 M7/IP21* 374 x 1000 x 330 82
Vacon 90 CXL 5 90 160 210 110 180 M7/IP21* 374 x 1000 x 330 82
Vacon 110 CXL 5 110 180 270 132 220 M8/IP20** 496 x 1290 x 353 153
Vacon 132 CXL 5 132 220 330 160 260 M8/IP20** 496 x 1290 x 353 153
Vacon 160 CXL 5 160 260 390 200 320 M8/IP20** 496 x 1290 x 353 153
Vacon 200 CXL 5 200 320 480 250 400 M9/IP20** 700 x 1425 x 390 230
Vacon 250 CXL 5 250 400 571 315 460 M9/IP20** 700 x 1425 x 390 230
Vacon 315 CXL 5 315 480 720 400 600 M10/ *** *** ***
Vacon 400 CXL 5 400 600 900 500 672 M10/ *** *** ***
Table 4.2-4 Power ratings and dimensions of Vacon CXL-series 440—500V.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

* = cabinet version available, ask factory for details
Mains voltage 525 V—690 V, 50/60 Hz, 3~ Series CX
Frequency converter Motor shaft power and current Size/ Dimensions Weight
Type Constant torque Variable torque max. prot. WxHxD
Vacon 7,5 CX 6 7,5 10 15 11 14 M5/IP20 157 x 440 x 265 16
Vacon 11 CX 6 11 14 21 15 19 M5/IP20 157 x 440 x 265 16
Vacon 15 CX 6 15 19 29 18,5 23 M5/IP20 157 x 440 x 265 16
4 Vacon
Vacon
18,5 CX 6
22 CX 6
18,5
22
23
26
34
40
22
30
26
35
M5/IP20
M5/IP20
157 x 440 x 265
157 x 440 x 265
16
16
Vacon 30 CX 6 30 35 53 37 42 M6/IP20 220 x 618 x 290 38
Vacon 37 CX 6 37 42 63 45 52 M6/IP20 220 x 618 x 290 38
Vacon 45 CX 6 45 52 78 55 62 M6/IP20 220 x 618 x 290 38
Vacon 55 CX 6 55 62 93 75 85 M6/IP20 220 x 618 x 290 38
Vacon 75 CX 6 75 85 127 90 100 M6/IP20 220 x 618 x 290 38
Vacon 90 CX 6 90 100 150 110 122 M8/IP00 496 x 890 x 353 136
Vacon 110 CX 6 110 122 183 132 145 M8/IP00 496 x 890 x 353 136
Vacon 132 CX 6 132 145 218 160 185 M8/IP00 496 x 890 x 353 136
Vacon 160 CX 6 160 185 277 200 222 M9/IP00 700 x1000 x 390 211
Vacon 200 CX 6 200 222 333 250 287 M9/IP00 700 x1000 x 390 211
Vacon 250 CX 6 250 287 430 315 325 M10/IP00 989 x1000 x 390 273
Vacon 315 CX 6 315 325 487 400 390 M10/IP00 989 x1000 x 390 273
Vacon 400 CX 6 400 400 560 500 490 M11/IP00* (2x700)x1000x390 430
Vacon 500 CX 6 500 490 680 630 620 M12/IP00* (2x989)x1000x390 550
Vacon 630 CX 6 630 620 780 710 700 M12/IP00* (2x989)x1000x390 550
Vacon 710 CX 6 710 700 870 — — M12/IP00* (2x989)x1000x390 550
Vacon 800 CX 6 800 — — — 780 M12/IP00* (2x989)x1000x390 550
Vacon 900 CX 6 900 780 1030 — 900 M13/IP00 (3x989)x1000x390 820
Vacon 1000 CX 6 1000 880 1160 — 1000 M13/IP00 (3x989)x1000x390 820
Vacon 1100 CX 6 1100 — — — 1100 M13/IP00 (3x989)x1000x390 820
Vacon 1250 CX 6 1250 — — — 1300 M13/IP00 (3x989)x1000x390 820
Table 4.2-5 Power ratings and dimensions of Vacon CX-serie 690V.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Mains voltage 380 V—440 V, 50/60 Hz, 3~ Series CXS
Vacon 0.75 CXS 4 0.75 2.5 3.8 1.1 3.5 M3/IP20 120 x 305 x 150 4.5
Vacon 1.1 CXS 4 1.1 3.5 5.3 1.5 4.5 M3/IP20 120 x 305 x 150 4.5
Vacon 1.5 CXS 4 1.5 4.5 6.8 2.2 6.5 M3/IP20 120 x 305 x 150 4.5
Vacon 2.2 CXS 4 2.2 6.5 10 3 8 M3/IP20 120 x 305 x 150 4.5
Vacon
Vacon
3 CXS 4
4 CXS 4
3
4
8
10
12
15
4
5.5
10
13
M3/IP20
M4B/IP20
120 x 305 x 150
135 x 390 x 205
4.5
7
4
Vacon 5.5 CXS 4 5.5 13 20 7.5 18 M4B/IP20 135 x 390 x 205 7
Vacon 7.5 CXS 4 7.5 18 27 11 24 M4B/IP20 135 x 390 x 205 7
Vacon 11 CXS 4 11 24 36 15 32 M4B/IP20 135 x 390 x 205 7
Vacon 15 CXS 4 15 32 48 18.5 42 M5B/IP20 185 x 550 x 215 21
Vacon 18.5 CXS 4 18.5 42 63 22 48 M5B/IP20 185 x 550 x 215 21
Vacon 22 CXS 4 22 48 72 30 60 M5B/IP20 185 x 550 x 215 21
Mains voltage 440 V—500 V, 50/60 Hz, 3~ Series CXS
Vacon 0.75 CXS 5 0.75 2.5 3.8 1.1 3 M3/IP20 120 x 305 x 150 4.5
Vacon 1.1 CXS 5 1.1 3 4.5 1.5 3.5 M3/IP20 120 x 305 x 150 4.5
Vacon 1.5 CXS 5 1.5 3.5 5.3 2.2 5 M3/IP20 120 x 305 x 150 4.5
Vacon 2.2 CXS 5 2.2 5 8 3 6 M3/IP20 120 x 305 x 150 4.5
Vacon 3 CXS 5 3 6 9 4 8 M3/IP20 120 x 305 x 150 4.5
Vacon 4 CXS 5 4 8 12 5.5 11 M4B/IP20 135 x 390 x 205 7
Vacon 5.5 CXS 5 5.5 11 17 7.5 15 M4B/IP20 135 x 390 x 205 7
Vacon 7.5 CXS 5 7.5 15 23 11 21 M4B/IP20 135 x 390 x 205 7
Vacon 11 CXS 5 11 21 32 15 27 M4B/IP20 135 x 390 x 205 7
Vacon 15 CXS 5 15 27 41 18.5 34 M5B/IP20 185 x 550 x 215 21
Vacon 18.5 CXS 5 18.5 34 51 22 40 M5B/IP20 185 x 550 x 215 21
Vacon 22 CXS 5 22 40 60 30 52 M5B/IP20 185 x 550 x 215 21
Table 4.2-6 Power ratings and dimensions of Vacon CXS-series 380V—500V.
Mains voltage 230 V, 50/60 Hz, 3~ Series CXS
Vacon 0.55 CXS 2 0.55 3.6 5.4 0.75 4.7 M3/IP20 120 x 305 x 150 4.5
Vacon 0.75 CXS 2 0.75 4.7 7.1 1.1 5.6 M3/IP20 120 x 305 x 150 4.5
Vacon 1.1 CXS 2 1.1 5.6 8.4 1.5 7 M3/IP20 120 x 305 x 150 4.5
Vacon 1.5 CXS 2 1.5 7 11 2.2 10 M3/IP20 120 x 305 x 150 4.5
Vacon 2.2 CXS 2 2.2 10 15 3 13 M4B/IP20 135 x 390 x 205 7
Vacon 3 CXS 2 3 13 20 4 16 M4B/IP20 135 x 390 x 205 7
Vacon 4CXS 2 4 16 24 5.5 22 M4B/IP20 135 x 390 x 205 7
Vacon 5.5 CXS 2 5.5 22 33 7.5 30 M4B/IP20 135 x 390 x 205 7
Vacon 7.5 CXS 2 7.5 30 45 11 43 M5B/IP20 185 x 550 x 215 21
Vacon 11CXS 2 11 43 64 15 57 M5B/IP20 185 x 550 x 215 21
Vacon 15 CXS 2 15 57 85 18.5 60 M5B/IP20 185 x 550 x 215 21
Table 4.2-7 Power ratings and dimensions of Vacon CXS-serie 230V.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

* = IP20 with option, ** = IP54 available
Mains voltage 230 V, 50/60 Hz, 3~ Series CX
Type Constant torque Squared torque max. prot. WxHxD
Vacon 1.5 CX 2 1.5 7 11 2.2 10 M4/IP20 120 x 290 x 215 7
Vacon 2.2 CX 2 2.2 10 15 3 13 M4/IP20 120 x 290 x 215 7
Vacon 3 CX 2 3 13 20 4 16 M4/IP20 120 x 290 x 215 7
4 Vacon
Vacon
Vacon
4 CX 2
5.5 CX 2
7.5 CX 2
4
5.5
7.5
16
22
30
24
33
45
5.5
7.5
11
22
30
43
M5/IP20
M5/IP20
M5/IP20
157 x 405 x 238
157 x 405 x 238
157 x 405 x 238
15
15
15
Vacon 11 CX 2 11 43 64 15 57 M6/IP20 220 x 525 x 290 35
Vacon 15 CX 2 15 57 85 18.5 70 M6/IP20 220 x 525 x 290 35
Vacon 18.5 CX 2 18.5 70 105 22 83 M6/IP20 220 x 525 x 290 35
Vacon 22 CX 2 22 83 124 30 113 M6/IP20 220 x 525 x 290 35
Vacon 30 CX 2 30 113 169 37 139 M7/IP00* 250 x 800 x 315 61
Vacon 37 CX 2 37 139 208 45 165 M7/IP00* 250 x 800 x 315 61
Vacon 45 CX 2 45 165 247 55 200 M7/IP00* 250 x 800 x 315 61
Vacon 55 CX 2 55 200 300 75 264 M8/IP00* 496 x 890 x 353 136
Table 4.2-8 Power ratings and dimensions of Vacon CX-serie 230V.
Mains voltage 230 V, 50/60 Hz, 3~ Series CXL
Type Constant torque Squared torque max. prot. WxHxD
Vacon 1.5 CXL 2 1.5 7 11 2.2 10 M4/IP21** 120 x 390 x 215 7
Vacon 2.2 CXL 2 2.2 10 15 3 13 M4/IP21** 120 x 390 x 215 7
Vacon 3 CXL 2 3 13 20 4 16 M4/IP21** 120 x 390 x 215 7
Vacon 4 CXL 2 4 16 24 5.5 22 M5/IP21** 157 x 515 x 238 15
Vacon 5.5 CXL 2 5.5 22 33 7.5 30 M5/IP21** 157 x 515 x 238 15
Vacon 7.5 CXL 2 7.5 30 45 11 43 M5/IP21** 157 x 515 x 238 15
Vacon 11 CXL 2 11 43 64 15 57 M6/IP21** 220 x 650 x 290 35
Vacon 15 CXL 2 15 57 85 18.5 70 M6/IP21** 220 x 650 x 290 35
Vacon 18.5 CXL 2 18.5 70 105 22 83 M6/IP21** 220 x 650 x 290 35
Vacon 22 CXL 2 22 83 124 30 113 M6/IP21** 220 x 650 x 290 35
Vacon 30 CXL 2 30 113 169 37 139 M7/IP21** 374 x 1000 x 330 82
Vacon 37 CXL 2 37 139 208 45 165 M7/IP21** 374 x 1000 x 330 82
Vacon 45 CXL 2 45 165 247 55 200 M7/IP21** 374 x 1000 x 330 82
Vacon 55 CXL 2 55 200 300 75 264 M8/IP21** 496 x 1290 x 353 153
Table 4.2-9 Power ratings and dimensions of Vacon CXL-serie 230V.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

4.3 Specifications
Mains Input voltage Uin 380—440V, 460—500V, 525—690V, 230V ; -15%—+10%
connection Input frequency 45—66 Hz
Connection to the mains once per minute or less (normally)
Motor Output voltage 0 — Uin
Connection Continuous output ICT: ambient max +50°C,
current overload 1.5 x ICT (1min/10 min)
IVT: ambient max +40°C, no overloading
Starting torque 200%
Starting current 2.5 x ICT: 2 s every 20 s if output frequency <30 Hz
and if the heatsink temperature <+60°C (up to and incl. M10,
Output frequency
from M10 starting current for each case separately)
0—500 Hz 4
Frequency resolution 0.01 Hz
Control Control method Frequency Control (U/f)
characte- Open Loop Sensorless Vector Control
ristics Closed Loop Vector Control
Switching frequency 1—16 kHz (up to 90 kW, 400/500 V series)
1—6 kHz (110—1500 kW, 600 V series)
Frequency Analog I/P Resolution 12 bit, accuracy ±1%
reference Panel refer. Resolution 0.01 Hz
Field weakening point 30—500 Hz
Acceleration time 0.1—3000 s
Deceleration time 0.1—3000 s
Braking torque DC brake: 30%*TN (without brake option)
Environ- Ambient operating -10 (no frost)—+50°C at ICT, (1.5 x ICT max 1min/10min)
mental temperature -10 (no frost)—+40°C at IVT, no overloading
limits Storage temperature -40°C—+60°C
Relative humidity <95%, no condensation allowed
Air quality
- chemical vapours IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2
- mechanical particles IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2
Altitude Max 1000 m at continuous ICT specification
Over 1000 m reduce ICT by 1% per each 100 m
Absolute maximum altitude 3000 m
Vibration Operation: max displacement amplitude 3 mm
(IEC 721-3-3) at 2—9 Hz,
Max acceleration amplitude 0.5 G at 9—200 Hz
Shock Operation: max 8 G, 11 ms
(IEC 68-2-27) Storage and shipping: max 15 G, 11 ms (in the package)
Environ- Enclosure IP20 2.2—45 CX4/5 , 110—250CXL4/5,
mental (* option IP20) 0.75—22 CXS4/5, 7.5—75 CX6 , 1.5—22 CX2,
limits 0.55—15 CXS2
IP00 55—90 CX4/5*, 110—1000CX4/5 , 90—800CX6,
30—55 CX2*
IP21—54 2.2—250 CXL4/5, 1.5—55 CXL2
Table 4.3-1 Specifications (continues on the next page...).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

EMC Noise immunity Fulfils EN50082-1,-2 , EN61800-3

Emissions xx CX x x x N x -series equipped with external RFI-Filter
( x RFI x x x) fulfils EN50081-2 , EN61800-3
xx CXL x x x I x -series fulfils EN50081-2 , EN61800-3
x x CXL x x x C x -series fulfils EN50081-1,-2 , EN61800-3
x x CXS x x x I x -series fulfils EN50081-2 , EN61800-3
x x CXS x x x C x -series fulfils EN50081-1,-2 , EN61800-3
Safety Fulfils EN50178, EN60204 -1,CE, UL, C-UL, FI, GOST R

(check from the unit nameplate specified approvals for each unit)
Control Analogue voltage 0—+10 V, Ri = 200 kΩ, single ended

connections (-10—+10V , joystick control), resolution12 bit, accur. ±1%
Analogue current 0 (4) — 20 mA, Ri = 250 Ω, differential
4 Digital inputs (6)

Aux. voltage
Positive or negative logic
+24 V ±20%, max 100 mA
Pot. meter reference +10 V -0% — +3%, max 10 mA
Analogue output 0 (4) — 20 mA, RL <500 Ω, resolution 10 bit, accur. ±3%
Digital output Open collector output, 50 mA/48 V
Relay outputs Max switching voltage: 300 V DC, 250 V AC
Max switching load: 8A / 24 V
0.4 A / 250 V DC
2 kVA / 250 V AC
Max continuous load: 2 A rms
Protective Over current protection Trip limit 4 x ICT (up to M10; in greater classes case by case)
functions Overvoltage protection Mains voltage: 220 V, 230 V, 240 V,380 V, 400 V
Trip limit: 1.47x Un, 1.41x Un, 1.35x Un, 1.47x Un, 1.40x Un
Mains voltage: 415 V, 440 V, 460 V, 480 V, 500 V

Trip limit: 1.35x Un ,1.27x Un, 1.47x Un, 1.41x Un, 1.35x Un
Mains voltage: 525 V, 575 V, 600 V, 660 V, 690 V

Trip limit: 1.77x Un, 1.62x Un, 1.55x Un, 1.41x Un, 1.35x Un
Undervoltage protection Trip limit 0.65 x Un

Earth-fault protection Protects the inverter from an earth-fault in the output
(motor or motor cable)
Mains supervision Trip if any of the input phases is missing
Motor phase supervision Trip if any of the output phases is missing
Unit over temperature Yes
protection
Motor overload protection Yes
Stall protection Yes
Motor underload protection Yes
Short-circuit protection of Yes
+24V and +10V reference
voltages
Table 4.3-1 Specifications.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Installation Page 23 (90)
5 INSTALLATION
b
5.1 Ambient conditions
The environmental limits mentioned in the
table 4.3-1 must not be exceeded.
5.2 Cooling
The specified space around the frequency a a
converter unit ensures proper cooling air
circulation. See table 5.2-1 for dimensions. If
multiple units are to be installed above each
other, the distance between the units must be
c
b+c and air from the outlet of the lower unit
must be directed away from the inlet of the
upper unit. Figure 5.2-1 Installation space.
With high switching frequencies and high
ambient temperatures the maximum
a2 = distance from the frequency converter
unit to other the frequency converter unit
5
continuous output current has to be derated * = no space for fan change
** = space for fan change, the space has to be
according to figure 5.2-3. on either side of the frequency converter
*** = ask factory for details
Type Required cooling air
(m3/h)
Type Dimensions [mm] 0.75—7.5 CX4/CXL4 70
a a2 b c 2.2—7.5 CX5/CXL5
2.2—15 CX6
0.75—5.5 CX4/CXL4 0.75—5.5 CXS4/CXS5
2.2—5.5 CX5/CXL5 20 10 100 50 1.5—3 CX2/CXL2
0.75—3 CXS4/CXS5 0.55—1.5 CXS2
1.5—3 CX2/CXL2
0.55—1.5 CXS2 11—30 CX4/CXL4 170
11—30 CX5/CXL5
CXL-series IP21 enclosure 20 20 100 50 18.5—55 CX6
7.5—18.5 CXS4/CXS5
7.5—15 CX4/CXL4 20 10 120 60 4—7.5 CX2/CXL2
7.5—15 CX5/CXL5 2.2—11 CXS2
2.2—22 CX6
4—22 CXS4/CXS5 37—45 CX4/CXL4 370
4.0—7.5 CX2/CXL2 37—45 CX5/CXL5
2.2—15 CXS2 75 CX6
22 CXS4/CXS5
CXL-series IP21 enclosure 20 20 120 60 11—22 CX2/CXL2
15 CXS2
18.5—45 CX4/CXL4 30 10 160 80
18.5—45 CX5/CXL5 55—90 CX4/CXL4 650
30—75 CX6 55—90 CX5/CXL5
11—22 CX2/CXL2 30—45 CX2/CXL2
CXL-series IP21 enclosure 30 30 160 80 110—132 CX4/CXL4 800
110—132 CX5/CXL5
55—90 CX4/CXL4 75 75 300 100 90—110 CX6
55—90 CX5/CXL5 (35*) (60*) 55 CX2/CXL2
30—45 CX2/CXL2 160 CX4/CXL4 1300
160 CX5/CXL5
110—160 CX4/CXL4 250** 75 300 - 132 CX6
110—160 CX5/CXL5 (75*)
90—132 CX6 200—250 CX4/CXL4 1950
55 CX2/CXL2 200—250 CX5/CXL5
160—200 CX6
200—250 CX4/CXL4 200** 75 300 -
200—250 CX5/CXL5 (75*) 315—400 CX4/CXL4 2950
160—200 CX6 315—400 CX5/CXL5
250—315 CX6
315—400 CX4/CXL4 200** 75 300 -
315—400 CX5/CXL5 (75*) 500 CX4/CX5 3900
250—315 CX6 400 CX6
500 CX4/CX5 *** *** *** *** 630—1000 CX4/CX5 5900
400 CX6 500—800 CX6
1150–1500 CX4/CX5 8850
630—1500 CX4/CX5 *** *** *** *** 900–1250 CX6
500—1250 CX6
Table 5.2 -1 Installation space demensions. Table 5.2-2 Required cooling air.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Page 24 (90) Installation Vacon
W W
1200 6000
15 CX/CXL
90 CX/CXL
1000 5000
11 CX/CXL 75 CX/CXL
800 4000 55 CX/CXL

7.5 CX/CXL 45 CX/CXL
600 3000 32 CX/CXL
5.5 CX/CXL
30 CX/CXL
400 4.0 CX/CXL 2000
2.2 CX/CXL 18.5 CX/CXL
200 1000
0 fsw [kHz] 0 fsw [kHz]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2.2—15 kW 18.5—90 kW
Figure 5.2-2a Figure 5.2-2b
5 W
16 000 250CX/CXL
14 000
200CX/CXL
12 000
10 000 160CX/CXL
132CX/CXL
8 000
110CX/CXL
6 000
4 000
fsw [kHz]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
110—250 kW
Figure 5.2-2c
Figures 5.2-2a—c Power dissipation as a function of the switching frequency for 400V and 500V
(IVT,variable torque).
W
1 200 W
4 000
15 CX/CXL 55 CX/CXL
1 000
11 CX/CXL
3 000 45 CX/CXL
800

600
30 CX/CXL
2 000
400
4 CX/CXL 18.5 CX/CXL
3 CX/CXL 1 000
200 2.2 CX/CXL
1.5 CX/CXL
fsw [kHz]
1 2 3 4 5 6 fsw [kHz]
1 2 3 4 5 6
1.5—15 kW 18.5—55 kW
Figure 5.2-2d Figure 5.2-2e

Figures 5.2-2d—e Power dissipation as a function of the switching frequency for 230 V
(IVT,variable torque).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Type Curve
(kW) 3.6 kHz 10 kHz 16 kHz IVT (A)
45
0.75—4 no derating no derating no derating 40
5.5 no derating 1 2 3
7.5 no derating no derating no derating 35
11 no derating no derating no derating 15 CX /CXL
30 IVT 16 kHz
15 no derating no derating 3
18.5 no derating no derating no derating 25
22 no derating no derating 4 1 5.5 CX/CXL
20
30 no derating 5 not allowed IVT 10 kHz
37 no derating 6 not allowed 15
45 7 8 not allowed 5.5 CX/CXL
10 2 I 16 kHz
55 no derating 9 not allowed VT
75 no derating 10 not allowed 5
90 11 12 not allowed
110 no derating 13 not allowed 0 °C
0 10 20 30 40 50
132 no derating 14 not allowed
Figure 5.2.3 a
200 no derating 17 not allowed
315
400
500
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
5
630 * * * IVT (A)
710 * * * 120
800 * * *
900 * * *
7 45 CX/CXL
100 I 3.6 kHz
1000 * * * VT
1100 * * * 45 CX/CXL
1250 * * * 80 8 I
VT
10 kHz
1500 * * *
6 37 CX/CXL
60 I 10 kHz
VT
Table 5.2-3 Constant output current derating 30 CX/CXL
curves for 400—500 V (IVT,variable torque). 40
5 IVT 10 kHz
* = Ask factory for details 22 CX/CXL
4 I 16 kHz
20 VT
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 °C
Figure 5.2.3 b
IVT (A)
IVT (A) 600 18 250 CX/CXL
I 3. 6kHz
VT
250
500
19 250 CX/CXL
I 10 kHz
VT
11
200 90 CX/CXL 17 200 CX/CXL
I 3.6 kHz I 10 kHz
VT 400 VT
160 CX/CXL
15 I 3.6 kHz
150 12 90 CX/CXL VT
I 10 kHz
300
160 CX/CXL
VT 16 I 10 kHz
VT
100 10 75 CX/CXL 200
I 10 kHz 14 132 CX/CXL
I 10 kHz
VT VT
50 9 55 CX/CXL 100 13 110 CX/CXL

I 10 kHz I
VT
10 kHz
VT
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 °C 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 °C
Figure 5.2.3 c Figure 5.2-3 d

Figure 5.2-3a—d Constant output current (IVT) derating curves as a function of ambient temperature
and switching frequency.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
5.3 Mounting W1
W2
D1
The inverter should be mounted in a vertical

position on the wall or on the back plane of a R2
R1
cubicle. Follow the requirement for cooling, see
table 5.2-1 and figure 5.2-1 for dimensions.
To ensure a safe installation, make sure that
the mounting surface is relatively flat. Fixing
holes can be marked on the wall using the H1 H2
H3
template on the cover of the cardboard

package.
Fixing is done with four screws or bolts R2
depending on the size of the unit, see tables

5.3-1 and 5.3-2, and figure 5.3-1 for 1) H4
dimensions. Units, from 18.5 kW to 400 kW,

have special lifting "eyes" which must be used,
5 see figures 5.3-2 and 5.3-3.
The mounting instructions for 500—1500 CX4/
1)
Cable cover for IP 20 surface mounting
Figure 5.3-1 Mounting dimensions.

CX5 and 400—1250 CX6 units are explained
in the separate manual for M11/M12 units. Ask
the factory for more information if needed.
Type Dimensions [mm]
W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 D1 R1 R2
0.75—5.5 CX4/CX5 120 95 323 312 290 40 215 7 3.5
1.5—3 CX2
7.5—15 CX4/CX5 157 127 452 434 405 45 238 9 4.5

4—7.5 CX2
2.2—22 CX6 157 127 486 470 440 45 265 9 4.5
18.5—45 CX4/CX5 220 180 575 558 525 100 290 9 4.5
11—22 CX2
30—75 CX6 220 180 668 650 618 100 290 9 4.5
55—90 CX4/CX5 250 220 854 835 800 * 315 9 4.5

30—45 CX2
110—160 CX4/CX5 496 456 950 926 890 353 11.5 6

90—132 CX6
55 CX2
200—250 CX4/CX5 700 660 1045 1021 1000 390 11.5 6

160—200 CX6
315—400 CX4/CX5 989 948 1045 1021 1000 390 11.5 6

250—315 CX6
500 CX4/CX5 ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** **
400 CX6
630—1500 CX4/CX5 ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** **
500—1250 CX6
Table 5.3-1 Dimensions for CX-series. * = IP20 cable cover is on the bottom- (256mm)
and on the top of the unit (228mm)
** = Ask factory for details
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 D1 R1 R2
0.75—5.5 CXL4/CXL5 120 95 423 412 390 — 215 7 3.5
1.5—3 CXL2
7.5—15 CXL4/CXL5 157 127 562 545 515 — 238 9 4.5

4—7.5 CXL2
18.5—45 CXL4/CXL5 220 180 700 683 650 — 290 9 4.5

11—22 CXL2
55—90 CXL4/CXL5 374 345 1050 1031 1000 — 330 9 4.5

30—45 CXL2
110—160 CXL4/CXL5 496 456 1350 926 1290 353 11.5 6

55 CXL2
200—250 CXL4/CXL5 700 660 1470 1021 1425 390 11.5 6
315—400 CXL4/CXL5 989 948
Table 5.3-2 Dimensions for CXL-series.

1470 1021 1425 390 11.5
* = Ask factory for details

6
5
W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 D1 R1 R2
0.75—3 CXS4/CXS5 120 95 343 333 305 — 150 7 3.5

0.55—1.5 CXS2
4—11 CXS4/CXS5 135 95 430 420 390 — 205 7 3.5

2.2—5.5 CXS2
15—22 CXS4/CXS5 185 140 595 580 550 — 215 9 4.5

7.5—15 CXS2
Table 5.3-3 Dimensions for CXS-series.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

5
Figure 5.3-2 Lifting of 18.5—90 kW units.
WRONG CORRECT
RUN READY FAULT
RUN READY FAULT
MON PAR REF BTNS
MON PAR REF BTNS
RST
RST
PG
PG
UD008K17
UD008K17
L1 L2 L3 U V W - + + + L1 L2 L3 U V W - + + +
NOTE!
Unit sizes 110 — 400 kW - do not lift without a rod through the lifting holes in
the unit - see above.
M9NOSTO
Figure 5.3-3 Lifting of 110—400 kW units.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Wiring Page 29 (90)
6 WIRING
General wiring diagrams are shown in figures The general wiring diagrams for 500—1500
6-1—6-3. The following chapters have more CX4/CX5 and 400 — 1250 CX6 units are
detailed instructions about wiring and cable explained in the separate manual for M11/M12
connections. units. Ask the factory for more information if
needed.
0(4)/20mA
Reference 1 +10 Vref. RL<500Ω
(voltage) I out + 18
2 Uin + I out - 19
3 GND
20
4 Iin + +
Reference DO1
(current) U<+48V
5 Iin - I<50mA
6 2 4 Vo u t RO1/1 21
7 GND 1/2 22
8 RO1/3 23 RL ac/dc
DIA1
9 DIA2
RO2/1 24 Switching:
24 V 10 DIA3 <8A/24Vdc,
11 CMA 2/2 25 <0.4A/300Vdc,
GND
x) 12 2 4 Vo u t RO2/3 26 <2kVA/250Vac
Continuously:
13 GND <2Arms
24 V
14
15
16
DIB4
DIB5
DIB6
1) Brake
Chopper
(Optional)
6
GND 17 CMB
x)
x) dotted line
indicates the
connection
with inverted
signal levels
1)
L1 L2 L3 - + U V W
Brake Resistor
(Optional)
RFI-filter (optional)
L1 L2 L3
M
3~
k6_1
Figure 6-1 General wiring diagram, Vacon CX series (for unit sizes M4—M6).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Page 30 (90) Wiring Vacon
0(4)/20mA
Reference 1 +10 Vref. RL<500Ω
(voltage) I out + 18
2 Uin + I out - 19
3 GND
20
4 Iin + +
Reference DO1
(current) U<+48V
5 Iin - I<50mA
6 2 4 Vo u t RO1/1 21
7 GND 1/2 22
8 RO1/3 23 RL ac/dc
DIA1
9 DIA2
RO2/1 24 Switching:
24 V 10 DIA3 <8A/24Vdc,
11 CMA 2/2 25 <0.4A/300Vdc,
GND
x) 12 2 4 Vo u t RO2/3 26 <2kVA/250Vac
Continuously:
13 GND <2Arms
14 DIB4 1) Brake
15 DIB5 Chopper
16 (Optional)
24 V DIB6
GND 17 CMB
x)
x) dotted line
indicates the
6 connection
with inverted
signal levels
1)
L1 L2 L3 - +
U V W
M
3~
Brake Resistor
(Optional)
RFI-filter (optional)
L1 L2 L3 k6_2
Figure 6-2 General wiring diagram, CX series (for unit sizes ≥ M7) and Vacon CXL-series
(for unit sizes ≥ M8).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

0(4)/20mA
Reference 1 +10 Vref. I out + 18 RL<500Ω
(voltage)
2 Uin + I out - 19
3 GND
20
4 Iin + +
Reference DO1
(current) U<+48V
5 Iin - I<50mA
6 2 4 Vo u t RO1/1 21
7 GND 1/2 22
8 RO1/3 23 RL ac/dc
DIA1
9 DIA2
RO2/1 24 Switching:
24 V 10 DIA3 <8A/24Vdc,
11 CMA 2/2 25 <0.4A/300Vdc,
GND
x) 12 2 4 Vo u t RO2/3 26 <2kVA/250Vac
Continuously:
13 GND <2Arms
14 DIB4 1) Brake
15 DIB5 Chopper
24 V 16 DIB6 (Optional)
GND 17 CMB
x)
x) dotted line
indicates the
connection
with inverted
signal levels
L1 L2 L3
Internal RFI-filter
1)
- +
L1 L2 L3
U V W
M
3~
Brake Resistor
(Optional)
k6_3
Figure 6-3 General wiring diagram, Vacon CXL series (for unit sizes M4—M7) and Vacon CXS series.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

6.1 Power connections

Use heat-resistant cables, +60°C or higher. These instructions concern the cases in
The cable (and the fuses) have to be which you have one motor and one cable
dimensioned in accordance with the rated connection from the frequency converter to
output current of the unit. Cable installing the motor. In other cases ask the factory for
according to the UL-instructions is explained more information.
in Chapter 6.1.4.1.
Always pay attention to the local authority
The minimum dimensions for the Cu-cables regulations and installation conditions.
and corresponding fuses are given in the tables
6.1.1 Mains cable
6.1-2 — 6.1-5. The fuses are GG/GL-fuses.
They have been selected so that they will also Mains cables for the different EMC levels are
function as an overload protection for the defined in table 6.1-1.
cables. 6.1.2 Motor cable
According to the UL-instructions for maximum Motor cables for the different EMC levels are
protection of frequency converter, UL- defined in table 6.1-1.
recognized fuses of type H or K should be
used. As for the current ratings of the fuses, 6.1.3 Control cable
see tables 6.1-2 — 6.1-5. Control cables are defined in Chapter 6.2.1.
2
If the motor temperature protection (i t) is used
6 as overload protection the cables may be
selected accordingly. If 3 or more cables are
used in parallel (with the bigger units) note that
every cable must have its own overload
protection.
Cable level N level I level C
Mains cable 1 1 1
Motor cable 2 2 3
Control cable 4 4 4
Table 6.1-1 Cable types for the different EMC levels.
1 = The power cable which is suitable for the fixed installation, specifically for the used voltage.
Shielded cable is not compulsory (recommendation NOKIA/MCMK or similar)
2 = The power cable equipped with concentric protection wire, specifically for the used voltage.
(recommendation NOKIA/MCMK or similar)
3 = The power cable equipped with compact low-impedance shield, specifically for the used voltage.
(recommendation NOKIA/MCCMK, SAB/ÖZCUY-J or similar)
4 = The control cable equipped with compact low-impedance shield, screened cable.
(recommendation NOKIA/jamak, SAB/ÖZCuY-O or similar)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

* = Follow local regulations/Ask factory for details
Type ICT Fuse Cu-cable IVT Fuse Cu-cable Type ICT Fuse Cu-cable IVT Fuse Cu-cable
-CX4 [A] [A] [mm2] [A] [A] [mm2] -CX5 [A] [A] [mm2] [A] [A] [mm2]
-CXL4 -CXL5
-CXS4 -CXS5
0.75 2.5 10 3*1.5+1.5 3.5 10 3*1.5+1.5 0.75 2.5 10 3*1.5+1.5 3 10 3*1.5+1.5
1.1 3.5 10 3*1.5+1.5 4.5 10 3*1.5+1.5 1.1 3 10 3*1.5+1.5 3.5 10 3*1.5+1.5
1.5 4.5 10 3*1.5+1.5 6.5 10 3*1.5+1.5 1.5 3.5 10 3*1.5+1.5 5 10 3*1.5+1.5
2.2 6.5 10 3*1.5+1.5 8 10 3*1.5+1.5 2.2 5 10 3*1.5+1.5 6 10 3*1.5+1.5
3.0 8 10 3*1.5+1.5 10 10 3*1.5+1.5 3.0 6 10 3*1.5+1.5 8 10 3*1.5+1.5
4.0 10 10 3*1.5+1.5 13 16 3*2.5+2.5 4.0 8 10 3*1.5+1.5 11 16 3*2.5+2.5
5.5 13 16 3*2.5+2.5 18 20 3*4+4 5.5 11 16 3*2.5+2.5 15 20 3*4+4
7.5 18 20 3*4+4 24 25 3*6+6 7.5 15 20 3*4+4 21 25 3*6+6
11 24 25 3*6+6 32 35 3*10+10 11 21 25 3*6+6 27 35 3*10+10
15 32 35 3*10+10 42 50 3*10+10 15 27 35 3*10+10 34 50 3*10+10
18.5 42 50 3*10+10 48 50 3*10+10 18.5 34 50 3*10+10 40 50 3*10+10
22 48 50 3*10+10 60 63 3*16+16 22 40 50 3*10+10 52 63 3*16+16
30 60 63 3*16+16 75 80 3*25+16 30 52 63 3*16+16 65 80 3*25+16
37 75 80 3*25+16 90 100 3*35+16 37 65 80 3*25+16 77 100 3*35+16
45 90 100 3*35+16 110 125 3*50+25 45 77 100 3*35+16 96 125 3*50+25
55 110 125 3*50+25 150 160 3*70+35 55 96 125 3*50+25 125 160 3*70+35
75 150 160 3*70+35 180 200 3*95+50 75 125 160 3*70+35 160 200 3*95+50
90 180 200 3*95+50 210 250 3*120+70 90 160 200 3*95+50 180 200 3*95+50
110 210 250 3*150+70 270 315 3*185+95 110 180 200 3*95+50 220 250 3*150+70
132 270 315 3*185+95 325 400 2*(3*120+70) 132 220 250 3*150+70 260 315 3*185+95
160 325 400 2*(3*120+70) 410 500 2*(3*185+95) 160 260 315 3*185+95 320 400 2*(3*120+70)
200
250
315—
410
510
*
500
630
*
2*(3*185+95) 510
2*(3*240+120) 580
* *
630
630
*
2*(3*240+120)
2*(3*240+120)
*
200
250
315—
320
400
*
400
500
*
2*(3*120+70) 400
2*(3*185+95) 460
* *
500
630
*
2*(3*185+95)
2*(3*240+120)
*
6
1000 1000
1100- * * * * * * 1100- * * * * * *
1500 1500
Table 6.1-2 Mains, motor cables and fuse Table 6.1-3 Mains, motor cables and fuse
recommendations according to output recommendations according to output currents ICT
currents ICT and IVT, 400V range. and IVT, 500V range.
Type ICT Fuse Cu-cable IVT Fuse Cu-cable

-CX6 [A] [A] [mm2] [A] [A] [mm2]
2.2 3.5 10 3*1.5+1.5 4.5 10 3*1.5+1.5
3 4.5 10 3*1.5+1.5 5.5 10 3*1.5+1.5
4 5.5 10 3*1.5+1.5 7.5 10 3*1.5+1.5
Type ICT Fuse Cu-cable IVT Fuse Cu-cable
5.5 7.5 10 3*1.5+1.5 10 10 3*1.5+1.5
-CX2 [A] [A] [mm2] [A] [A] [mm2]
7.5 10 10 3*1.5+1.5 14 16 3*2.5+2.5
-CXL2
11 14 16 3*2.5+2.5 19 20 3*4+4
-CXS2
15 19 20 3*4+4 23 25 3*6+6
0.55 3.6 10 3*1.5+1.5 4.7 10 3*1.5+1.5
18.5 23 25 3*6+6 26 25 3*6+6
0.75 4.7 10 3*1.5+1.5 5.6 10 3*1.5+1.5
22 26 35 3*10+10 35 35 3*10+10
1.1 5.6 10 3*1.5+1.5 7 10 3*1.5+1.5
30 35 35 3*10+10 42 50 3*10+10
1.5 7 10 3*1.5+1.5 10 10 3*1.5+1.5
37 42 50 3*10+10 52 63 3*16+16
2.2 10 10 3*1.5+1.5 13 16 3*2.5+2.5
45 52 63 3*16+16 62 63 3*16+16
3 13 16 3*2.5+2.5 16 16 3*2.5+2.5
55 62 63 3*16+16 85 100 3*35+16
4 16 16 3*2.5+2.5 22 25 3*6+6
75 85 100 3*35+16 100 100 3*35+16
5.5 22 25 3*6+6 30 35 3*10+10
90 100 100 3*35+16 122 125 3*50+25
7.5 30 35 3*10+10 43 50 3*10+10
110 122 125 3*50+25 145 160 3*70+35
11 43 50 3*10+10 57 63 3*16+16
132 145 160 3*70+35 185 200 3*95+50
15 57 63 3*16+16 70 80 3*25+16
160 185 200 3*95+50 222 250 3*150+70
18.5 70 80 3*25+16 83 100 3*35+16
200 222 250 3*150+70 287 315 3*185+95
22 83 100 3*35+16 113 125 3*50+25
250— * * * * * *
30 113 125 3*50+25 139 160 3*70+35
800
37 139 160 3*70+35 165 200 3*95+50
1000- * * * * * *
45 165 200 3*95+50 200 200 3*95+50
1250
55 200 200 3*95+50 264 315 3*185+95
Table 6.1-4 Mains, motor cables and fuse Table 6.1-5 Mains, motor cables and fuse
recommendations according to output currents ICT recommendations according to output currents ICT
and IVT, 690V range. and IVT, 230V range.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

(1 Mounting bolt size M12 *

Type Cable [mm2] (2 In CXL versions max. 3 parallel
main terminals earth terminal
connected cables can be used
* = Follow local regulations/Ask factory
0.75—3 CXS4/CXS5 2.5 2.5
for details
0.55—1.5 CXS2
2.2—5.5 CX4/CX5 6 6
0.75—5.5 CXL4/CXL5
1.5—3 CX2/CXL2
7.5—15 CX4/CX5 16 16
7.5—15 CXL4/CXL5
2.2—22 CX6
4—11 CXS4/CXS5
2.2—5.5 CXS2
4—7.5 CX2/CXL2
18.5—22 CX4/CX5 35 70
18.5—22 CXL4/CXL5
30—45 CX6
15—22 CXS4/CXS5
7.5—15 CXS2
11—15 CX2/CXL2
30—45 CX4/CX5 50 Cu, 70 Al 70

30—45 CXL4/CXL5
55—75 CX6
18.5—22 CX2/CXL2
6 55—90 CX4/CX5
55—90 CXL4/CXL5
185
Cu and Al
95
30—45 CX2/CXL2
110—160 CX4/CX5 2*185 Cu (1 2 * 240 Cu

110—160 CXL4/CXL5 2*240 Al
90—132 CX6
55 CX2/CXL2
200—250 CX4/CX5 2*300 (1 2 * 240 Cu

200—250 CXL4/CXL5 Cu and Al
160—200 CX6
315—400 CX4/CX5 4*240 (1 2 * 240 Cu

315—400 CXL4/CXL5 Cu and Al
250—315 CX6 (2
500 CX4/CX5 * *
400 CX6
630—1000 CX4/CX5 * *
500—800 CX6
1100—1500 CX4/CX5/ * *
900–1250 CX6
Table 6.1-6 Maximum cable sizes of power

terminals.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

6.1.4 Installation instructions

If the Vacon CX frequency converter is to be installed outside a switchgear,
1 separate cubicle or electrical room a protective IP20 cover should be installed

for the cable connections, see figure 6.1.4-3. The protective cover may not be
needed if the unit is mounted inside a switchgear, separate cubicle or electrical
room.
All IP00 class frequency converters should always be mounted inside a
switchgear, separate cubicle or electrical room.
Place the motor cable away from the other cables:
2 - Avoid long parallel runs with other cables.

- If the motor cable runs in parallel with the other cables, the minimum
distances given in table 6.1.4-1 between the motor cable and control
cables should be followed.
- These minimum distances apply also between the motor cable and
signal cables of other systems.
- The maximum length of a motor cable is 200m (except 0.75—
1.1CXS max. length 50 m and 1.5CXS max. length 100 m).
- The power cables should cross other cables at an angle of 90°
degrees.
Distance Screened
between cables
[m]
cable length
[m] 6
0.3 <50
1.0 <200
Table 6.1.4-1 Minimum cable distances.
3 See chapter 6.1.5 for cable insulation checks.
Connecting cables:
4 - Motor and mains cables should be stripped according to the figure

6.1.4-2 and table 6.1.4-2.
- Open the cover of Vacon CX/CXL/CXS as shown in figure 6.1.4-2.
- Remove plugs from the cable cover (CX -series) or from the
bottom of the unit (CXL/CXS- series) as necessary.
- Pass cables through the holes in the cable cover.
- Connect the main, motor and control cables to the correct terminals
(EMC level N: see figures 6.1.4-3—13, 6.1.4-17, 6.1.4-19
EMC levels I and C: see figure 6.1.4-14—16, 6.1.4-18, 6.1.4-20—21
EMC level N + external RFI-filter: see RFI-filter option manual)
The installation instructions for 500—1500 CX4/CX5 and 400—1250 CX6
units are given in the separate manual for M11/M12 units. Ask the factory
for more information if needed.
Cable installing according to the UL-instructions is explained in the
chapter 6.1.4.1.
- Check that control cable wires do not make contact with electrical
components in the device.
- Connect the optional brake resistor cable (if required).
- Ensure the earth cable is connected to the -terminal of the frequency
converter and motor.
- For types 110—400 CX, connect the isolator plates of the protective cover
and terminals according to the figure 6.1.4-11.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

- Connect the separate shield for the power cables to the protective earth
of the frequency converter, motor and supply panel.
- Mount the cable cover (CX -series) and the unit cover.
- Ensure that the control cables and internal wiring are not trapped between
the cover and the body of the unit.
NOTE:
5 The connection of the transformer inside the unit in mechanical constructions

M7—M12 has to be changed if other than the default supply voltage of the
drive is used. Ask the factory for more information if needed.
Typecode Default supply voltage
x x CX2 x x x x 230V
x x CXL2 x x x x
x x CXL4 x x x x
6 x x CX5 x x x x
x x CXL5 x x x x
500V
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Page 37 (90)
6.1.4.1 Cable installing according to the

UL- instructions
For Installation and cable connections the fol- Type 12 (see chapter 3.1, Type designation
lowing must be noted. Use only copper wire code). Vacon CX and CXS models are Open
with temperature permanence of at least 60/ Type Equipment.
75°C.
In addition to the connecting information the
According to the NEMA enclosure classifica- tightening torque of the terminals are defined
tion Vacon CXL models are either of Type 1 or in the table 6.1.4.1-2.
Type Size Tightening Tightening

torque in torque in
in-lbs. Nm
0.75—5.5CX4/CXL4 M4 7 0,8
2.2—5.5CX5/CXL5
7.5—5CX4/CXL4
7.5—15CX5/CXL5
M5 20 2,25 6
18.5—22CX4/CXL4 M6 35 4
18.5—22CX5/CXL5
30—45CX4/CXL4 M6 44 5
30—45CX5/CXL5
55—90CX4/CXL4 M7 130 15 *) Use a wrench to give the counter
55—90CX5/CXL5 torque when tightening. The isolated
stand off of the busbar does not with-
110—160CX4/CXL4 M8 610 *) 70 *)
110—160CX5/CXL5 stand the whole tightening torque.
200—250CX4/CXL4 M9 610 *) 70 *)
200—250CX5/CXL5
Table 6.1.4.1-2 Tightening torque of the terminals.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Type s1 s2 s3 s4
0.75 — 11 CXS4/CXS5 12 55 55 12
0.55 — 5.5 CXS2
s4 s1 2.2 — 5.5 CX4/CXL4 6 35 60 15
2.2 — 5.5 CX5/CXL5
1.5 — 3 CX2/CXL2
7.5 — 15 CX4/CXL4 9 40 100 15

7.5 — 15 CX5/CXL5
2.2 — 22 CX6
s3 s2 4 — 7.5 CX2/CXL2
Earth Mains
conductor cables
18.5 — 22 CX4/CXL4 14 90 100 15
18.5 — 22 CX5/CXL5
30 — 45 CX6
15— 22 CX4/CX5
11—15 CX2/CXL2
7.5— 15 CXS2
30 — 45 CX4/CXL4 25 90 100 15
30 — 45 CX5/CXL5
55 — 75 CX6
18.5 — 22 CX2/CXL2
55 — 90 CX4/CXL4 50 - - 25
Figure 6.1.4-1 Stripping motor and mains 55 — 90 CX5/CXL5
cables. 30 — 45 CX2/CXL2
110 —160 CX4/CXL4 * * * *

110 —160 CX5/CXL5
90 —132 CX6
55 CX2/CXL2
200 — 250 CX4/CXL4 * * * *
6 200 — 250 CX5/CXL5

160 — 200 CX6
315 — 400 CX4/CXL4 * * * *

315— 400 CX5/CXL5
250 —315 CX6
500 CX4/CX5 * * * *
400 CX6
630 — 1500 CX4/CX5 * * * *

500— 1250 CX6
Table 6.1.4-2 Stripping lengths of the cables (mm).

(* = Ask the details from the factory)
1 Loosen screws (2 pcs)

2 Pull cover bottom outwards
3 Push cover upwards
3
3
2 2
1 1 IP54KANS
Figure 6.1.4-2 Opening the cover of the Vacon CX/CXL/CXS unit.

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
Power card
1
Control card 2
3
Control I/O 4
5
terminals 6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Connect the screen 18
19
to the terminal 20
21
22
Fix the control cable 23
with a tie wrap

24
25
26 DC-link/Brake 6
resistor
Mains cable
terminals (-,+)
terminals
(L1,L2,L3) Motor cable
terminals
Earth
(U,V,W)
terminals L1 L2 L3 - + U V W
(PE)
Fixing screw Fixing screw
Cable cover
Control cable Motor cable
Mains cable Brake resistor cable
Figure 6.1.4-3 Cable assembly for 2.2—15 CX4/CX5 and 1.5—7.5 CX2 types (EMC level N).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Control card
1
I/O terminals 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
6
24
25
26
Connect the
screen to
the terminal
Mains cable
Fix the control terminals
cable with a tie
wrap DC-link/brake
resistor terminals
Motor cable
L1 L2 L3 - + U V W terminals
Earth terminal (PE) Earth terminal (PE)
Rubber grommets
Motor cable
Brake resistor cable
Mains cable
Control cable m4IP21
Figure 6.1.4-4 Cable assembly for 2.2—5.5 CXL4/CXL5 and 1.5—3 CXL2 types (EMC level N).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Control card
1
2
I/O terminals 3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
6
Connect the
screen to
the terminal
Fix the control
cable with a tie
wrap
Mains cable
terminals
DC-link/brake
resistor terminals
L1 L2 L3 - + U V W Motor cable
terminals
Rubber grommets
Motor cable
Mains cable
Figure 6.1.4-5 Cable assembly for 7.5—15 CXL4/CXL5 and 4—7.5 CXL2 types (IP21 enclosure
EMC level N).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Control card
1
2
I/O terminals 3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
6
Internal
Connect the cooling fan
screen to
the terminal
Mains cable
terminals
DC-link/brake
resistor terminals
L1 L2 L3 - + U V W Motor cable
terminals
Rubber grommets
Motor cable
Mains cable
Figure 6.1.4-6 Cable assembly for 7.5—15 CXL4/CXL5 and 4—7.5 CXL2 types (IP54 enclosure
EMC level N).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Power card
1
Control card 2
3
Control I/O 4
5
terminals 6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Connect the 19
20
screen to the 21
22
terminal 23
Fix the control

cable with a tie
24
25
26 6
wrap
Mains cable L1 L2 L3 - + U V W DC-link/Brake
terminals resistor
(L1,L2,L3) terminals (-,+)
Earth Motor cable

terminals terminals
(PE)
Fixing screw
Fixing screw
Cable cover
Mains cable Motor cable
Control cable Brake resistor cable
Figure 6.1.4-7 Cable assembly for 18.5—45 CX4/CX5 and 11—22 CX2 types (EMC level N).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Control card
I/O terminals 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
6
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Connect the
screen to
the terminal
Fix the control Mains cable
cable with a tie terminals
wrap DC-link/brake
resistor terminals
Motor cable
terminals
L1 L2 L3 - + U V W
Earth terminal (PE) Earth terminals (PE)
Rubber grommets
Motor cable
Control cable
Mains cable M6IP21, M6IP54
Figure 6.1.4-8 Cable assembly for 18.5—45 CXL4/CXL5 and 11—22 CXL2 types (EMC level N).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Mains cable Earth

terminal
(PE)
Mains cable
terminals
(L1,L2,L3)
L1 L2 L3
Power card 1
2
Control card 3
4
5
Control I/O 6
terminals
7
8
9
10
11
6
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Connect the screen 22
23
to the terminal 24
25
26
Fix the control cable

with a tie wrap
- + U V W DC-link/Brake
resistor
terminals (-,+)
Earth Motor cable

terminals terminals
(PE)
Brake resistor
cable
Motor cable
Control cable
Figure 6.1.4-9 Cable assembly for 55—90 CX4/CX5 and 30—45 CX2 types (EMC level N).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Control I/O
terminals
Control cable
earthing
Control cable
fixing
L1 L2 L3 U V W DC- DC+ R-
R+
PE terminal
for mains and
motor cables DC-link/brake
resistor terminals
6 Insulated
Terminal R- present
with brake choppers
(yellow-green) Terminal installed only
earthing conductor isolator
twisted of cable plates
shield
Mains Control Motor

cable cable cable M9KYTK2
Figure 6.1.4-10 Cable assembly for 110—400 CX4/CX5, 110—400 CXL4/CXL5, 90—315 CX6, 55 CX2
and 55 CXL2 types (EMC level N).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Fixing screws of
protective covers
L1 L2 L3 U V W DC- DC+ R-
R+
B C A D
After cable connections before switching on the mains supply, ensure:
1. Insert all 10 terminal isolator plates (A) in the slots between the terminals,
6
see figure below
2. Insert and fix three plastic protective covers (B, C, and D) over the
terminals
Fixing the terminal isolation plates:
Bend the plate to

fit it into a slot.
Release to lock it
in correct position
Insert plate
into the slots
Terminal isolation plates M9SUOJAT
Figure 6.1.4-11 Cable cover and terminals assembly for 110—400 CX4/CX5, 110—400 CXL4/CXL5,
90—315 CX6, 55 CX2 and 55 CXL2 types (EMC level N).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Control card 1
2
I/O terminals 3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
6 25
26
Connect the
screen to
the terminal
Mains cable
terminals
DC-link/brake
resistor terminals
Motor cable
terminals
L1 L2 L3 - + U V W
M5CX6

Mains cable
Figure 6.1.4-12 Cable assembly for 2.2—22 CX6 types (EMC level N).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Control card
I/O terminals 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
6
23
24
25
26
Connect the
screen to
the terminal
Mains cable
terminals
DC-link/brake
resistor terminals
Motor cable
L1 L2 L3 - + U V W terminals
M6CX6

Mains cable Brake resistor cable
Figure 6.1.4-13 Cable assembly for 30—75 CX6 types (EMC level N).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Mains cable DC-link/brake Motor cable

terminals resistor terminals terminals
(L1,L2,L3) (-,+) (U,V,W)
Uncover the
screen of the
cable, pass it
through the
earth clamp
and tighten
up carefully
6 Earth
terminal Earth
terminal
Connect the bunched

Mains cable Control cable Motor cable concentric protection
wire as short as possible
to the terminal (max. 2
cm)
Figure 6.1.4-14 Cable assembly principle for 2.2—45 CXL4/CXL5 types (EMC level I).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

FREQUENCY CONVERTER
Control card
Control I/O Mains cable

terminals terminals
(L1,L2,L3)
Connect the DC-link/brake
screen to the resistor terminals
terminal (-,+)
Uncover the Motor cable

screen of the terminals
cable, pass it (U,V,W)
through the earth
clamp and Earth terminal
tighten up
carefully
Earth
Connect the
bunched screen
6
terminals as short as
possible to the
terminal
Mains cable (max. 2 cm)
Yellow-green
Control cable protective cable
Use special EMC

cable gland, which MOTOR
earths the screen
by 360° contact
or connect the
bunched screen
using cable lug as
short as possible
to the terminal
(max. 2 cm)
Motor cable
terminals
yellow-green
protective cable
Earth terminal
Figure 6.1.4-15 Cable assembly principle in the frequency converter and in the motor for
2.2—45 CXL4/CXL5 types (EMC levels I and C).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Connect the
screen to the
terminal
Motor cable
Mains cable
terminals
terminals
(U,V,W)
(L1,L2,L3)
DC-link/brake
6 Earth
resistor
terminals (-,+)
terminals
(PE)
Metal plate to
Uncover the
fulfill EMC-
screen of the
levels. Metal
cable, pass it
plate can be
through the
lifted up while
earth clamp
connecting the
and tighten up
wires.
carefully
Motor cable
Mains cable Control cable Uncover the screen of the
cable, connect clip/cable holder
around the screen to form a
good electrical contact. Tighten
up carefully to avoid damaging
the screen.
Figure 6.1.4-16 Cable assembly principle for 55—90 CXL4/CXL5 types (EMC levels I and C).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Mains cable DC-link/brake Motor cable

terminals resistor terminals
(L1, L2, L3) terminals (-,+) (U,V,W)
Yellow- Yellow-
green green
protective protective
cable cable
Earth Earth
terminal terminal 6
Mains cable Earth terminal Motor cable

for the control cable
Figure 6.1.4-17 Cable assembly principle for 0.75—3 CXS5 types (EMC level N).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

DC-link/brake
resistor
terminals (-,+)
terminals terminals
(L1,L2,L3) (U,V,W)
Earth terminal
Earth terminal
Connect the Connect the

6 bunched screen
as short as
bunched screen
as short as
possible to the possible to the
terminal (max. 2 terminal (max. 2
cm) cm)
Yellow-green Yellow-green
protective cable Mains cable Motor cable protective cable
Control cable
Control cable (relay outputs)
(other)
Figure 6.1.4-18 Cable assembly principle for 0.75—3 CXS4 (EMC level I and C), 0.75—3 CXS5
(EMC level I) and 0.55—1.5 CXS2 types (EMC level I and C).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

DC-link/brake
resistor
terminals (-,+)
Motor cable
Mains cable terminals
terminals (U, V, W)
(L1, L2, L3)
Yellow-green
6
protective
Yellow-green
cable
protective
cable
Earth
terminal
Earth
terminals
Motor cable
Mains cable Control cable Control cable

(other) (relay outputs)
Figure 6.1.4-19 Cable assembly principle for 4—11 CXS5 types (EMC level N).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

DC-link/brake
resistor
terminals (-,+)

terminals terminals
(L1, L2, L3) (U,V,W)
Yellow-
green
6 protective
cable
Yellow-green Connect the

protective bunched
cable screen as
short as
possible to
Earth the terminal
terminals (max. 2 cm)
Earth terminal
Mains cable Control cable Control cable Motor cable
(other) (relay outputs)
Figure 6.1.4-20 Cable assembly principle for 4—11CXS4 (EMC level I and C), 4—11 CXS5 (EMC level I)
and 2.2—5.5 CXS2 types (EMC level I and C).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

DC-link/brake
resistor
terminals (-,+)
Mains cable
terminals Motor cable
(L1, L2, L3) terminals
(U,V,W)
Use special Connect the

EMC cable
gland, which
earths the
bunched
screen as 6
short as
screen by possible to
360° contact the terminal
(max. 2 cm)
Earth Earth
terminals terminal
Mains cable Control cable Control cable Motor cable

(relay outputs) (other)
Figure 6.1.4-21 Cable assembly principle for 15—22CXS4 (EMC level I and C), 15—22 CXS5
(EMC level I) and 7.5—15 CXS2 types (EMC level I and C).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

6.1.5 Cable and motor insulation checks 6.2 Control connections

1 Motor cable insulation checks Basic connection diagram is shown in figure
6.2-1.
Disconnect the motor cable from the ter-
minals U, V and W of the Vacon CX/CXL/ The functionality of the terminals for the Basic
CXS unit and from motor. application is explained in Chapter 10.2. If one
of the "Five in One+" applications is selected,
Measure the insulation resistance of the
check the application manual for the
motor cable between each phase conductor
functionality of the terminals for that application.
and between each phase conductor and
the protective ground conductor. 6.2.1 Control cables
The insulation resistance must be >1MΩ. The control cables should be at least 0.5 mm2
2 Mains cable insulation checks screened multicore cables, see table 6.1-1.
The maximum wire size fitting in the terminals
Disconnect the mains cable from the ter-
minals L1,L2 and L3 of the Vacon CX/CXL/ is 2.5 mm2.
CXS unit and from mains.
Measure the insulation resistance of the 6.2.2 Galvanic isolation barriers
mains cable between each phase conductor
The control connections are isolated from the
and between each phase conductor and
mains potential and the I/O ground is
the protective ground conductor.
6 The insulation resistance must be >1MΩ.
connected to the frame of the device via a 1-
MΩ resistor and 4,7-nF capacitor. The control
I/O ground can also be connected directly to
3 Motor insulation checks the frame by changing the jumper X4 to ON-
Disconnect the motor cable from the motor position, see figure 6.2.2-1.
and open the bridging connections in Digital inputs and relay outputs are isolated
the motor connection box. from the I/O ground.
Measure the insulation resistance of each
motor winding. The measurement voltage
has to be at least equal to the mains voltage
but not exceed 1000V.
The insulation resistance must be >1MΩ.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Terminal Function Specification
1 +10Vref Reference voltage output Burden max 10 mA *
2 Uin+ Analogue signal input Signal range -10 V— +10 V DC
3 GND I/O ground
4 Iin+ Analogue signal (+input) Signal range 0(4)—20 mA
5 Iin- Analogue signal (-input)

6 24V out 24V supply voltage ±20%, load max. 100 mA
7 GND I/O ground
8 DIA1 Digital input 1 Ri = min. 5 kΩ
9 DIA2 Digital input 2
10 DIA3 Digital input 3
11 CMA Common for DIA1—DIA3 Must be connected to GND or 24V of
I/O- terminal or to external 24V or GND
12 24V out 24V supply voltage Same as # 6
13
14
GND
DIB4
I/O ground
Digital input 4
Same as # 7
Ri = min. 5 kΩ
6
15 DIB5 Digital input 5
16 DIB6 Digital input 6
17 CMB Common for DIB4 — DIB6 Must be connected to GND or 24V of
I/O- terminal or to external 24V or GND
18 Iout+ Analogue signal (+output) Signal range 0(4)—20 mA,
19 Iout- Analogue ground (-output) RL max. 500 Ω
20 DO1 Open collector output Transistor output, max. Uin = 48 VDC
max. current 50 mA
21 RO1/1 Relay output 1 Max. switch. voltage 250 VAC, 300 VDC
22 RO1/2 Max switch. current 8 A / 24 VDC,
23 RO1/3 0.4 A / 250 VDC
24 RO2/1 Relay output 2 Max. switch. power <2 kVA / 250 VAC
25 RO2/2 Max. cont. current <2 A rms
26 RO2/3
Figure 6.2-1 Control I/O-terminal signals.
* If the potentiometer reference is used, potentiometer R = 1—10 kΩ
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Mains
X4
10 V ref. L1 L2 L3
GND 1 MΩ
+24 V
GND
Control I/O
Uin ground
Iin +
Iin -
DIA1
... Digital input
DIA3 group A
CMA
DIB4
... Digital input Main
DIB6 group B
CMB circuits
Iout +
Iout - Analog
output
DO1 Digital
output
6 RO1.1
RO1.2
RO1.3
RO2.1
RO2.2
RO2.3 U V W
Motor
Figure 6.2.2-1 Isolation barriers.
6.2.3 Digital input function inversion

The active signal level of the digital input logic The +24V or ground for the digital inputs and
depends on how the common input (CMA, common terminals (CMA, CMB) can be either
CMB) of the input group has been connected. external or internal (terminals 6 and 12 of the
The connection can be either to +24 V or to frequency converter).
ground. See figure 6.2.3-1.
Ground (-)
+24 V
DIA1 DIA1
DIA2 DIA2
DIA3 DIA3
Ground (-) CMA +24 V CMA
Positive logic (+24 V active signal) = input is active Negative logic (0 V active signal) = input is active
when the switch is closed. when the switch is closed.
Figure 6.2.3-1 Positive/negative logic.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Control panel Page 61 (90)
7. CONTROL PANEL
7.1 Introduction
The control panel of the CX/CXL/CXS drive on the control panel are used for the control
features an Alphanumeric Display with of the frequency converter, parameter
seven indicators for the Run status setting and value monitoring.
(RUN, , , READY, STOP, ALARM, The panel is detachable and isolated from
the input line potential.
FAULT) and two indicators for the control
source (Panel/Remote). Furthermore, the The display examples in this chapter present
panel embodies three text lines for the menu the text and numeric lines of the Alpha-
location, menu/submenu descriptions and numeric Display only. The Run status
the amount of the submenus or the value of indicators are not included in the examples.
the monitored item. The eight push buttons
RUN STATUS INDICATORS
RUN = lights when motor is running
= show the selected rotation
STOP = lights when motor is not running
READY = lights when input voltage is

supplied and the unit is ready for
7
use
FAULT = lights when a fault in frequency

drive occurs
ALARM = lights when a warning is

given
7_1.jpeg
Panel/
Remote = show the active control source
Figure 7-1. Control panel with LCD display.
= Menu button (left) = Enter button

Move backward in the menu Acknowledgement of changed value.
Fault history reset.
= Menu button (right) Function as programmable button.
Move forward in the menu
= Reset button
= Browser button (up) Fault resetting
Move in the main menu and between
pages inside the same submenu. = Start button
Change value. Starts the motor if the panel is the
active control source
= Browser button (down)
Move in the main menu and between = Stop button
pages inside the same submenu. Stops the motor if the panel is the
Change value. active control source
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Page 62 (90) Control panel Vacon
7.2 Control panel operation
The data on the panel are arranged in menus The symbol M on the first text line stands for
and submenus. The menus are used for the the main menu. It is followed by a number that
display and editing of measurement and refers to the submenu in question. See the
control signals, parameter settings, reference CX/CXL/CXS User's Manual and the
values, and fault displays. Through the menus, Application Manual for the specific parameters
you can also adjust the contrast of the display available for the needed CX/CXL/CXS setup.
and use the programmable buttons. The arrow ( ) in the lower right corner
indicates a further submenu that can be
The desired submenu can be entered from entered by pushing the Menu button (right).
the main menu by using the Menu buttons.
M7 C
Contrast Contrast
15 15
M6 H1
Fault history 2. Overcurrent ENTER Fault history reset
H 1-9 2-3 s
M5 F1
Active faults 1. Overcurrent Browse active faults
F 1-9
7 B2 Panel control
M
M4 B1 B1
Buttons Reverse ENTER Reverse
B1-4 On Off
M3 R1 R1
Reference values FreqReference Freq. reference
R1-1 122.45 Hz 122.45 Hz
G2
M
G12} Special param.
M2 G1 P1.1 P1.1
Parameters Basic param. Min Frequency Min Frequency
G 1-12 P 1-15 12.34 Hz 12.34 Hz ENTER
V2 Motor speed
M
V20 Motor temp.
M1 V1
Monitor Output Freq
V 1-20 122.44 Hz
7_2.fh8
Figure 7-2. Panel operation
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

7.3 Monitoring menu

The monitoring menu can be entered from signals are listed in Table 7-1. The values
the main menu by pushing the Menu button are updated once every 0.5 seconds. This
(right) when the symbol M1 is visible on the menu is meant only for signal checking. The
first line of the alpha-numeric display. How values cannot be altered here. See 7.4
to browse through the monitored values is Parameters.
presented in Figure 7-3. All monitored
V2 Motor speed
M
V20 Motor temp.
M1 V1
Monitor Output Freq.
V 1-20 122.44 Hz
Figure 7-3. Monitoring menu 7_3.fh8
Code Signal name Unit Description

V1 Output frequency Hz Frequency to the motor
V2 Motor speed rpm Calculated motor speed
V3
V4
Motor current
Motor torque %
A Measured motor current
Calculated actual torque/nominal torque of the unit 7
V5 Motor power % Calculated actual power/nominal power of the unit
V6 Motor voltage V Calculated motor voltage
V7 DC-link voltage V Measured DC-link voltage
V8 Temperature ”C Heat sink temperature
1
V9 Operating day counter DD.dd Operating days , not resettable
2
V10 Operating hours, trip HH.hh Operating hours , can be reset with programmable
counter button #3
V11 MW hours counter MWh Total MWh, not resettable
V12 MW hours, trip counter MWh Resettable with programmable button #4
V13 Voltage/analog input V Voltage of terminal Uin+ (term. #2)
V14 Current/analog input mA Current of terminals Iin+ and Iin- (term. #4, #5)
V15 Digital input status, gr. A See Page 63
V16 Digital input status, gr. B See Page 63
V17 Digital and relay output See Page 63
status
V18 Control program Version number of the control software
V19 Unit nominal power kW Unit power size of the unit
V20 Motor temperature rise % 100% = nominal motor temperature has been
reached
Table 7-1. Monitored signals
1
DD = full days, dd = decimal part of day
2
HH = full hours, hh = decimal part of hour
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

0 = open input
1 = closed input (active)
V 15
Dig Input A Stat Example:
Input Terminal
0.011
DIA1 8
closed
DIA2 9
closed
DIA3 10
open
Figure 7-4. Digital inputs, Group A status.
V 16
Dig input B Stat Example:
Input Terminal
0.101
DIA4 14
closed
DIA5 15
7 open
DIA6
closed
16
Figure 7-5. Digital inputs, Group B status.
V 17
Dig & Rel Output Example:
Output Terminal
0.001
Digital output 20
closed (sinking current)
Relay output 1 21
open
Relay output 2 24
open
kuvat456eng.fh8
Figure 7-6. Output signal status.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

7.4 Parameters
The parameter menu can be entered from In the Edit menu when a parameter receiv-
the main menu by pushing the Menu button ing text values (e.g. Param. 1.16: 0=Param-
(right) when the symbol M2 is visible on the eter changes enabled; 1=Parameter
first line of the alpha-numeric display. changes disabled) is displayed, it is possi-
Parameter values are changed as shown ble to view the numerical value correspond-
in Figure 7-7: ing to the text value by pressing the Menu
Push the Menu button (right) once to move button (right). The numerical value remains
into the Parameter Group Menu (G) and visible as long as the menu button is held
twice to enter the desired parameter group down. You can browse through the numeri-
and the parameters there. Locate the cal values by pressing the Browser buttons
parameter you want to change by using the at the same time with the menu button.
Browser buttons. Push the Menu button You can return to the main menu anytime by
(right) once again to enter the Edit menu. pressing the Menu button (left) for 1–2
Once you are in the edit menu, the symbol seconds.
of the parameter starts to blink. Set the
The basic application embodies only those
desired new value with the Browser buttons
parameters necessary for operating the
and confirm the change by pushing the Enter
device (Group 1). The parameter group 0
button. Consequently, the blinking stops and
includes the parameter for selection of "Five
the new value is visible in the value field.
In One+" applications. See Chapter 11 of
The value will not change unless the Enter
the CX/CXL/CXS User's Manual.
button is pushed. You can go back in the
menu by pressing the Menu button (left).
Several parameters are locked, i.e.
Other applications include more parameter
groups. 7
uneditable, when the drive is in RUN status. Once in the last parameter of a parameter
If you try to change the value of such a group, you can move directly to the first
parameter, the text *locked* will appear on parameter of that group by pressing the
the display. Browser button (up).
} }
G2 P1.2 P1.1
M Special param. M Min Frequency
G12 P12.x
13.34 Hz
C v
h a
M2 G1 P1.1 P1.1 l
Parameters a
Basic param. Min Frequency Min Frequency n u
G 1-12 P 1-15 12.34 Hz 12.34 Hz g e
ENTER
e
Figure 7-7. Parameter value change procedure 7_7.fh8
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

7.5 Reference menu
The Reference menu can be entered from button is not necessary. Motor speed
the main menu by pushing the Menu button changes as soon as the frequency refer-
(right) when the symbol M3 is visible on the ence changes or the load inertia allows the
first line of the alpha-numeric panel. motor to accelerate or decelerate.
The frequency reference can be changed In some applications, there might be several
by changing the value on the display with references. In this case, pressing the Menu
the Browser buttons. See Figure 7-8. button (right) once brings you to the menu
Press the Menu button (right) once and the where you can choose (with the Browser
symbol R1 starts to blink. Now, you are able buttons) the reference you wish to change.
to alter the frequency reference value with Another push on the button takes you to the
the Browser buttons. Pressing the Enter editing menu.
M3 R1 R1
Reference FreqReference FreqReference
R1-1 122.45 Hz 122.45 Hz
7_8.fh8
Figure 7-8. Reference setting on the control panel
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

7.6 Programmable push-button menu
The programmable push-button menu can function is shown through a feedback signal.
be entered from the main menu by pushing Enter the edit menu with the Menu button
the Menu button (right) when the symbol M4 (right). The function attached to the button is
is visible on the first line of the Alpha-numeric controlled with the Enter button. When the
display. Enter button is pushed, the Enter symbol
In this menu, there are four functions that can ( ) on the display inverts and the feedback
be attached to the Enter button. Each func- value (On/Off) changes confirming the sta-
tion has two positions: On and Off. The func- tus change. The Enter symbol remains in-
tions are available in this menu only. In other verted as long as the Enter button is held
menus, the Enter button is used for its origi- down. See Figure 7-9.
nal purpose. The status of the controlled
B2 Panel control
M
M4 B1 B1
B1-4 Off On
7_9.fh8
Figure 7-9. Programmable push-button
7
Button Button Function Feedback information
number description 0 1 Note
B1 Reverse Changes the rotation Forward Backward Feedback
direction of the motor. information
Available only when the flashes as long as
control panel is the the direction is
active control source different from the
reference.
B2 Active Selection between I/O Control via Control from
control terminals and control I/O terminals the panel
source panel
B3 Operating Resets the operating No resetting Reset of the
hours, trip hours trip counter when operating
counter; pushed hours trip
Reset counter
B4 MWh Resets the MWh trip No resetting Reset of the
counter, counter when pushed MWh trip
reset counter
Table 7-2. Programmable push-button descriptions
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

7.7 Active faults menu

The Active faults menu can be entered from active faults can be browsed with the
the main menu by pushing the Menu button Browser buttons.
(right) when the symbol M5 is visible on the The display can be cleared with the Reset
first line of the alpha-numeric display as button and the read-out will return to the
shown in Figure 7-10. same display it had before the fault trip.
When a fault brings the frequency converter The fault remains active until it is cleared with
to a stop, the fault symbol F, the ordinal the Reset button or with a reset signal from
number of the fault, the fault code and a short the I/O terminal.
description of the fault are displayed. In
addition, the indication FAULT will appear Note! Remove external Start signal before
on the first line of the display. If there are resetting the fault to prevent unintended re-
several faults at the same time, the list of start of the drive.
M5 F1 Browse active
Active faults 1. Overcurrent RESET: RESET
fault list
F 1-9
7_10.fh8
Figure 7-10. Active faults menu
Fault Fault Possible cause Checking

codes
F1 Overcurrent The frequency converter has measured too high a Check loading
7 current (>4*In) in the motor output:

- sudden heavy load increase
- short circuit in the motor cables
Check motor size
Check cables
- unsuitable motor
F2 Overvoltage The voltage of the internal DC-link of the frequency Adjust the deceleration time
converter has exceeded the nominal voltage by 35%
- deceleration time is too fast
- high overvoltage spikes at utility
F3 Ground fault Current measurement detected that the sum of the Check the motor cables
motor phase current is not zero
- insulation failure in the motor or the cables
F4 Inverter fault The frequency converter has detected faulty opera- Reset the fault and restart again.
tion in the gate drivers or IGBT bridge If the fault occurs again contact
- interference fault your Vacon distributor.
- component failure
F5 Charging switch Charging switch open when START command active Reset the fault and restart again.
- interference fault If the fault occurs again contact
- component failure your Vacon distributor.
F9 Undervoltage DC-bus voltage has gone below 65% of the nominal In case of temporary supply
voltage voltage break, reset the fault and
- most common reason is failure of the utility supply start again.
- internal failure of the frequency converter can also Check utility input.
cause an undervoltage trip If utility supply is correct and
internal failure has occurred.
Contact your Vacon distributor.
F10 Input line supervi- Input line phase is missing Check the utility connection
sion
F11 Output phase su- Current measurement has detected that there is no Check motor cables
pervision current in one motor phase
F12 Brake chopper su- - brake resistor not installed Check brake resistor
pervision - brake resistor broken - If resistor is OK the chopper is
- brake chopper broken broken. Contact your Vacon
distributor
F13 Drive undertem- Temperature of heat sink below -10”C
perature
Table 7-3. Fault codes (continues on next page)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


codes
F14 Drive overtempera- Temperature of heat sink over 90”C (CXS series) - Check the cooling air flow
ture Temperature of heat sink over 77”C (CX/CXL series - Check that the heat sink is not
up to 75 kW) dirty
Temperature of heat sink over 70”C (CX/CXL series - Check ambient temperature
from 90 kW) - Check that the switching fre-
quency is not too high compared
with ambient temperature and
motor load
F15 Motor stalled The motor stall protection has tripped - Check the motor
F16 Motor overtem- The frequency converter motor temperature model Decrease motor load.
perature has detected motor overheat Check the temperature model
- motor is overloaded parameters if the motor was not
overheated
F17 Motor underload The motor underload protection has tripped
F18 Analogue input po- Wrong analogue input polarity Check the polarity of the ana-
larity fault or Component failure on control board logue input.
analogue input Contact your Vacon distributor.
hardware fault
F19 Option board identi- Reading of the option board has failed Check the installation
fication - If installation is correct, contact
your Vacon distributor
F20 10 V voltage refer- +10 V reference shorted on control board or option Check the cabling from +10 V
ence board reference voltage
F21 24 V supply +24 V supply shorted on control board or option Check the cabling from +24 V
board reference voltage
F22 EEPROM check- Parameter restoring error When the fault is reset the fre-
F23 sum fault - interference fault quency drive will automatically
- component failure load parameter default settings.
Check all parameter settings
after reset.
If the fault occurs again contact
F25 Microprocessor
watchdog
- interference fault
- component failure
Reset the fault and restart. If the
fault occurs again contact your
Vacon distributor
7
F26 Panel communica- The connection between panel and the frequency Check the panel cable
tion error converter is not working
F29 Thermistor protec- Thermistor input of the I/O expander board has de- - Check motor cooling and
tion tected increase of the motor temperature loading
- Check thermistor connection
(If thermistor input of the I/O
expander board is not in use it
has to be short circuited)
F36 Analog input Iin < The current in the analog input Iin is below 4 mA Check the current loop circuitry
4mA (signal range - signal source has failed
selected 4-20 mA) - control cable is broken
F41 External fault Fault is detected in external fault digital input Check the external fault circuit or
device
Table 7-3. Fault codes (cont.)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

7.8 Active warning display

When a warning occurs, a text with a symbol The display does not have to be cleared in
A# appears on the display. In addition, the any special way.
indication ALARM will appear in the top right
The warning on the display does not disable
corner of the display. Warning codes are
the normal functions of the push buttons.
explained in Table 7-4.
Code Warning Checking

A15 Motor stalled (M otor stall protection) Check motor
A16 Motor overtem perature (Motor thermal protection) Decrease m otor loading
A17 Motor underload (W arning can be activated in Five Check motor loading
In One applications)
A24 The values in the Fault History, M Wh counters or op- No actions necessary. Take a
erating day/hour counters might have been changed critical attitude to these values.
in the previous mains interruption.
A28 The change of application has failed. Choose the application again and
push the Enter button.
A30 Unbalance current fault; the load of the segm ents is Contact your Vacon distributor.
not equal.
A45 The frequency converter overtemperature warning; Check the cooling air flow and the
Overtemperature trip lim it m inus 5 degrees. See Ta- ambient temperature.
ble 7-3: F14
A46 Reference warning; the current of input Iin+ <4 mA Check the current loop circuitry.
(Warning can be activated in Five in One applica-
tions)
A47 External warning; (W arning can be activated in Five- Check the external fault circuit or
InOne applications) device.
7 Table 7-4. Warning codes
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

7.9 Fault history menu
The fault history menu can be entered from 1, the second latest number 2 etc. If there
the main menu by pushing the Menu button are 9 uncleared faults in the memory, the
(right) when the symbol M6 is displayed on next fault will erase the oldest from the
the first line of the alpha-numeric panel. memory.
The memory of the frequency converter can Pressing the Enter button for about 2…3
store the maximum of 9 faults in the order of seconds resets the whole fault history. Then,
appearance. The latest fault has the number the symbol H# will change for 0.
M6 H1
Fault history 2 Overcurrent ENTER Fault history reset
H 1-9 2-3 s
7_11.fh8
Figure 7-11. Fault history menu
7.10 Contrast menu

In case the display is unclear you can adjust Use the Menu button (right) to enter the edit
the its contrast. menu. You are in the edit menu when the
symbol C starts to blink. Then change the
The contrast menu can be entered from the
contrast using the Browser buttons. The
main menu by pushing the Menu button
(right) when the symbol M7 is visible on the
first line of the alpha-numeric display.
changes take effect immediately.
7
M7 C
Contrast Contrast
15 15
Figure 7-12. Contrast setting 7_12.fh8
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

7.11 Controlling the motor from the control 7.11.2 Control source change from the
panel control panel to the I/O terminals
The CX/CXL/CXS can be controlled from either the After changing the control source, the I/O terminals
I/O terminals or the control panel. The active control determine the run state, direction of rotation and
source can be changed with the programmable push reference value.
button b2 (see chapter 7.6). The motor can be
started, stopped and the direction of rotation can be If motor potentiometer is used in the application, the
changed from the active control source. panel reference value can be copied for a value of
motor potentiometer reference by pushing the start
7.11.1 Control source change from I/O button at the same time as the programmable push
terminals to the control panel button B2. Motor potentiometer function mode must
be "resetting at stop state" (Local/Remote
After changing the control source the motor stops. Application: param. 1. 5 =4, Multi-purpose
The direction of rotation remains the same as with Application : param. 1. 5 = 9).
I/O control.
If the Start button is pushed at the same time as
the programmable push button B2, the Run state,
direction of rotation and reference value will be
copied from the I/O terminals to the control panel.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Commissioning Page 73 (90)
8 COMMISSIONING
8.1 Safety precautions
Before the commissioning, observe the following warnings and instructions:
Internal components and circuit boards (except the isolated I/O

terminals) are at mains potential when the Vacon frequency
1 converter is connected to the mains. This voltage is extremely
dangerous and may cause death or severe injury if you come in
contact with it.
When the Vacon frequency converter is connected to the mains,
2 the motor connections U, V, W and DC-link / brake resistor
connections -,+ are live even if the motor is not running.
Do not make any connections when the Vacon frequency
3 converter is connected to the mains.
After disconnecting the mains, wait until the cooling fan on the unit
4 stops and the indicators in the panel are turned off (if no panel is
used check the indicators on the cover). Wait at least 5 minutes
before doing any work on Vacon frequency converter
connections. Do not even open the cover before this time has run
out.
! The control I/O terminals are isolated from the mains potential
5 but the relay outputs and other I/O:s (if jumper X4 is in OFF
position, see fig. 6.2.2-1) may have a dangerous voltage
connected even if the power is disconnected from the Vacon
frequency converter.
8
6 Before connecting the mains make sure that the cover of the
Vacon frequency converter is closed.
8.2 Sequence of operation

1 Read and follow the safety precautions
2 After installation ensure that:

- the frequency converter and motor are connected to ground.
- the mains and motor cables are comply with the installation
and connection instructions (chapter 6.1).
- control cables are located as far as possible from the power cables
(table 6.1.4-1), shields of the control cables are connected
to the protective earth and wires do not have contact with any electri-
cal components in the device.
- the common input of digital input groups is connected to +24 V or
ground of the I/O-terminal or external supply
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Page 74 (90) Commissioning Vacon
3 Check the quantity and quality of the cooling air (chapters 5.1 and 5.2).
4 Check that moisture has not condensed inside the frequency converter.
5 Check that all Start/stop switches connected to the I/O terminals are in Stop position.
6 Connect the Vacon frequency converter to the mains and switch the power ON.
7 Ensure that the parameters of the Group 1 match the application.

Set the following parameters to match the motor nameplate:
- nominal voltage of the motor
- nominal frequency of the motor
- nominal speed of the motor
- nominal current of the motor
- supply voltage
See values on the rating plate of the motor.
8 Start-up test without the motor

Make either test A or B:
A Controls from the I/O terminals:
- turn Start/Stop switch to ON position
- change the frequency reference
- check in the control panel's Monitoring menu that the
output frequency follows the frequency reference
- turn Start/Stop switch to position OFF
8 B Controls from the Control Panel:
- change controls from the I/O terminals to the Control Panel with
the programmable button #2, see Chapter 7.6.
- push the Start button
- go to the Reference menu and change the frequency reference
with the buttons , see Chapter 7.5
- go to the Monitoring menu and check that the output frequency

follows the reference, see Chapter 7.3.
- push the Stop button
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Commissioning Page 75 (90)
9 If possible, make a start-up test with a motor which is not connected to the process.
If the inverter has to be tested on a motor connected to the process, ensure it is safe to
be powered up. Inform your co-workers about the tests.
- switch the mains OFF and wait until the Vacon frequency converter
has powered down according to Chapter 8.1/ point 4
- connect the motor cable to the motor and the power terminals of
the Vacon frequency converter
- check that all start/stop switches connected to the I/O terminals
are in OFF position
- switch the mains ON
- repeat the test A or B of the start-up test #8.
10 Connect the motor to the process (if the previous tests were done without the process)
- ensure that the inverter is safe to be powered up
- inform your co-workers about the tests.
- repeat the test A or B of the start-up test #8.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Page 76 (90) Fault tracing Vacon
9 FAULT TRACING
When a fault brings the frequency converter

to a stop, the fault symbol F, the ordinal
number of the fault, the fault code and a short
description of the fault are displayed. The
fault can be cleared with the RESET button
or via the I/O terminal. The faults are stored
in the fault history which can be browsed (see
chapter 7.7). The fault codes are explained in
table 9-1.

codes
F1 Overcurrent The frequency converter has measured too high a Check loading
current (>4*In) in the motor output: Check motor size
- sudden heavy load increase Check cables
- short circuit in the motor cables
- unsuitable motor
F2 Overvoltage The voltage of the internal DC-link of the frequency Adjust the deceleration time
converter has exceeded the nominal voltage by 35%
- deceleration time is too fast
- high overvoltage spikes at utility
F3 Ground fault Current measurement detected that the sum of the Check the motor cables
motor phase current is not zero
- insulation failure in the motor or the cables
F4 Inverter fault The frequency converter has detected faulty opera- Reset the fault and restart again.
tion in the gate drivers or IGBT bridge If the fault occurs again contact
- interference fault your Vacon distributor.
- component failure
F5 Charging switch Charging switch open when START command active Reset the fault and restart again.
- interference fault If the fault occurs again contact
- component failure your Vacon distributor.
F9 Undervoltage DC-bus voltage has gone below 65% of the nominal In case of temporary supply
voltage voltage break, reset the fault and
- most common reason is failure of the utility supply start again.
9 - internal failure of the frequency converter can also

cause an undervoltage trip
Check utility input.
If utility supply is correct and
internal failure has occurred.
Contact your Vacon distributor.
F10 Input line supervi- Input line phase is missing Check the utility connection
sion
F11 Output phase su- Current measurement has detected that there is no Check motor cables
pervision current in one motor phase
F12 Brake chopper su- - brake resistor not installed Check brake resistor
pervision - brake resistor broken - If resistor is OK the chopper is
- brake chopper broken broken. Contact your Vacon
distributor
F13 Drive undertem- Temperature of heat sink below -10”C
perature
Table 9-1 Fault codes. (continues on the next page...)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Fault tracing Page 77 (90)

codes
F14 Drive Temperature of heat sink over 90”C (CXS - Check the cooling air flow
overtempera- series) - Check that the heat sink is not
ture Temperature of heat sink over 77”C dirty
(CX/CXL series up to 75 kW) - Check ambient temperature
Temperature of heat sink over 70”C - Check that the switching fre-
(CX/CXL series from 90 kW) quency is not too high com-
pared with ambient temperature
and motor load
F15 Motor stalled The motor stall protection has tripped - Check the motor
F16 Motor The frequency converter motor tempera- Decrease motor load.
overtemperature model has detected motor overheat Check the temperature model
ture - motor is overloaded parameters if the motor was not
overheated
F17 Motor under- The motor underload protection has
load tripped
F18 Analogue input Wrong analogue input polarity Check the polarity of the ana-
polarity fault or Component failure on control board logue input.
analog input Contact your Vacon distributor.
hardware fault
F19 Option board Reading of the option board has failed Check the installation
identification - If installation is correct, contact
F20 10 V voltage +10 V reference shorted on control board Check the cabling from +10 V
reference or option board reference voltage
F21 24 V supply +24 V supply shorted on control board or Check the cabling from +24 V
option board reference voltage
F22 EEPROM Parameter restoring error When the fault is reset the fre-
F23 checksum fault - interference fault quency drive will automatically
- component failure load parameter default settings.
Check all parameter settings
after reset.
If the fault occurs again contact
F25 Microproces- - interference fault Reset the fault and restart. If the
sor watchdog - component failure fault occurs again contact your
F26 Panel commu-

nication error
The connection between panel and the
frequency converter is not working
Vacon distributor
Check the panel cable 9
F29 Thermistor Thermistor input of the I/O expander board - Check motor cooling and
protection has detected increase of the motor tem- loading
perature - Check thermistor connection
(If thermistor input of the I/O
expander board is not in use it
has to be short circuited)
F36 Analog input Iin The current in the analog input Iin is below Check the current loop circuitry
< 4mA (signal 4 mA
range selected - signal source has failed
4-20 mA) - control cable is broken
F41 External fault Fault is detected in external fault digital Check the external fault circuit
input or device
Table 9-1 Fault codes.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Page 78 (90) Basic Application Vacon
10 BASIC APPLICATION
10.1 General
The Basic Application is the default setting on Parameters are explained in Chapter 10.4. The
delivery from the factory. The control I/O function of motor thermal and stall protection
signals of the Basic application are fixed (not in the Basic Application is explained in Chapter
programmable) and it only has parameter 10.5.
Group 1.
* NOTE! Remember to connect CMA and

10.2 Control Connections CMB inputs.
Reference
potentiometer Terminal Signal Description
1 +10Vref Reference output Voltage for a potentiometer, etc.

2 Uin+ Analogue input, voltage Frequency reference activated if
range 0—10 V DC terminals 14 and 15 are open and
parameter 1.17 = 0 (default value)
3 GND I/O ground Ground for reference and controls
4 Iin+ Analogue input, current Frequency reference activated if
5 Iin- range 0—20 mA terminals 14 and 15 are closed or
open and parameter 1.17 = 1
6 +24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches, etc. max. 0.1 A
8 DIA1 Start forward Contact closed = start forward
9 DIA2 Start reverse Contact closed = start reverse

*
10 DIA3 External fault input Contact open = no fault
Contact closed = fault
11 CMA Common for DIA1—DIA3 Connect to GND or + 24V
12 +24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches, (same as #6)
14 DIB4 Multi-step speed select 1 DIB4 DIB5 Frequency ref.
15 DIB5 Multi-step speed select 2 open open Ref. Uin (par.1.17=0)
closed open Multi-step ref. 1
* open closed Multi-step ref. 2
closed closed Ref. Iin (term. #4,5)
10 16 DIB6 Fault reset Contact open = no action
Contact closed = fault reset
17 CMB Common for DIB4—DIB6 Connect to GND or + 24V
18 Iout+ Analogue output 0—20 mA 0 - maximum frequency (par. 1. 2)
19 Iout- Output frequency
READY
20 DO1 Digital output activated = Vacon CX/CXL/CXS
READY is ready to operate
21 RO1 Relay output 1 Relay activated = Vacon CX/CXL/CXS
RUN 22 RO1 RUN operates (motor is running)
23 RO1
24 RO2 Relay output 2 Relay activated = fault trip has
FAULT
220
25 RO2 FAULT occured
VAC 26 RO2
Figure 1.2-1 Control connection example.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Basic Application Page 79 (90)
10.3 Control Signal Logic

Figure 10.3.-1 shows the logic of the I/O control signals and push buttons.
BASIC PARAMETERS
Group 1
1. 5 Multi-step speed reference 1

1. 17 Basic reference selection
Panel reference
Uin + PROGRAMMABLE
Start/Stop buttons PUSH-BUTTON 2
RST button
Prog. button 1 Internal
frequency
reference
Iin–
DIB4 Multi-step speed select 1
DIB5 Multi-step speed select 2 Internal

Start/Stop
DIA1 Start forward Start/Stop
Start/Stop
and reverse Internal
logic reverse
DIA2 Start reverse Reverse
Internal
fault reset
DIB6 Fault reset input >1
DIA3 External fault input
= control line
= signal line UD012K00 10
Figure 10.3-1 Control signal logic
If Start forward and Start reverse are both active when the mains is connected to Vacon CX/
CXL/CXS then Start forward will be selected for the direction.
Also if Start forward and Start reverse are both active when the control source is changed from
the panel to the I/O-terminal then Start forward will be selected for the direction.
Otherwise the first selected direction has higher priority than the next selected.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

10.4 Parameters, Group 1
Num. Parameter Range Step Default Customer Description Page
1. 1 Minimum frequency 0—f max 1 Hz 0 Hz 77
1. 2 Maximum frequency fmin-120/500 Hz 1 Hz 50 Hz *) 77
1. 3 Acceleration time 0.1—3000.0 s 0.1 s 3.0 s Time from fmin (1. 1) to fmax (1. 2) 77
1. 4 Deceleration time 0.1—3000.0 s 0.1 s 3.0 s Time from fmax (1. 2) to fmin (1. 1) 77
1. 5 Multi-step speed fmin —fmax 0.1 Hz 10.0 Hz 77

reference 1 (1. 1) (1. 2)
1. 6 Multi-step speed fmin —fmax 0.1 Hz 50.0 Hz 77

reference 2 (1. 1) (1. 2)
1. 7 Current limit 0.1—2.5 x In CX 0.1 A 1.5 x In CX ***Output curr. limit [A] of the unit 77
1. 8 U/f ratio selection 0—1 1 0 0 = Linear 77

1 = Squared
1. 9 U/f optimization 0—1 1 0 0 = None 78

1 = Automatic torque boost
1. 10 Nominal voltage 180—690 V 1V 230 V Vacon range CX/CXL/CXS2 78

of the motor 400 V Vacon range CX/CXL/CXS4
500 V Vacon range CX/CXL/CXS5
690 V Vacon range CX6
1. 11 Nominal frequency 30—500 Hz 1 Hz 50 Hz fn from the rating plate of 78

of the motor the motor
1. 12 Nominal speed 1—20000 rpm 1 rpm 1420 rpm nn from the rating plate of 78
of the motor **) the motor
1. 13 Nominal current 2.5 x In CX 0.1 A In CX In from the rating plate of 79

of the motor (In Mot) the motor
1. 14 Supply voltage 208—240 230 V Vacon range CX/CXL/CXS2 79
380—440 400 V Vacon range CX/CXL/CXS4
525—690 690 V Vacon range CX6
1. 15 Application 0—1 1 1 0 = package lock open 79
10 package lock Application is selected by

parameter 0.1
1. 16 Parameter value lock 0—1 1 0 Disables parameter changes: 79

0 = changes enabled
1 = changes disabled
1. 17 Basic frequency 0—2 1 0 0 = analogue input Uin 79

reference selection 1 = analogue input Iin
2 = reference from the panel
1. 18 Analogue input Iin 0—1 1 0 0 = 0—20 mA 79
range 1 = 4—20 mA
Table 10.4-1 Group 1 basic parameters
Note! = Parameter value can be changed only *) If 1. 2 >motor synchr. speed, check suitability
when the Frequency converter is stopped. for motor and drive system.
**) Default value for a four-pole motor and a
nominal size Vacon.
***) Up to M10. Bigger classes case by case
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
10.4.1 Descriptions
1. 1, 1. 2 Minimum/maximum frequency
Defines frequency limits of the frequency converter.
Default maximum value for parameters 1. 1 and 1. 2 is 120 Hz. By setting 1. 2 =
120 Hz in Stop state (RUN indicator not lit) the maximum value of parameters 1. 1
and 1. 2 is changed to 500 Hz. At the same time, the panel reference resolution is
changed from 0.01 Hz to 0.1 Hz.
The max. value is changed from 500 Hz to 120 Hz when parameter 1. 2 = 119 Hz in
Stop state.
1. 3, 1. 4 Acceleration time, deceleration time :
These limits correspond to the time required for the output frequency to accelerate
from the set minimum frequency (par. 1. 1) to the set maximum frequency (par. 1. 2).
1. 5, 1. 6 Multi-step speed reference 1, Multi-step speed reference 2:
Parameter values are limited between minimum and maximum frequency.
f[Hz]
Ref. Iin
Par. 1. 6
Ref. Uin
(Par.1.17 = 0)
Par. 1. 5
t
Closed
DIB4 Open
Closed
DIB5
Open UD012K06
Figure 10.4.1-1 Example of Multi-step speed references.

1. 7 Current limit
This parameter determines the maximum motor current that the frequency converter
can give momentarily.
10
1. 8 U/f ratio selection
Linear: The voltage of the motor changes linearly with the frequency from 0 Hz
0 to the Nominal frequency of the motor. The Nominal voltage of the motor
is supplied at this frequency. See figure 10.4.1-2.
Linear U/f ratio should be used in constant torque applications.
This default setting should be used if there is no special demand
for another setting.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Squared: The voltage of the motor changes following a squared curve from 0 Hz
1 to the nominal frequency of the motor. The Nominal voltage of the
motor is supplied at this frequency. See figure 10.4.1-2.
The motor runs undermagnetized below the nominal frequency and
it produces less torque and electromechanical noise.
Squared U/f ratio can be used in applications where the torque demand
from the load is proportional to the square of the speed, e.g. in centrifugal
fans and pumps.
U[V]
Un
Default: Nominal Field weakening
voltage of the motor point
Linear
Squared
Default: Nominal
frequency of the
motor f[Hz]
UD012K07
Figure 10.4.1-2 Linear and squared U/f curves.
1. 9 U/f optimization
Automatic The voltage to the motor changes automatically which makes the
torque motor produce a sufficient torque to start and run at low frequencies.
boost The voltage increase depends on the motor type and power.
Automatic torque boost can be used in applications where starting
torque due to starting friction is high, e.g. in conveyors.
NOTE! In high torque - low speed applications - the motor is likely to

overheat.If the motor has to run for a prolonged time under these
conditions, special attention must be paid to motor cooling. Use external
! cooling for the motor if the temperature tends to rise too high.
10 1. 10 Nominal voltage of the motor

Find setting value Un from the rating plate of the motor.
Note! If the nominal motor voltage is lower than the supply voltage, check that
the insulation strength of the motor is adequate.
1. 11 Nominal frequency of the motor
Find the value fn from the rating plate of the motor.
1. 12 Nominal speed of the motor
Find the value nn from the rating plate of the motor.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

1. 13 Nominal current of the motor

Find the value In from the rating plate of the motor.
The internal motor protection function uses this value as the reference value.
1. 14 Supply voltage
Set parameter value according to the nominal voltage of the supply. Values are
predefined for CX/CXL/CXS2, CX/CXL/CXS4, CX/CXL/CXS5 and CX6 ranges, see
table 10.4-1.
1. 15 Application package lock
The application package lock can be opened by setting the value of the parameter
1.15 to 0. After this it is possible to enter the parameter group 0 from parameter 1.1
by pressing the Browser button down (see figure 11-1). The number of the Application
can be selected from the table 11-1 and it is selected by giving a value to parameter
0.1. After this the new Application is in use. The parameters are found in the Five
in One+ Application Manual.
1. 16 Parameter value lock
Defines access to the changes of the parameter values:
0 = parameter value changes enabled
1 = parameter value changes disabled
1. 17 Basic frequency reference selection
0 Analogue voltage reference from terminals 2—3, e.g. a potentiometer
1 Analogue current reference trom terminals 4—5, e.g. a transducer.
2 Panel reference is the reference set from the Reference Page (REF),
see chapter 7.5.
1. 18 Analogue input Iin range
Defines the minimum value of the Analogue input Iin signal (terminals 4,5).
10
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

10.5 Motor protection functions in the Basic Application

10.5.1 Motor thermal protection
Motor thermal protection shall protect the motor from overheating. In the Basic application, Motor
thermal protection uses constant settings and always causes a fault trip if the motor is
overheated. To switch off the protection or to change the settings, see "Five in One+" -application
manual.
Vacon CX/CXL/CXS- frequency converter are
capable of supplying higher than nominal
current to the motor. If the load requires this I
Current
high current there is a risk that motor will be limit
par. 1. 7
thermally overloaded. This is true especially at
low frequencies, as the cooling effect and Overload area
capacity of the motor are reduced. Motor
100% IT
×INmotor
thermal protection is based on a calculated
model which uses the output current of the
drive to determine the load on the motor. 45%
×INmotor
The thermal current I T specifies the load
current above which the motor is overloaded.
See figure 10.5.1-1. If the motor current is f
above the curve, the motor temperature 35 Hz UMCH7_91
increases.
Figure 10.5.1-1 Motor thermal current IT curve.
CAUTION! The calculated model does not protect the motor if the airflow to the
! motor is reduced by blocked air intake grill.
10.5.2 Motor stall warning

In the Basic application, the motor stall protection gives warning of short time overload situations
of the motor e.g. a stalled shaft. The reaction time of the stall protection is shorter than with
motor thermal protection. The stall state is defined with Stall Current and Stall Frequency.
10 Both parameters have constant values. See

figure 10.5.2-1. If the current is higher than the
set limit and output frequency is lower than the
I
set limit the stall state is true. If the stall state

lasts longer than 15 s the stall warning is given
on the panel display. To change stall warning
to fault or to change protection settings, see Stall area
the "Five in One+" -application manual.
130%
×INmotor
25 Hz UMCH7_10
Figure 10.5.2-1 Stall state.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon System parameter group 0 Page 85 (90)
11 System parameter group 0

When the application package lock is open
(par. 1.15 = 0) the system parameter group 0
is reachable as follows:
ST A R T
M2, Parameters G1, Basic parameters ST A R T
G0, System parameters
The parameters of the group 0 are presented

in table 11-1.
11.1 Parameter table

Number Parameter Range Description Page
0. 1 Application 1—7 1 = Basic Application 81

selection 2 = Standard Application
3 = Local / Remote Control Application
4 = Multi-step Speed Application
5 = PI-control Application
6 = Multi-purpose Control Application
7 = Pump and fan control Application
0. 2 Parameter 0—5 0 = Loading ready / Select loading 82

loading 1 = Load default setting
2 = Read up parameters to user's set
3 = Load down user's set parameters
4 = Read parameters up to the panel
(possible only with the graphical panel)
5 = Load down parameters from the panel
(possible only with graphical panel)
0. 3 Language 0—5 0 = English 82

selection 1 = German
2 = Swedish
3 = Finnish
4 = Italian
5 = French
6 = Spanish
11
Table 11-1 System parameters, Group 0.
11.2 Parameter descriptions

0.1 Application selection
With this parameter the Application can be selected. The default setting is the Basic
Application. Applications are described in Chapter 12.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Page 86 (90) System parameter group 0 Vacon
0.2 Parameter loading

With this parameter it is possible to perform different kind of parameter loading
operations.
After the operation is completed the parameter value changes automatically to 0 (loading
ready).
0 Loading ready / Select loading
Loading operation has been completed and the frequency converter is ready to
operate.
1 Load default settings
By setting the value of parameter 0.2 to 1 and then pressing the Enter-button, the
parameter default values are set. The default values are according to the application
selected with parameter 0.1.
2 Read up parameters to User's set
By setting the value of parameter 0.2 to 2 and then pressing Enter-button the
parameter values are read up to the User's parameter value set. The parameter
values can be later loaded by setting parameter 0.2 to 3 and pressing Enter button.
3 Load down user's set parameters
By setting the value of parameter 0.2 to 3 and then pressing Enter-button the
parameter values are set according to the user's parameter set.
4 Read parameters up to the panel (possible only with graphical panel).
5 Download parameters from the panel (possible only with graphical panel).
0.3 Language selection

Parameter selects the language of the text on the alpha-numerical or graphical panel. If the
7-segment panel is used the parameter has no effect.
11
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon "Five in One+" -application package Page 87 (90)
12 "Five in One+" -application package

12.1 Application Selection
To use one of the "Five in One+" -applications, first open the Application package lock (parameter
1.15). Then Group 0 becomes visible (see Figure 11-1). By changing the value of parameter 0.1
changes the active application. See Table 11-1.
Applications are presented in Chapters 12.2 - 12.7 and in more detail in the separate "Five in
One+" Application manual.
12.2 Standard Application 12.4 Multi-step Speed Application

The Standard Application has the same I/O The Multi-step Speed Control Application can
signals and the same Control logic as the be used in applications where fixed speed
Basic application. references are required. Up to nine different
speeds can be programmed: one basic speed,
Digital input DIA3 and all outputs are freely
7 multi-step speeds and one jogging speed.
programmable.
The speed steps are selected with digital
Additional functions: signals DIB4, DIB5 and DIB6. If jogging speed
- Programmable Start/Stop and Reverse signal logic is used DIA3 can be programmed to jogging
- Reference scaling speed select
- One frequency limit supervision The basic speed reference can be either
- Second ramps and S-shape programming of ramps voltage or current signal via analogue input
- Programmable start and stop functions terminals (2/3 or 4/5). All outputs are freely
- DC-brake at stop
programmable.
- One prohibit frequency area
- Programmable U/F curve and switching frequency Other additonal functions:
- Autorestart function
- Programmable Start/stop and Reverse signal logic
- Motor Thermal and Stall protection off / warning /
- Analogue input signal range selection
fault programming
- Two frequency limit supervisions
12.3 Local/Remote Application - Torque limit supervision
- Reference limit supervision
By utilising the Local/Remote Control - Second ramps and S-shape programming of ramps
Application, it is possible to have two different - DC-brake at start and stop
control sources. The frequency reference - Three prohibit frequency areas
sources of the control places are - Programmable U/F curve and switching frequency
programmable. The active control source is - Autorestart funtion
selected with the digital input DIB6. All outputs - Motor Thermal and Stall protection fully
are freely programmable. programmable
- Motor Underload protection
Other additonal functions: - Free analogue input functions
- Analogue input signal range selection 12.5 PI-control Application
- Torque limit supervision In the PI-control Application, there are two I/O-
- Reference limit supervision terminal control sources. Source A is a PI-
- Second ramps and S-shape programming of controller and source B is a direct frequency
ramps
- DC-brake at start and stop
reference. The control source is selected with
the DIB6 input.
12
- Three prohibit frequency areas
- Programmable U/F curve and switching frequency The PI-controller reference can be selected
- Autorestart funtion from the analogue inputs, the motor
- Motor Thermal and Stall protection fully potentiometer and the panel reference. The
programmable actual value can be selected from the analog
- Motor Underload protection inputs or from the mathematical function of the
- Free analogue input functions analogue inputs.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
Page 88 (90) "Five in One+" -application package Vacon
The direct frequency reference can be used for 12.7 Pump and Fan Control Application
control without PI-controller. The frequency
The Pump and Fan Control Application can be
reference can be selected from the analogue
used to control one variable speed drive and
inputs and the panel reference.
0-3 auxiliary drives. The PI-controller of the
All outputs are freely programmable. frequency converter controls the speed of the
Other additional functions: variable speed drive and gives control signals
to start and stop auxiliary drives to control the
- Programmable Start/stop and Reverse signal logic total flow.
- Two frequency limit supervisions The application has two control sources on
- Torque limit supervision the I/O terminal. Source A is Pump and fan
- Reference limit supervision control and source B is direct frequency
- Second ramps and S-shape program ming of reference. The control source is selected with
ramps DIB6 input.
- DC-brake at start and stop
- Three prohibit frequency areas All outputs are freely programmable.
- Programmable U/F curve and switching frequency
Other additional functions:
- Autorestart funtion
- Motor Thermal and Stall protection fully - Programmable Start/stop and reverse signal logic
programmable - Analogue input signal range selection
- Motor Underload protection - Two frequency limit supervisions
- Torque limit supervision
12.6 Multi-purpose Control Application - Reference limit supervision
- Second ramps and S-shape programming for
In the Multi-purpose Control Application, the ramps
frequency reference can be selected from the - DC-brake at start and stop
analogue inputs, the joystick control, the motor - Three prohibit frequency areas
potentiometer and the mathematical function - Programmable U/F curve and switching frequency
of the analogue inputs. Multi-step speeds and - Autorestart funtion
jogging speed can also be selected if digital - Motor Thermal and Stall protection fully
inputs are programmed for these functions programmable
Digital inputs DIA1 and DIA2 are reserved for
Start/stop logic. Digital inputs DIA3 - DIB6 are
programmable for multi-step speed select,
jogging speed select, motor potentiometer,
external fault, ramp time select, ramp prohibit,
fault reset and DC-brake command function.
All outputs are freely programmable.
Additional functions:
- Torque limit supervision
- Reference limit supervision
- Second ramps and S-shape programming of ramps
12 - DC-brake at start and stop

- Three prohibit frequency areas
- Programmable U/F curve and switching frequency
- Autorestart funtion
- Motor Thermal and Stall protection fully
programmable
- Free analogue input functions
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Options Page 89 (90)
13 Options 13.6 Graphical control panel

The Graphical control panel can be used
13.1 Remote control box
instead of the standard alpha-numeric control
A remote control box is an external control panel.
device connected to the control terminal of the
- parameters, monitored items etc. in texts
Vacon CX/CXL/CXS. The wires of the box are
- 3 monitored items at the same time in display
connected according to the I/O of the Standard - one monitored item can be shown in
control application. increased text with graph bar
13.2 External filters - Shown parameter value is also in graph bar
- 3 monitored items can be shown on the
Information of Vacon CX/CXL/CXS external graphical trend display
input and output filters (RFI-, dU/dT- and - the parameters of the frequency converter can
Sinusoidal-filters) can be found in a separate be uploaded to the panel and then downloaded
manual. to another inverter.
13.3 Dynamic braking More information can be found in the Graphical

panel manual.
Effective motor braking and thus short
deceleration times are achieved by using an 13.7 Seven-segment control panel
external or internal brake chopper with external The 7-segment panel is the previous Vacon
brake resistor. standard panel and it can be used instead of
The internal brake chopper is assembled in the the alpha-numeric control panel.
factory (see type designation code). It has the - 6-digit LED-display for the display of
same continuous current specification as the parameters, monitoring data etc.
unit itself. - three drive status indicators
Select the correct brake resistor to get the - four active menu page indicators
desired braking effect. More information to be - eight push buttons
found in the separate brake manual. - can be used with all Vacon frequency
converters
13.4 I/O-expander boards 13.8 FCDRIVE
The available I/O can be increased by using FCDRIVE is the PC commissioning tool for
the I/O-expander boards. I/O-expander boards control of Vacon frequency converters. With
can be installed in the place reserved for option FCDRIVE:
boards inside the Vacon CX and CXL models. - parameters can be loaded from the
In the CXS model, the board needs to be Vacon, changed, saved to a file or
installed in a separate I/O-expander board box. loaded back to the Vacon
More information to be found in the I/O- - parameters can be printed to a paper or
expander board manuals. to file
- references can be set
13.5 Fieldbuses
- motor can be started and stopped
Vacon frequency converters can be connected - signals can be examined in graphical
to Interbus-S, Modbus (RS485), Profibus-DP form
and Lonworks fieldbuses using the fieldbus - actual values can be displayed
option board.
Vacon frequency converter can be connected
The fieldbus board can be installed in the place to the PC with a normal RS232-cable.The
reserved for option boards inside the Vacon CX same cable can be used for downloading the
and CXL models. In the CXS model or when special applications to the frequency converter.
using the LonWorks fieldbus the board needs
to be placed into a separate I/O expander
board box.
13
More information to be found in the separate
manuals.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
Page 90 (90) Vacon
13.9 Panel door installation serie

An adapter is available to mount the alpha-
numeric display, the 7-segment display or the
graphical panel on the enclosure door.
13.10 IP20 cable cover for 55—90CX types
This optional cable cover for the 55—90CX
raises the IP-rating to IP20.
13.11 Others
Varnished PC-boards for demanding operat-
ing environments, tinned busbars and through
panel mounting brackets and floor assembly
options for Vacon 110—400 CXL units are also
available.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

"Five in One+" -application manual

Vacon Page 0-1
VACON CX/CXL/CXS "FIVE IN ONE+" -APPLICATION MANUAL
CONTENTS
A General ............................................. 0-2
B Application selection ....................... 0-2
C Restoring default values of
application parameters ................... 0-2
D Language selection ..........................0-2
1 Standard Control Application ..........1-1
2 Local/Remote Control Application .2-1
3 Multi-step Speed Application ..........3-1
4 PI-control Application ......................4-1
5 Multi-purpose Application ...............5-1
6 Pump and fan control Application ..6-1
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Page 0-2 General Vacon
A General
This manual provides you with the information Each application is described in its own
needed to use the Five in One+ Applications. chapter. Chapter B tells how to select the
application.
B Application selection
If the Basic Application is in use, first open the The change from one application to another,
application package lock (parameter 1.15 = 0) simply set the value of parameter 0.1 to the
after which Group 0 appears. By changing the application to be activated: see table B-1.
value of the parameter 0.1 the desired
application can be activated. See table B-1.
Number Parameter Range Description
0. 1 Application 1 —7 1 = Basic Application

2 = Standard Application
3 = Local / Remote Control Application
4 = Multi-step Speed Application
5 = PI-control Application
6 = Multi-purpose Control Application
7 = Pump and Fan Control Application
Table B-1 Application selection parameters.

C Restoring default values of
application parameters
Besides the parameter group 1, the Default values of the parameters of the
applications also have parameter groups 2 — applications 1 to 7 can be restored by
8 available (see figure B-1). selecting the same application again with
parameter 0.1 or by setting the value of
Parameters follow each other and changing
parameter 0.2 to 1. See User's manual
from the last parameter of one group to the
Chapter 12.
first parameter of the same group or vice
versa is done simply by pushing the Browser If parameter group 0 is not visible, make it
buttons. visible as follows:
1. If the parameter lock is set on, open the

lock, parameter 1. 16, by setting the value
of the parameter to 0.
Groups 2—8 2. If parameter conceal is set on, open the
conceal, parameter 1. 15, by setting the
value of the parameter to 0.
Group 0 becomes visible.
Group 1
D Language selection
Group 0
The language of the texts on the alpha-
numerical and graphical panel can be chosen
with parameter 0. 3. See Vacon CX/CXL/XCS
Users Manual Chapter 11.
Figure B-1 Parameter Groups.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Standard Application Page 1-1
STANDARD CONTROL APPLICATION

1
(par. 0.1 = 2)
CONTENTS
1 Standard Application ......................... 1-1
1.1 General......................................... 1-2
1.2 Control I/O .................................... 1-2
1.3 Control signal logic .......................1-3
1.4 Parameters Group 1 .................... 1-4
1.4.1 Parameter table ................... 1-4
1.4.2 Description of Group1 par ... 1-5
1.5 Special parameters, Groups 2-8 .. 1-8
1.5.1 Parameter tables ................ 1-8
1.5.2 Description of Groups. ..... 1-12
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Page 1-2 Standard Application Vacon
1 1 STANDARD APPLICATION
1.1 General
The Standard application has the same I/O setting the value of parameter 0. 1 to 2.
signals and same Control logic as the Basic Basic connections of inputs and outputs are
application. Digital input DIA3 and all outputs shown in the figure 1.2-1. The control signal
are programmable. logic is shown in the figure 1.3-1.
Programming of I/O terminals are explained
The Standard Application can be selected by
in chapter 1.5.
1.2 Control I/O
Reference

2 Uin+ Analogue input, voltage Frequency reference if activated if
range 0—10 V DC terminals 14 and 15 open and para-
meter 1.17 = 0 (default value)
4 Iin+ Analogue input, current Frequency reference activated if
5 Iin- range 0—20 mA terminals 14 and 15 closed, or open
and parameter 1.17 = 1
(Programmable)
(Programmable)
10 DIA3 External fault input Contact open = no fault
(Programmable) Contact closed = fault
14 DIB4 Multi-step speed select 1 DIB4 DIB5 Frequency ref.
15 DIB5 Multi-step speed select 2 open open Ref. Uin (par.1.17=0)
closed open Multi-step ref. 1
open closed Multi-step ref. 2
closed closed Ref. Iin (term. #4,5)
16 DIB6 Fault reset Contact open = no action
Contact closed = fault reset
18 Iout+ Output frequency Programmable (par. 3. 1)
READY 19 Iout- Analogue output Range 0—20 mA/RL max. 500 Ω
20 DO1 Digital output Programmable ( par. 3. 6)
READY Open collector, I<50 mA, U<48 VDC
21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable ( par. 3. 7)
RUN 22 RO1 RUN
23 RO1
24 RO2 Relay output 2 Programmable ( par. 3. 8 )
FAULT
220 25 RO2 FAULT
VAC 26 RO2
Figure 1.2-1 Default I/O configuration and connection example of the Standard Application.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
1.3 Control signal logic

1
BASIC PARAMETERS
Group 1
Panel reference PROGRAMMABLE

Uin + Start/Stop buttons PUSH-BUTTON 2
RST button
Progr. button1 Internal
frequency
reference
Iin–
DIB4 Multi-step speed sel. 1
DIB5 Multi-step speed sel. 2 Internal

Start/Stop
DIA1 Start forward Start/Stop
(programmable) Programmable
Start/Stop Internal
and reverse reverse
DIA2 Start reverse logic Reverse
(programmable) Internal
fault reset
DIB6 Fault reset input >1
DIA3 External fault input
(programmable)
= control line
UD012K01
= signal line
Figure 1.3-1 Control signal logic of the Standard Application.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

1 1.4 PARAMETERS, GROUP 1

1.4.1 Parameter table
Code Parameter Range Step Default Custom Description Page
1. 1 Minimum frequency 0—f max 1 Hz 0 Hz 1-5
1. 2 Maximum frequency fmin-120/500 Hz 1 Hz 50 Hz *) 1-5
1. 3 Acceleration time 1 0,1—3000,0 s 0,1 s 3,0 s Time from fmin (1. 1) to fmax (1. 2) 1-5
1. 4 Deceleration time 1 0.1—3000,0 s 0,1 s 3,0 s Time from fmax (1. 2) to fmin (1. 1) 1-5
1. 5 Multi-step speed f min —fmax 0,1 Hz 10,0 Hz 1-5

reference 1
1. 6 Multi-step speed f min —fmax 0.1 Hz 50,0 Hz 1-5

reference 2
1. 7 Current limit 0,1—2,5 x InCT 0.1 A 1.5 x InCT ***Output curr. limit [A] of the unit 1-5
1. 8 U/f ratio selection 0—2 1 0 0 = Linear 1-5

1 = Squared
2 = Programmable U/f ratio
1. 9 U/f optimisation 0 —1 1 0 0 = None 1-6

1. 10 Nominal voltage 180—690 V 1V 230 V Vacon range CX/CXL/CXS2 1-7

1. 11 Nominal frequency 30—500 Hz 1 Hz 50 Hz fn from the rating plate of 1-7

1. 12 Nominal speed 300—20000 rpm 1 rpm 1420 rpm nn from the rating plate of 1-7
1. 13 Nominal current 2,5 x In CX 0,1 A In CX In from the rating plate of 1-7

1. 14 Supply voltage 208—240 230 V Vacon range CX/CXL/CXS2 1-7
1. 15 Parameter conceal 0—1 1 0 Visibility of the parameters: 1-7

0 = all parameter groups visible
1 = only group 1 is visible
1. 16 Parameter value lock 0—1 1 0 Disables parameter changes: 1-7

0 = changes enabled
1 = changes disabled
1. 17 Basic frequency 0—2 1 0 0 = analogue input Un 1-7

reference selection 1 = analogue input In
2 = reference from the panel
Table 1.4-1 Group 1 basic parameters.

*) If 1. 2 > motor synchr. speed, check suitability
for motor and drive system.
Note! = Parameter value can be changed Selecting 120 Hz/500 Hz range see page 1-5.
only when the frequency converter is **) Default value for a four pole motor
stopped. and a nominal size frequency converter.
***)Up to M10. Bigger classes case by case
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

1.4.2 Description of Group 1 parameters

1
Defines the frequency limits of the frequency converter.
The default maximum value for parameters 1. 1 and 1. 2 is 120 Hz. By setting the
value of the parameter 1. 2 to 120 Hz when the device is stopped (RUN indicator
not lit) the maximum limit of parameters 1. 1 and 1. 2 is changed to 500 Hz. At the
same time the resolution of the panel reference is changed from 0.01 Hz to 0.1 Hz.
Changing the max. value from 500 Hz to 120 Hz is done by setting parameter 1. 2 to
119 Hz when the device is stopped.
1. 3, 1. 4 Acceleration time1, deceleration time 1:
from the set minimum frequency (par. 1. 1) to the set maximum frequency (par.
1. 2).
1. 5, 1. 6 Multi-step speed reference 1, Multi-step speed reference 2:
f[Hz]
Ref. Iin
Par. 1. 6
Ref. Uin
(Par. 1.17 = 0)
Par. 1. 5
t
Run
DIB4 Stop
Run
DIB5
Stop UD009K06
Figure 1.4-1 Example of Multi-step speed references.
Parameter values are automatically limited between the minimum and maximum
frequency ( par 1. 1, 1. 2).
1. 7 Current limit
Linear: The voltage of the motor changes linearly with the frequency in the
constant flux area from 0 Hz to the field weakening point (par. 6. 3)
0 where the nominal voltage is also supplied to the motor. See figure 1.4-
2.
This default setting should be used if there is no special demand for another
setting.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

1 Squared: The voltage of the motor changes following a squared curve form
with the frequency in the area from 0 Hz to the field weakening
1 point (par. 6. 3) where the nominal voltage is also supplied to
the motor. See figure 1.4-2.
The motor runs undermagnetised below the field weakening point
and produces less torque and electromechanical noise. Squared
U/f ratio can be used in applications where torque demand of the
load is proportional to the square of the speed, e.g. in centrifugal
fans and pumps.
U[V]
Un
(Par 6. 4) Default: nominal
voltage of the Field weakening
motor point
Linear
Squared Default: nominal frequency

of the motor
f[Hz]
(Par. 6. 3) UD009K07
Figure 1.4-2 Linear and squared U/f curves.
Program- The U/f curve can be programmed with three different points.
mable U/f The parameters for programming are explained in Chapter 1.5.2.
curve Programmable U/f curve can be used if the other settings do not
satisfy the needs of the application. See figure 1.4-3.
2
U[V]
Un
Par 6. 4 Default: nominal
Field weakening
voltage of the
point
motor
Par. 6. 6 Default: nominal frequency

(Olet. 10%) of the motor
Par. 6. 7
(Olet. 1.3%)
Par. 6. 5 Par. 6. 3 f[Hz]
(Olet. 5 Hz) UD009K08
Figure 1.4-3 Programmable U/f curve.
1. 9 U/f optimisation
Automatic The voltage to the motor changes automatically which enables the
torque motor to produce enough torque to start and run at low frequencies. The
boost voltage increase depends on the motor type and power. Automatic torque
boost can be used in applications where starting torque due to starting
friction is high, e.g. in conveyors.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

NOTE! In high torque - low speed applications - the motor is likely to overheat
If the motor has to run a prolonged time under these conditions, 1
special attention must be paid to motor cooling . Use external
! cooling for the motor if the temperature tends to rise too high.
1. 10 Nominal voltage of the motor

Find this value on the rating plate of the motor.
This parameter sets the Voltage at the field weakening point, parameter 6. 4, to 100%
x Unmotor.
Note! If the nominal motor voltage is lower than the supply voltage, check
that the insulation strength of the motor is adequate.
Find this value fn on the rating plate of the motor.
This parameter sets the field weakening point, parameter 6. 3, to the same value.
Find this value nn on the rating plate of the motor.
Find the value In on the rating plate of the motor.
The internal motor protection function uses this value as a reference value.
Set parameter value according to the nominal voltage of the supply.
Values are predefined for CX/CXL/CXS2, CX/CXL/CXS4, CX/CXL/CXS5 and CX6
ranges, see table 1.4-1.
1. 15 Parameter conceal
Defines which parameter groups are available:
0 = all groups are visible
1 = group 1 is visible
1. 17 Basic frequency reference selection
1 Analogue current reference from terminals 4—5, e.g. a transducer.
see chapter 7.5.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

1 1.5 SPECIAL PARAMETERS, GROUPS 2—8

1.5.1 Parameter tables
Group 2, Input signal parameters

DIA1 DIA2
2. 1 Start/Stop logic 0—3 1 0 0 = Start forward Start reverse 1-12
selection 1 = Start/Stop Reverse
2 = Start/Stop Run enable
3 = Start pulse Stop pulse
2. 2 DIA3 function 0—5 1 1 0 = Not used 1-13

(terminal 10) 1 = Ext. fault, closing contact
2 = External fault, opening contact
3 = Run enable
4 = Acc./dec. time selection
5 = Reverse (if par. 2. 1 = 3)
2. 3 Reference offset 0—1 1 0 0 = 0—20 mA 1-13
for current input 1 = 4—20 mA
2. 4 Reference scaling, 0—par. 2.5 1 Hz 0 Hz Selects the frequency that 1-13
minimum value corresponds to the minimum
reference signal
2. 5 Reference scaling, 0—f max 1 Hz 0 Hz Selects the frequency that 1-13
maximum value corresponds to the maximum
reference signal
0 = Scaling off
>0 = Maximum frequency value
2. 6 Reference invert 0—1 1 0 0 = No inversion 1-14
1 = Reference inverted
2. 7 Reference filter time 0,00 —10,00s 0,01s 0,10s 0 = No filtering 1-14
Group 3, Output and supervision parameters

3. 1 Analogue output function 0—7 1 1 0 = Not used Scale 100% 1-15
1 = O/P frequency (0—fmax)
2 = Motor speed (0—max. speed)
3 = O/P current (0—2.0xInCT)
4 = Motor torque (0—2xTnMot)
5 = Motor power (0—2xPnMot)
6 = Motor voltage (0—100%xUnMot)
7 = DC-link volt. (0—1000 V)
3. 2 Analogue output filter time 0,00—10,00 s 0,01s 1,00 s 0 = no filtering 1-15

3. 3 Analogue output inversion 0—1 1 0 0 = Not inverted 1-15
1 = Inverted
3. 4 Analogue output minimum 0—1 1 0 0 = 0 mA 1-15
1 = 4 mA
3. 5 Analogue output scale 10—1000% 1% 100% 1-15
Note = Parameter value can be changed only when the frequency converter is stopped.
(Continues)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


1
3. 6 Digital output function 0—14 1 1 0 = Not used 1-16
1 = Ready
2 = Run
3 = Fault
4 = Fault inverted
5 = Vacon overheat warning
6 = External fault or warning
7 = Reference fault or warning
8 = Warning
9 = Reversed
10 = Multi-step speed selected
11 = At speed
12 = Motor regulator activated
13 = Output frequency limit superv.
14 = Control from I/O-terminal
3. 7 Relay output 1 function 0—14 1 2 As parameter 3. 6 1-16
3. 9 Output freq. limit 0—2 1 0 0 = No 1-16

supervision function 1 = Low limit
2 = High limit
3. 10 Output freq. limit 0,0—fmax 0,1 Hz 0,0 Hz 1-16
supervision value (par. 1. 2)
3. 11 I/O-expander option board 0—7 1 3 As parameter 3. 1 1-15
analogue output function
3. 12 I/O-expander option board 10—1000% 1% 100% As parameter 3. 5 1-15
analogue output scale
Group 4, Drive control parameters

4. 1 Acc./Dec. ramp 1 shape 0,0—10,0 s 0,1 s 0,0 s 0 = Linear 1-17
>0 = S-curve acc./dec. time
4. 3 Acceleration time 2 0,1—3000,0 s 0,1 s 10,0 s 1-17
4. 4 Deceleration time 2 0,1—3000,0 s 0,1 s 10,0 s 1-17
4. 5 Brake chopper 0—2 1 0 0 = Brake chopper not in use 1-17
1 = Brake chopper in use
2 = External brake chopper
4. 6 Start function 0—1 1 0 0 = Ramp 1-17
1 = Flying start
4. 7 Stop function 0—1 1 0 0 = Coasting 1-18
1 = Ramp
4. 8 DC-braking current 0,15—1,5 x 0,1 A 0,5 x InCT 1-18
InCT (A)
4. 9 DC-braking time at Stop 0,00—250,00 s 0,01 s 0,00 s 0 = DC-brake is off 1-18
Note! = Parameter value can be changed only when the frequency converter is stopped.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

1 Group 5, Prohibit frequency parameters

5. 1 Prohibit frequency fmin— 0,1 Hz 0,0 Hz 1-19
range low limit par. 5. 2
5. 2 Prohibit frequency fmin—fmax 0,1 Hz 0,0 Hz 0 = no prohibit frequency range 1-19
range high limit (1. 1) (1. 2) (max limit = par. 1. 2)
Group 6, Motor control parameters

Code Parameter Range Step Default Customer Description Page
6. 1 Motor control mode 0—1 1 0 0 = Frequency control 1-20
1 = Speed control
6. 2 Switching frequency 1,0—16,0 kHz 0,1 10/3,6 kHz Dependable on kW 1-20
6. 3 Field weakening point 30—500 Hz 1 Hz Param. 1-20
1. 11
6. 4 Voltage at field 15 —200% 1% 100% 1-20
weakening point x Unmot
6. 5 U/F-curve mid 0,0—fmax 0,1 Hz 0,0 Hz 1-20
point frequency
6. 6 U/F-curve mid 0,00—100,00% 0,01% 0,00% Parameter maximum value = 1-20
point voltage x Unmot param. 6.4
6. 7 Output voltage at 0,00—40,00% 0.01% 0,00% 1-20
zero frequency x Unmot
6. 8 Overvoltage controller 0—1 1 1 0 = Controller is not operating 1-20
1 = Controller is operating
6. 9 Undervoltage controller 0—1 1 1 0 = Controller is not operating 1-20
Group 7, Protections
7. 1 Response to 0—3 1 0 0 = No action 1-21
reference fault 1 = Warning
2 = Fault, stop according par. 4.7
3 = Fault, stop with coasting
external fault 1 = Warning
2 = Fault, stop according par. 4.7
3 = Fault, stop with coasting
7. 3 Phase supervision of 0—2 2 2 0 = No action 1-21
the motor 2 = Fault
7. 4 Earth fault protection 0—2 2 2 0 = No action 1-21
2 = Fault
7. 5 Motor thermal protection 0—2 1 2 0 = No action 1-22
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
7. 6 Stall protection 0—2 1 1 0 = No action 1-22
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Group 8, Autorestart parameters

1
8. 1 Automatic restart: 0—10 1 0 0 = no action 1-23
number of tries
8. 2 Automatic restart: 1—6000 s 1s 30 s 1-23
trial time
8. 3 Automatic restart: 0—1 1 0 0 = Ramp 1-24
start function 1 = Flying start
Table 1.5-1 Special parameters, Groups 2—8.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

1 1.5.2 Description of Group 2—8 parameters
2. 1 Start/Stop logic selection

0 DIA1: closed contact = start forward
DIA2: closed contact = start reverse,
See figure 1.5-1.
FWD Output Stop function

frequency (par 4. 7)
= coasting
REV
DIA1
DIA2
1 2 3
UD009K09
Figure 1.5-1 Start forward/Start reverse.
1 The first selected direction has the highest priority

2 When DIA1 contact opens, the direction of rotation starts to change
3 If Start forward (DIA1) and Start reverse (DIA2) signals are active
simultaneously, the Start forward signal (DIA1) has priority.
1 DIA1: closed contact = start open contact = stop
DIA2: closed contact = reverse open contact = forward
See figure 1.5-2.

frequency (par 4. 7
= coasting
REV
DIA1
UD012K10
DIA2
Figure 1.5-2 Start, Stop, reverse.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2: DIA1: closed contact = start

DIA2: closed contact = start enabled
open contact = stop
open contact = start disabled
1
3: 3-wire connection (pulse control):
DIA1: closed contact = start pulse
DIA2: closed contact = stop pulse
(DIA3 can be programmed for reverse command)
See figure 1.5-3.
FWD Output Stop function If Start and Stop pulses are

frequency (par 4. 7) simultaneous the Stop pulse
= coasting overrides the Start pulse
REV
DIA1
Start
min 50 ms
UD009K11
DIA2
Stop
Figure 1.5-3 Start pulse/Stop pulse.
2. 2 DIA3 function
1: External fault, closing contact = Fault is shown and motor is stopped when
the contact is closed.
2: External fault, opening contact = Fault is shown and motor is stopped when
the contact is open.
3: Run enable contact open = Start of the motor disabled
contact closed = Start of the motor enabled
4: Acc. / Dec contact open = Acceleration/Deceleration time 1 selected
time select. contact closed = Acceleration/Deceleration time 2 selected
5: Reverse contact open = Forward Can be used for reversing if
contact closed = Reverse parameter 2. 1 has value 3
2.3 Reference offset for current input

0: No offset
1: Offset 4 mA ("living zero"), provides supervision of zero level signal.
The response to reference fault can be programmed with the parameter 7. 1.
2.4, 2.5 Reference scaling, minimum value/maximum value
Setting value limits: 0 < par. 2. 4 < par. 2. 5 < par. 1. 2.
If parameter 2. 5 = 0 scaling is set off. See figures 1.5-4 and 1.5-5.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

1 Output
frequency Output
frequency
Max freq. par 1. 2 Max freq. par 1. 2
par. 2. 5
par. 2. 4
Analogue Analogue
Min freq. par 1. 1 input [V] Min freq. par 1. 1 input [V]
0 10 UD012K12 0 10 UD012K13
Figure 1.5-4 Reference scaling. Figure 1.5-5 Reference scaling,

parameter 2. 5 = 0.
2.6 Reference invert

Output
Inverts reference signal: frequency
max. ref. signal = min.set freq. Max freq. par 1. 2

min. ref. signal = max. set freq. par. 2. 5
par. 2. 4
Analogue
Min freq. par 1. 1 input
0 max.
UD012K14
Figure 1.5-6 Reference invert.
2.7 Reference filter time

%
Filters out disturbances from the
Unfiltered signal
incoming reference signal. Long
filtering time makes regulation 100%
response slower. See figure 1.5-7.
Filtered signal
63%
t [s]
Par. 2. 7
UD009K15
Figure 1.5-7 Reference filtering.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

3. 1 Analogue output function

See table "Group 3, output and
%
1
Unfiltered signal
supervision parameters" on page
1-8. 100%
3. 2 Analogue output filter time Filtered signal

63%
Filters the analogue output signal.
See figure 1.5-8.
t [s]
Par. 3. 2
Figure 1.5-8 Analogue output filtering. UD009K16
3.3 Analogue output invert

Inverts analogue output signal:
max. output signal = minimum set
Analogue
value output
current
min. output signal = maximum set 20 mA
value
12 mA
Param. 3. 5
= 50%
10 mA
Param. 3. 5
= 100%
4 mA
Param. 3. 5 Selected (para. 3. 1)
= 200% signal max. value
0 mA
0 0.5 1.0 UD012K17
Figure 1.5-9 Analogue output invert.
3. 4 Analogue output minimum

Defines the signal minimum to
be either 0 mA or 4 mA (living
zero). See figure 1.5-10.
3. 5 Analog output scale
Scaling factor for analog output.
See figure 1.5-10.
Analogue
output
current Param. 3. 5 Param. 3. 5
= 200% = 100%
Signal Max. value of the signal 20 mA
Output Max. frequency (p. 1. 2)

frequency
Motor speed Max. speed (nnxfmax/fn) 12 mA
Param. 3. 5
Output 2 x InFC 10 mA
= 50%
current
Motor torque 2 x TnMot Par. 3. 4 = 1
Motor power 2 x PnMot 4 mA
Motor voltage 100% x UnMot Max. value of signal

Par. 3. 4 = 0 selected by param. 3. 1
DC-link volt. 1000 V 0 mA
0 0.5 1.0 UD012K18
Figure 1.5-10 Analogue output scale.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

1 3. 6
3. 7
Digital output function
Relay output 1 function
3. 8 Relay output 2 function
Setting value Signal content

0 = Not used Out of operation
Digital output DO1 sinks current and programmable
relay (RO1, RO2) is activated when:
1 = Ready The frequency converter is ready to operate
2 = Run The frequency converter operates
3 = Fault A fault trip has occurred
4 = Fault inverted A fault trip has not occurred
5 = Vacon overheat warning The heat-sink temperature exceeds +70°C
6 = External fault or warning Fault or warning depending on parameter 7. 2
7 = Reference fault or warning Fault or warning depending on parameter 7. 1
- if analogue reference is 4—20 mA and signal is <4mA
8 = Warning Always if a warning exists
9 = Reversed The reverse command has been selected
10 = Multi-step speed selected A multi-step speed has been selected
11 = At speed The output frequency has reached the set reference
12 = Motor regulator activated Overvoltage or overcurrent regulator was activated
13 = Output frequency supervision The output frequency goes outside of the set supervi-
sion low limit/ high limit (par. 3. 9 and 3. 10)
14= Control from I/O terminals Ext. control mode selected with progr. push-button #2
Table 1.5-2 Output signals via DO1 and output relays RO1 and RO2.
3. 9 Output frequency limit supervision function

0 = No supervision
1 = Low limit supervision
2 = High limit supervision
If the output frequency goes under/over the set limit (3. 10) this function generates
a warning message via the digital output DO1 and via the relay output RO1 or RO2
depending on the settings of parameters 3. 6—3. 8.
3. 10 Output frequency limit supervision value
The frequency value to be supervised with parameter 3. 9.
See figure 1.5-11.
f[Hz] Par. 3.9 = 2
Par 3. 10
UD009K19 t
Example: 21 RO1 21 RO1 21 RO1

22 RO1 22 RO1 22 RO1
23 RO1 23 RO1 23 RO1
Figure 1.5-11 Output frequency supervision.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

4. 1
4. 2
Acc/Dec ramp 1 shape
Acc/Dec ramp 2 shape 1
Smooth acceleration and deceleration can be programmed with these parameters.
Setting value 0 gives linear ramp shape which causes acceleration and deceleration
to act immediately to the changes in the reference signal with the time constant set
by the parameter 1. 3/ 1. 4 (4. 3/ 4. 4).
Setting value 0.1—10 seconds for

[Hz]
4. 1 (4. 2) causes linear
acceleration/deceleration turn
towards to the S-shape. Param. 1.
3/ 1. 4 (4. 3/ 4. 4) determines the
time constant of acceleration/ 1. 3, 1. 4
deceleration in the middle of the (4. 3, 4. 4)
curve. See figure 1.5-12.
4. 1 (4. 2)
4. 1 (4. 2) [t]
Figure 1.5-12 S-shaped
UD009K20
acceleration/deceleration.
4. 3 Acceleration time 2
4. 4 Deceleration time 2
These values correspond to the time required for the output frequency to accelerate
from the set minimum frequency (par. 1. 1) to the set maximum frequency
(par. 1. 2). These times give the possibility to set two different acceleration/
deceleration time sets for one application. The active set can be selected with the
programmable signal DIA3 of this application, see parameter 2. 2.
4. 5 Brake chopper
0 = No brake chopper
1 = Brake chopper and brake resistor installed
When the frequency converter is decelerating the motor the inertia from the motor
and the load is fed into the external brake resistor. This enables the frequency
converter to decelerate the load with the torque equal to that of acceleration, if the
brake resistor is selected correctly. See separate Brake resistor installation manual.
4. 6 Start function
Ramp:
0 The frequency converter starts from 0 Hz and accelerates to the set reference
frequency within the set acceleration time. (Load inertia or starting fric tion
may cause prolonged acceleration times).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

1 Flying start:
1 The frequency converter is able to start into running motor by applying a small
torque to motor and searching for frequency corresponding to the speed the
motor is running. Searching starts from the maximum frequency towards the
actual frequency until the the correct value is detected. Thereafter the output
frequency will be accelerated/decelerated to the set reference value according
to the set acceleration/deceleration parameters.
Use this mode if the motor should coast when the start command is given.
With the flying start it is possible to ride through short mains voltage
interruptions.
4. 7 Stop function
Coasting:
0 The motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency converter,
after the Stop command.
Ramp:
1 After the Stop command, the speed of the motor is decelerated according to
the set deceleration parameters.
If the regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to use an external braking
resistor for faster deceleration.
4. 8 DC braking current
Defines the current injected into the motor during the DC braking.
4. 9 DC braking time at stop
Determines if braking is ON or OFF and braking time of the DC-brake when the
motor is stopping. The function of the DC-brake depends on the stop function,
parameter 4. 7. See figure 1.5-13.
0 DC-brake is not used
>0 DC-brake is in use and its function depends on the stop function,
(param. 4. 7), and the time depends on the value of parameter 4. 9:
Stop-function = 0 (coasting):
After the stop command, the motor coasts to a stop without any control from
the frequency converter.
With DC-injection, the motor can be electrically stopped in the shortest possible
time, without using an optional external braking resistor.
The braking time is scaled according to the frequency when the DC-
braking starts. If the frequency is >nominal frequency of the motor (par. 1.11),
setting value of parameter 4.9 determines the braking time. When the frequency
is <10% of the nominal, the braking time is 10% of the set value of parameter
4.9. See figure 1.5-13.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

fout fout
1
fn fn
Output frequency
Motor speed
Output frequency
Motor speed
DC-braking ON 0,1x fn
DC-braking ON
t t
t = 1 x par. 4. 9 t = 0.1 x par. 4. 9
RUN RUN UD009K21

STOP STOP
Figure 1.5-13 DC-braking time when stop = coasting.
Stop-function = 1 (ramp):
After the stop command, the speed of the motor is reduced according to the
set deceleration parameters, as fast as possible, down to 0.5 Hz where the
DC-braking starts.
fout
The braking time is defined
with par. 4. 9. Motor speed
If high inertia exists it is Output frequency
recommended to use an
external braking resistor for
faster deceleration.
DC-braking
See figure 1.5-14.

0.5 Hz
t
Figure 1.5-14 DC-braking time t = param. 4. 9
when stop function = ramp.
RUN
STOP
5. 1 Prohibit frequency area Low

5. 2 limit/High limit
In some systems it may be
fout [Hz]
necessary to avoid certain
frequencies because of
mechanical resonance problems.
With these parameters it is
possible to set limits for one "skip
frequency" region between 0 Hz
and 120 Hz/500 Hz. Accuracy of
the setting is 0.1 Hz.
See figure 1.5-15.
frequency reference
[Hz]
Figure 1.5-15 Example of prohibit
frequency area setting. 5. 1 5. 2 UD009K24
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Page 1-20 Vacon
Standard Application
1 6. 1 Motor control mode

0 = Frequency control: The I/O terminal and panel references are frequency
references and the frequency converter controls the
output frequency ( output freq. resolution 0.01 Hz)
1 = Speed control: The I/O terminal and panel references are speed
motor speed (regulation accuracity ± 0,5%).
6. 2 Switching frequency
Motor noise can be minimized using high switching frequency. Increasing the switch-
ing frequency reduces the capacity of the frequency converter unit.
Before changing the frequency from the factory default 10 kHz (3.6 kHz >30 kW)
check the curve in figure 5.2-3 in Chapter 5.2 of the User's Manual for the allowed
capacity.
6. 3 Field weakening point
6. 4 Voltage at the field weakening point
The field weakening point is the output frequency where the output voltage reaches
the set maximum value (par. 6. 4). Above that frequency the output voltage remains
at the set maximum value. Below that frequency the output voltage depends on the
setting of the U/f curve parameters 1. 8, 1. 9, 6. 5, 6. 6 and 6. 7. See figure 1.5-16.
When the parameters 1. 10 and 1. 11, nominal voltage and nominal frequency of
the motor, are set, also parameters 6. 3 and 6. 4 are set automatically to the
corresponding values. If you need different values for the field weakening point and
the maximum output voltage, change these parameters after setting the parameters
1. 10 and 1. 11.
6. 5 U/f curve, middle point frequency
If the programmable U/f curve has been selected with the parameter 1. 8 this
parameter defines the middle point frequency of the curve. See figure 1.5-16.
6. 6 U/f curve, middle point voltage
parameter defines the middle point voltage of the curve. See figure 1.5-16.
6. 7 Output voltage at zero frequency
parameter defines the zero frequency voltage of the curve. See figure 1.5-16.
6. 8 Overvoltage controller
6. 9 Undervoltage controller
These parameters allow the over-/undervoltage controllers to be switched out of
operation. This may be useful, for example, if the mains supply voltage varies more
than -15%—+10% and the application will not tolerate this over-/undervoltage, the
regulator controls output frequency according to the supply fluctuations.
Over-/undervoltage trips may occur when controllers are switched out of operation.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

U[V] 1
Un
Par 6. 4 Default: Nominal Field weakening
Par. 6. 6
(Def. 10%)
Default: Nominal
Par. 6. 7 frequency of the
(Def. 1.3%) motor f[Hz]
Par. 6. 5 Par. 6. 3
UD012K08
(Def. 5 Hz)
7. 1 Response to the reference fault

0 = No response
1 = Warning
2 = Fault, stop mode after fault detection according to parameter 4.7
3 = Fault, stop mode after fault detection always coasting
A warning or a fault action and message is generated if 4—20 mA reference
signal is used and the signal falls below 4 mA.
The information can also be programmed via digital output DO1 and via relay
outputs RO1 and RO2.
7. 2 Response to external fault
0 = No response
1 = Warning
2 = Fault, stop mode after fault detection according to parameter 4.7
3 = Fault, stop mode after fault detection always coasting
A warning or a fault action and message is generated from the external fault
signal in the digital input DIA3.
The information can also be programmed into digital output DO1 and into
relay outputs RO1 and RO2.
7. 3 Phase supervision of the motor
0 = No action
2 = Fault
Phase supervision of the motor ensures that the motor phases have an
approximately equal current.
7. 4 Earth fault protection
0 = No action
2 = Fault
Earth fault protection ensures that the sum of the motor phase currents is
zero. The overcurrent protection is always working and protects the frequency
converter from earth faults with high currents.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

1 7. 5 Motor thermal protection

Operation:
0 = Not in use
1 = Warning
2 = Trip function
Motor thermal protection is to protect the motor from overheating. In the Standard application
the Motor thermal protection uses constant settings. In other applications it is possible to set
more parameters of thermal protection. Tripping and warning will give display indication with
the same message code. If the tripping is selected the drive will stop and activate the fault stage.
Deactivating the protection, setting parameter to 0, will reset the thermal stage of the motor to
0%.
Vacon CX/CXL/CXS drive is capable to give higher

than nominal current to the motor. If the load requires I
this high current there is a risk that motor will be Current
thermally overloaded. This is true especially at low limit
par. 1. 7
frequencies. With low frequencies the cooling effect
of the motor fan is reduced and the capacity of the Overload area
motor is reduced. Motor thermal protection is based 100% IT
×INmotor
on a calculated model and it uses the output current
of the drive to determine the load on the motor.
The thermal current I T specifies the load 45%
current above which the motor is overloaded. ×INmotor
See figure 1.5-17. If the motor current is over
the curve the motor temperature is increasing.
f
35 Hz UMCH7_90
Figure 1.5-17 Motor thermal current IT curve.
CAUTION! The calculational model does not protect the motor if the cooling of
! the motor is reduced either by blocking the airflow or due to dust or dirt.
7. 6 Stall protection
Operation:
0 = Not in use
1 = Warning
2 = Trip function
Motor Stall protection gives warning or fault if short time overload situations of the motor, e.g.
stalled shaft, occur. The reaction time of the stall protection is shorter than with motor thermal
protection. The stall state is defined with Stall Current and Stall Frequency. In the Standard
application they both have constant values. See figure 1.5-18. If the current is higher than the
set limit and output frequency is lower than the set limit the stall state is true. If the stall state
lasts longer than 15 sec. the stall warning is given on the panel display. In other applications it
is possible to set more parameters of the Stall protection function. Tripping and warning will
give display indication with the same message code. If the tripping is set on, the drive will stop
and activate the fault stage.
Deactivating stall protection, by setting parameter to 0, will reset the stall time counter to zero.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

I
1
Stall area
130%
×INmotor
25 Hz UMCH7_10
Figure 1.5-18 Stall state.
8. 1 Automatic restart: number of tries

8. 2 Automatic restart: trial time
The Automatic restart function restarts the frequency converter after the following
faults:
- overcurrent
- overvoltage
- undervoltage
- over/under temperature of the frequency converter
- reference fault
Number of faults
during t = ttrial
ttrial ttrial
4
2 Par. 8. 1 = 3
ttrial = Par. 8. 2
1
t
Three faults Four faults

RUN UD012K25
STOP
Figure 1.5-19 Automatic restart.
Parameter 8. 1 determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the
trial time set by the parameter 8. 2.
The counting time starts from the first autorestart. If the number of restarts does
not exceed the value of the parameter 8.1 during the trial time, the counting is cleared
after the time is elapsed and next fault starts the counting again.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

1 8. 3 Automatic restart, start function

The parameter defines the start mode:
0 = Start with ramp
1 = Flying start, see parameter 4. 6.
Remarks:
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Local/Remote Control Application Page 2-1
LOCAL/REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION

(par. 0.1 = 3)
CONTENTS
2 Local/Remote Control Application ..2-1
2.1 General ........................................2-2
2.2 Control I/O ....................................2-2
2.3
2.4
Control signal logic .......................2-3
Parameters Group 1 ....................2-4
2
2.4.1 Parameter table ..................2-4
2.4.2 Description of Group1 par ...2-5
2.5 Special parameters, Groups 2—8 .. 2-8
2.5.1 Parameter tables .................. 2-8
2.5.2 Description of Group 2 par. . 2-15
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Page 2-2 Local/Remote Control Application Vacon
2.1 General
Utilising the Local/Remote Control Application activated from the Group 0 by setting the
it is possible to have two different control parameter value of parameter 0. 1 to 3.
sources. Frequency reference sources of the
Basic connections of inputs and outputs are
control sources are programmable. The active
shown in figure 2.2-1. The control signal logic
control source is selected with the digital input
has shown in the figure 2.3-1. Programming
DIB6.
of I/O terminals is explained in Chapter 2.5,
The Local/Remote Control Application can be Special parameters.
2 2.2 Control I/O
Local reference

2 Uin+ Analogue input, Source B frequency reference
voltage (programmable) range 0—10 V DC
Remote reference 4 Iin+ Analogue input, Source A frequency reference
0(4)—20 mA 5 Iin- current (programmable) range 0—20 mA
Remote control
24 V 7 GND I/O ground Ground for reference and controls
8 DIA1 Surce A: Start forward Contact closed = start forward
(programmable)
9 DIA2 Source A: Start reverse contac closed = start reverse
(Programmable)
10 DIA3 Fault reset Contact open = no action
(programmable) Contact closed = fault reset
Remote control ground
14 DIB4 Source B: Start forward Contact closed = start forward
(programmable)
15 DIB5 Source B: Start reverse Contact closed = start reverse
(programmable)
16 DIB6 Source A/B selection Contact open = source A is active
Contact closed = source B is active
20 DO1 Digital output Programmable (par. 3. 6)
21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable (par. 3. 7)
RUN 22 RO1 RUN
23 RO1
FAULT
220 25 RO2 FAULT
VAC 26 RO2
Figure 2.2-1 Default I/O configuration and connection example of the Local/
Remote Control Application.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

BASIC PARAMETERS
Group 1
1. 5 Source A reference selection
1. 6 Source B reference selection
2
PROGRAMMABLE
Analogue PUSH-BUTTON 2
Uin+ reference P P
U B
I
A
M
A/B Internal
Iin– frequency
P reference
U
I
Up
DIA2 Motor
Down potenti-
DIA3 ometer
DIA1 Start FW Internal

Programmable P
Start/Stop
Start/Stop and B
A DIA2 Start Rev. Reverse signal
A A/B
logic, Source A
P
Internal
DIB4 Start FW B
reverse
Programmable
Start/Stop and
B DIB5 Start Rev. Reverse signal
A
A/B
logic, Source B
DIB6
Internal
Source A/B selection fault reset
DIA3 Fault reset input >1
(programmable)
= control line
= signal line UD012K02
Figure 2.3-1 Control signal logic of the Local/Remote Control Application.

Switch positions are shown according to the factory settings.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2.4 Basic parameters, Group 1

1. 1 Minimum frequency 0—fmax 1 Hz 0 Hz 2-5
1. 4 Deceleration time 1 0,1—3000,0 s 0,1 s 3,0 s Time from fmax (1. 2) to fmin (1. 1) 2-5
1. 5 Source A: reference 0—4 1 1 0 = Anal. voltage input (term. 2) 2-5
2 signal 1 = Anal. current input (term. 4)

2 = Set reference from the panel
3 = Signal from internal motor pot.
resetted if Vacon unit is stopped
1. 6 Source B: reference 0—4 1 0 0 = Anal. voltage input (term. 2) 2-5

signal 1 = Anal. current input (term. 4)
resetted if Vacon unit is stopped
1. 7 Current limit 0,1—2,5 x InCT 0,1 1,5 x InCT ***Output curr. limit [A] of the unit 2-5

1 = Squared
1. 9 U/f optimisation 0—1 1 0 0 = None 2-7



1. 13 Nominal current 2,5 x InCT 0,1 A InCT In from the rating plate of 2-7

0 = All parameter groups visible
1 = Only group 1 is visible

0 = Changes enabled
1 = Changes disabled
*) If 1. 2 > motor synchr. speed, check suitability for motor
and drive system. Selecting 120 Hz/500 Hz range, see
page 2-5.
Note! = Parameter value can be changed only
when the frequency converter is stopped. **)Default value for a four pole motor and a nominal size
Vacon.
***Up to M10. Bigger classes case by case.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

1. 1, 1. 2 Minimum / maximum frequency
The default maximum value for parameters 1. 1 and 1. 2 is 120 Hz. By setting the
value of the parameter 1. 2 to 120 Hz when the device is stopped (RUN indicator
not lit) the maximum value of parameters 1. 1 and 1. 2 is changed to 500 Hz. At
the same time the resolution of the panel reference is changed from 0.01 Hz to
0.1 Hz.
Changing the max. value from 500 Hz to 120 Hz is done by setting parameter 1. 2
to 119 Hz when the device is stopped.
2
1. 3, 1. 4 Acceleration time1, deceleration time 1:
(par. 1. 2). Acceleration/deceleration times can be reduced with a free analogue
input signal, see parameters 2. 18 and 2. 19.
1. 5 Source A reference signal
2 Panel reference is the reference set from the Reference Menu,
see Chapter 7.5 in the User's Manual.
3 Reference value is changed with digital input signals DIA2 and DIA3.
- switch in DIA2 closed = frequency reference increases
- switch in DIA3 closed = frequency reference decreases
Speed of the reference change can be set with the parameter 2. 3.
4 Same as setting 3 but the reference value is set to the minimum frequency
(par. 2. 14 or par. 1. 1 if par 2. 15 = 0) each time the frequency converter is
stopped. When the value of parameter 1. 5 is set to 3 or 4, value of
parameter 2. 1 is automatically set to 4 and value of parameter 2. 2 is
automatically set to 10.
1. 6 Source B reference signal
See the values of the parameter 1. 5.
1. 7 Current limit
This parameter determines the maximum motor current what the frequency
converter can give momentary. Current limit can be set lower with a free analog
Linear: The voltage of the motor changes linearly with the frequency in
the constant flux area from 0 Hz to the field weakening point
0 (par. 6. 3) where the nominal voltage is also supplied to the motor. See
figure 2.4-1.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Squared: The voltage of the motor changes following a squared curve form
1 point (par. 6. 3) where the maximum voltage is also supplied to
U/f ratio can be used in applications where torque demand of
the load is proportional to the square of the speed, e.g. in centrifugal
fans and pumps.
2 U[V]
Un
(Par 6. 4) Default: Nominal Field weakening
Linear
Squared
Default: Nominal
frequency of the
motor f[Hz]
(Par. 6. 3) UD012K07
Programm. The U/f curve can be programmed with three different points.
U/f curve The parameters for programming are explained in the chapter 2.5.2
2 Programmable U/f curve can be used if the other settings do not
U[V]
Un
Par. 6. 6
(Def. 10%)
Default: Nominal
Par. 6. 5 Par. 6. 3
UD012K08
(Def. 5 Hz)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

torque motor produce torque enough to start and run at low frequencies.
NOTE! In high torque - low speed applications - it is likely the motor will
overheat.
! If the motor has to run a prolonged time under these conditions,
special attention must be paid to motor cooling. Use external
cooling for the motor if the temperature tends to rise too high.
2
Find this value Un on the rating plate of the motor.
This parameter sets the Voltage at the field weakening point, parameter 6. 4, to
100% x Unmotor.
Values are predefined for CX/CXL/CXS2, CX/CXL/CXS4, CX/CXL/CXS5 and
CX6 ranges, see table 2.4-1.
0 = all groups are visible
If you have to adjust more of the functions of the Local/Remote Control Application, see
chapter 2.5 to set up parameters of Groups 2—8.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2.5 Special parameters, Groups 2—8

2.5.1 Parameter tables, Group 2, Input signal parameters
DIA1 DIA2
2. 1 Source A Start/Stop 0—4 1 0 0 = Start forward Start reverse 2-15
logic selection 1 = Start/Stop Reverse
4 = Start forward Motor pot. UP
2 2. 2 DIA3 function
(terminal 10)
0—10 1 7 0 = Not used
1 = Ext. fault, closing contact
2-16
3 = Run enable
6 = Jogging speed
7 = Fault reset
8 = Acc/dec. operation prohibit
9 = DC-braking command
10 = Motor potentiometer DOWN
2. 3 Uin signal range 0—1 1 0 0 = 0—10 V 2-17
1 = Custom setting range
2. 4 Uin custom setting min. 0,00—100,00% 0,01% 0,00% 2-17
2. 5 Uin custom setting max. 0,00—100,00% 0,01% 100,00% 2-17
2. 6 Uin signal inversion 0—1 1 0 0 = Not inverted 2-18
1 = Inverted
2. 7 Uin signal filter time 0,00 —10,00 s 0,01s 0,10s 0 = No filtering 2-18
2. 8 Iin signal range 0—2 1 0 0 = 0—20 mA 2-19
1 = 4—20 mA
2. 9 Iin custom setting minim. 0,00—100,00% 0,01% 0,00% 2-19
2. 10 Iin custom setting maxim. 0,00—100,00% 0,01% 100,00% 2-19
2. 11 Iin signal inversion 0—1 1 0 0 = Not inverted 2-19
1 = Inverted
2. 12 Iin signal filter time 0,01 —10,00 s 0,01s 0,10s 0 = No filtering 2-19
2. 13 Source B Start/Stop 0—3 1 0 DIB4 DIB5
logic selection 0 = Start forward Start reverse 2-20
1 = Start/Stop Reverse
2. 14 Source A reference 0—par. 2. 15 1 Hz 0 Hz Selects the frequency that corresp. 2-20
scaling minimum value to the min. reference signal
2. 15 Source A reference 0—fmax 1 Hz 0 Hz Selects the frequency that corresp. 2-20
scaling maximum value (1. 2) to the min. reference signal
0 = Scaling off
>0 = Scaled maximum value
2. 16 Source B reference 0—par. 2. 17 1 Hz 0 Hz Selects the frequency that corresp. 2-20
scaling minimum value to the min. reference signal
2. 17 Source B reference 0—fmax 1 Hz 0 Hz Selects the frequency that corresp. 2-20
scaling maximum value (1. 2) to the min. reference signal
0 = Scaling off
(Continues)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2. 18 Free analogue input, 0—2 1 0 0 = Not uset 2-20
signal selection 1 = Uin (analogue voltage input)
2 = Iin (analogue current input)
2. 19 Free analogue input, 0—4 1 0 0 = No function 2-20
function 1 = Reduces current limit (par. 1. 7)
2 = Reduces DC-braking current
3 = Reduces acc. and decel. times
4 = Reduces torque supervis. limit
2. 20 Motor potentiometer 0,1—2000,0 0,1 10,0 2-22
ramp time Hz/s Hz/s Hz/s
2

3 = O/P current (0—2.0 x InFC)
4 = Motor torque (0—2 x TnMot)
5 = Motor power (0—2 x PnMot)
6 = Motor voltage (0—100% x UnMot)
7 = DC-link volt. (0—1000 V)
3. 2 Analogue output filter time 0,00—10.00 s 0,01 s 1,00 s 2-22

1 = Inverted
1 = 4 mA
1 = Ready
2 = Run
3 = Fault
4 = Fault inverted
7= Reference fault or warning
8 = Warning
9 = Reversed
10 = Jogging speed selected
11 = At speed
13 = Output frequency limit superv. 1
15 = Torque limit supervision
16 = Reference limit supervision
17 = External brake control
18 = Control from I/O terminals
19 = Frequency converter tempe-
rature limit supervision
20 = Unrequested rotation direction
21 = External brake control inverted
Note! = Parameter value can be changed only when the frequency converter is stopped. (Continues)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


3. 9 Output freq. limit 1 0—2 1 0 0 = No 2-24

2 = High limit
3. 10 Output freq. limit 1 0,0—fmax 0,1 Hz 0,0 Hz 2-24
2 3. 11 Output freq. limit 2

supervision function
0—2 1 0 0 = No
1 = Low limit
2-24
2 = High limit
3. 13 Torque limit 0—2 1 0 0 = No 2-24
2 = High limit
3. 14 Torque limit 0,0—200,0% 0,1% 100,0% 2-24
supervision value x TnCX
3. 15 Active reference limit 0—2 1 0 0 = No 2-24
supervision 1 = Low limit
2 = High limit
3. 16 Active reference limit 0,0—fmax 0,1 Hz 0,0 Hz 2-24
3. 17 External brake OFF delay 0,0—100,0 s 0,1 s 0,5 s 2-25
3. 18 External brake ON delay 0,0—100,0 s 0,1 s 1,5 s 2-25
3. 19 Frequency converter 0—2 1 0 0 = No supervision 2-25
temperature limit 1 = Low limit
supervision function 2 = High limit
3. 20 Frequency converter -10—+75°C 1 +40°C 2-25
temperature limit
3. 21 I/O-expander board (opt.) 0—7 1 3 See parameter 3. 1 2-22
3. 22 I/O-expander board (opt.) 0,00—10,00 s 0,01 s 1,00 s See parameter 3. 2 2-22
analogue output filter time
analogue output inversion
analogue output minimum
3. 25 I/O-expander board (opt.) 10—1000% 1 100% See parameter 3. 5 2-22
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


4. 5 Brake chopper 0—2 1 0 0 = Brake chopper not in use
2-26
2
1 = Flying start
1 = Ramp
4. 8 DC-braking current 0,15—1,5* 0,1 0,5 x 2-27
InCT (A) InCT
4. 9 DC-braking time at Stop 0,00—250,00 s 0,01 s 0,00 s 0 = DC-brake is off at Stop 2-27
4. 10 Execute frequency of DC- 0,1—10,0 Hz 0,1 Hz 1,5 Hz 2-28
brake during ramp Stop
4. 11 DC-brake time at Start 0,00—25,00 s 0,01 s 0,00 s 0 = DC-brake is off at Start 2-28
4. 12 Jogging speed reference fmin —fmax 0,1 Hz 10,0 Hz 2-29
Group 5, Prohibit frequency parameters

range 1 low limit par. 5. 2
5. 2 Prohibit frequency fmin—fmax 0,1 Hz 0,0 Hz 0 = Prohibit range 1 is off 2-29
range 1 high limit (1. 1) (1. 2)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


6. 1 Motor control 0—1 1 0 0 = Frequency control 2-29
mode 1 = Speed control
6. 2 Switching frequency 1,0—16,0 kHz 0,1 kHz 10/3,6 kHz Dependant on kW 2-29
6. 3 Field weakening 30—500 Hz 1 Hz Param. 2-29
point 1. 11
6. 4 Voltage at field 15—200% 1% 100% 2-29
2 6. 5
weakening point
U/F-curve mid
x Unmot
0,0—fmax 0,1 Hz 0,0 Hz 2-30
point frequency
6. 6 U/F-curve mid 0,00—100,00 % 0,01% 0,00% Parameter maximum value = 2-30
6. 7 Output voltage at 0,00—40,00 % 0.01% 0,00% 2-30

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


2 = Fault, stop according to
par. 4.7
3 = Fault, stop always by coasting
par. 4.7
2
the motor 2 = Fault
2 = Fault
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
7. 6 Motor thermal protection 50,0—150,0% 1,0% 100,0% 2-32
break point current x InMOTOR
7. 7 Motor thermal protection 5,0—150,0% 1,0% 45,0% 2-32
zero frequency current x InMOTOR
7. 8 Motor thermal protection 0,5—300,0 0,5 17,0 Default value is set according 2-33
time constant minutes min. min. to motor nominal current
7. 9 Motor thermal protection 10—500 Hz 1 Hz 35 Hz 2-33
break point frequency
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
7. 11 Stall current limit 5,0—200,0% 1,0% 130,0% 2-34
x InMOTOR
7. 12 Stall time 2,0—120,0 s 1,0 s 15,0 s 2-34
7. 13 Maximum stall frequency 1—fmax 1 Hz 25 Hz 2-34

7. 14 Underload protection 0—2 1 0 0 = No action 2-35
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
7. 15 Underload prot., field 10,0—150,0% 1,0% 50,0% 2-35
weakening area load x TnMOTOR
7. 16 Underload protection, 5,0—150,0% 1,0% 10,0% 2-35
zero frequency load x TnMOTOR
7. 17 Underload time 2,0—600,0 s 1,0 s 20,0s 2-36
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


8. 1 Automatic restart: 0—10 1 0 0 = Not in use 2-36
number of tries
trial time
8. 4 Automatic restart of 0—1 1 0 0 = No 2-37
2 8. 5
undervoltage
Automatic restart of 0—1 1 0
1 = Yes
0 = No 2-37
overvoltage 1 = Yes
overcurrent 1 = Yes
reference fault 1 = Yes
8. 8 Automatic restart after 0—1 1 0 0 = No 2-37
over/undertemperature 1 = Yes
fault
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2.5.2 Description of Groups 2—8 parameters

0: DIA1: closed contact = start forward
See figure 2.5-1.

= coasting
t
2
REV
DIA1
DIA2
1 2 3
UD009K09

1: DIA1: closed contact = start open contact = stop
See figure 2.5-2.

frequency (par 4. 7
= coasting
REV
DIA1
UD012K10
DIA2
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


DIA2: closed contact = start enabled open contact = start disabled
See figure 2.5-3.
DIA2: closed contact = reference increases (motor potentiometer
2 reference, par. 2. 1 is automatically set to 4 if
par. 1. 5 is set to 3 or 4).

REV
DIA1
Start
min 50 ms
UD009K11
DIA2
Stop
Figure 2.5-3 Start pulse /Stop pulse.
2. 2 DIA3 function
the input is active
the input is not active
6: Jogging freq. contact closed = Jogging frequency selected for freq. refer.
7: Fault reset contact closed = Resets all faults
8: Acc./Dec. operation prohibited
contact closed = Stops acceleration and deceleration until
the contact is opened
9: DC-braking command
contact closed = In the stop mode, the DC-braking operates
until the contact is opened, see figure 2.5-4.
Dc-brake current is set with parameter 4. 8.
10: Motor pot. meter down
contact closed = Reference decreases until the contact is
opened
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Output
frequency
Param. 4. 10
DIA3
2
RUN
UD009K32
STOP
DIA3 as DC-brake command input and stop-mode = Ramp
DIA3
UD009K32
DIA3 as DC-brake command input and stop-mode = Coasting
Figure 2.5-4 DIA3 as DC-brake command input: a) Stop-mode = Ramp,

b) Stop-mode = Coasting.
2. 3 Uin signal range

0 = Signal range 0—10 V
1 = Custom setting range from custom minimum (par. 2. 4) to custom
maximum (par. 2. 5)
2. 4 Uin custom setting minimum/maximum

2. 5 With these parameters you can set Uin for any input signal span within 0—10 V.
Minimum setting: Set the Uin signal to its minimum level, select parameter 2. 4,
press the Enter button
Maximum setting: Set the Uin signal to its maximun level, select parameter 2. 5,
Note! The parameter values can only be set through this procedure (not with the Browser
buttons).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2. 6 Uin signal inversion

U in is place B frequency Output
frequency
reference, par. 1. 6 = 1 (default)
Parameter 2. 6 = 0, no inversion Par. 2. 17
of analogue Uin signal. par. 2. 3 = 0
Uin = 0—10 V
2
par. 2. 3 = 1
Par. 2. 16 Uin = custom
Uin
(term. 2)
0 Par. 2. 4 Par. 2. 5 10 V
Figure 2.5-5 Uin no signal inversion. UD012K46
Parameter 2. 6 = 1, inversion of
analogue Uin signal Output frequency
max. Uin signal = minimum set speed

min. Uin signal = maximum set speed
Par. 2.17
Par. 2.3=0
Uin = 0-10 V
Par. 2.3 = 1
U in = custom
Par. 2.16
Uin
Term. 2
Par. 2.4 Par. 2.5 10V
U D12 K47
Fugure 2.5-6 Uin signal inversion.
2. 7 Uin signal filter time

%
Unfiltered signal
incoming analogue Uin signal.
Long filtering time makes 100%
regulation response slower.
See figure 2.5-7.
Filtered signal
63%
t [s]
Par. 2. 7
Figure 2.5-7 Uin signal filtering. UD009K15
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2. 8 Analogue input Iin signal range

0 = 0—20 mA
Output
1 = 4—20 mA frequency
2 = Custom signal span

See figure 2.5-8. par. 2. 15
par. 2. 8 = 2
Iin = custom
2. 9 Analogue input Iin custom par. 2. 8 = 0

Iin = 0—20 mA
2. 10 setting minimum/maximum
With these parameters you can
par. 2. 14
par. 2. 8 = 1
Iin = 4—20 mA
2
scale the input current to Uin
(term. 3,4)
correspond to the set min. and
0 4 mA 20 mA
max. frequency range, see par. 2. 9 par. 2. 10
UD009K28
figure 2.5-8.
Minimum setting: Figure 2.5-8 Analogue input Iinscaling.
Set the Iin signal to its minimum
level, select parameter 2. 9,
Maximum setting:
Output
Set the Iin signal to its maximun frequency

press the Enter button par. 2. 15
par. 2. 8 = 2
Iin = custom
Note! The parameter values can
par. 2. 8 = 1
only be set through this Iin = 4—20 mA
procedure (not with the Browser
buttons). par. 2. 8 = 0
Iin = 0—20 mA
par. 2. 14
Uin
(term. 3,4)
2. 11 Analogue input Iin inversion
0 4 mA 20 mA
I in is source A frequency par. 2. 9 par. 2. 10
UD009K29

Parameter 2. 11 = 0, no inversion
of Iin input Figure 2.5-9 Iin signal inversion.
Parameter 2. 11 = 1, inversion
of Iin input, see figure 2.5-9. %
Unfiltered signal
max. I in signal = minimum set speed
min. I in signal = maximum set speed
100%
2. 12 Analogue input Iin filter time

Filtered signal
Filters out disturbances from the 63%
incoming analogue Iin signal.
Long filtering time makes regula-
tion response slower.
See figure 2.5-10.
t [s]
Par. 2. 12
UD009K30
Figure 2.5-10 Analogue input Iin filter time.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2. 13 Source B Start/Stop logic selection

See parameter 2. 1, settings 0—3.
2. 14, Source A reference scaling, minimum value/maximum value
2. 15 Setting limits: 0 < par. 2. 14 < par. 2. 15 < par. 1. 2.
If par. 2. 15 = 0 scaling is set off. See figures 2.5-11 and 2.5-12.
(In figures voltage input Uin with signal range 0—10 V selected for source A reference)
Output Output
frequency frequency
2 par. 2. 5
Max freq. par 1. 2
Max freq. par 1. 2
par. 2. 4
Analogue Analogue
0 10 UD012K12 0 10 UD012K13
Figure 2.5-11 Reference scaling . Figure 2.5-12 Reference scaling,

par. 2. 15 = 0.
2. 16, Source B reference scaling,

2. 17 minimum value/maximum value
See parameters 2. 14 and 2. 15.
2. 18 Free analogue input signal
Selection of input signal of free analogue input (an input not used for reference
signal):
0 = Not in use
1 = Voltage signal Uin
2 = Current signal Iin

function
Use this parameter to select a
function for a free analogue input Torque limit
signal:
100%
Par. 1. 7
0= Function is not used
1= Reducing motor current limit
(par. 1. 7)
This signal will adjust the
maximum motor current
between 0 and the max.
limit set with par. 1. 7. See Analogue
input
Figure 2.5-13. Signal range
0V 10 V
20 mA UD012K61
0 mA
Figure 2.5-13 Scaling of max. 4 mA 20 mA
Custom
Custom
motor current.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2 Reducing DC brake current.

DC-braking
current
DC braking current can be
100%
reduced with the free ana- Par. 4. 8
logue input signal between

current 0.15 x InFC and current
set by the parameter 4. 8.
See figure 2.5-14.
Figure 2.5-14 Reducing DC

0,15 x InFU
Signal range
Free analogue
input
2
0 UD012K58
brake current.
3 Reducing acceleration and

deceleration times.
Factor R
Acceleration and deceleration
times can be reduced with the 10
free analogue input signal
according to the following
formulas:
Reduced time = set acc./deceler.
time (par. 1. 3, 1. 4; 4. 3, 4. 4)
divided by the factor R in
Figure 2.5-15. 2
Free analogue
Figure 2.5-15 Reducing 1
input
acceleration and deceleration Signal range
UD012K59
times.
4 Reducing torque supervision

limit.
Torque limit
Set supervision limit can be
reduced with the free ana- 100%
Par. 3. 14
logue input signal between 0
and the set supervision limit
(par. 3. 14), see Figure 2.5-
16.
Figure 2.5-16 Reducing torque Free analog

input
supervision limit.
0 Signal range
UD012K60
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2. 20 Motor potentiometer ramp

time
Defines how fast the electronic
motor potentiometer value
changes.
3. 1 Analogue output Content

%
See table on page 2-9.
2 100%
Unfiltered signal
3. 2 Analogue output filter time Filtered signal

63%
See figure 2.5-17.
t [s]
Figure 2.5-17 Analogue output Par. 3. 2

UD009K16
filtering.

Analogue
max. output signal = minimum set value output
current
min. output signal = maximum set value 20 mA
12 mA
Param. 3. 5
= 50%
10 mA
Param. 3. 5
= 100%
4 mA
0 mA
Figure 2.5-18 Analogue output invert. 0 0.5 1.0 UD012K17

Defines the signal minimum to be
either 0 mA or 4 mA (living zero).
See figure 2.5-19.
3. 5 Analogue output scale

Scaling factor for analogue
output. See figure 2.5-19.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Signal Max. value of the signal

Output fre- Max. frequency (p. 1. 2)
quency Analogue
output
Motor speed Max. speed (nnxfmax/fn) = 200% = 100%
20 mA
Output 2 x InFC
current
Motor torque 2 x TnMot
Param. 3. 5
Motor voltage 100% x UnMot = 50%
10 mA
DC-link volt. 1000 V
Par. 3. 4 = 1
4 mA
Par. 3. 4 = 0
0 mA
Max. value of signal
selected by param. 3. 1
2
0 0.5 1.0 UD012K18
3. 6 Digital output function


2 = Run The frequency converter operates (motor is running)
10 = Jogging speed Jogging speed has been selected with digital input
13 = Output frequency supervision 1 The output frequency goes outside of the set supervision
Low limit/ High limit (par. 3. 9 and 3. 10)
15 = Torque limit supervision The motor torque goes outside of the set supervision
16 = Active reference Active reference goes outside of the set supervision
limit supervision Low limit/ High limit (par. 3. 15 and 3. 16)
17 = External brake control External brake ON/OFF control with programmable delay
(par 3. 17 and 3. 18)
18 = Control from I/O terminals External control mode selected with progr. push button #2
19 = Frequency converter Temperature on frequency converter goes outside the set
temperature limit supervision supervision limits (par. 3. 19 and 3. 20)
20 = Unrequested rotation direction Rotation direction of the motor shaft is different from the
requested one
21= External brake control inverted External brake ON/OFF control (par. 3.17 and 3.18),
output active when brake control is OFF
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

3. 9 Output frequency limit 1, supervision function

0 = No supervision
If the output frequency falls below or exceeds the set limit (3. 10, 3. 12) this function
generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via a relay output RO1
or RO2 depending on the settings of parameters 3. 6—3. 8.
2 3. 10
3. 12
Output frequency limit 1, supervision value
Output frequency limit 2, supervision value
The frequency value to be supervised by parameter 3. 9 (3. 11).
See figure 2.5-20.
3. 13 Torque limit , supervision

function
0 = No supervision
f[Hz] Par 3. 9 = 2
If the calculated torque value falls
below or exceeds the set limit Par 3. 10
(3.14) this function generates a
warning message via the digital
output DO1 or via a relay output
RO1 or RO2 depending on the UD012K19 t
settings of parameters 3. 6—3. 8.
Example: 21 RO1 21 RO1 21 RO1
22 RO1 22 RO1 22 RO1
23 RO1 23 RO1 23 RO1
Figure 2.5-20 Output frequency
supervision.
3. 14 Torque limit , supervision value

The calculated torque value to be supervised by parameter 3. 13.
Torque supervision value can be reduced below the setpoint with free analogue
3. 15 Reference limit , supervision function
0 = No supervision
If the reference value falls below or exceeds the set limit (3. 16) this function
or RO2 depending on the settings of parameters 3. 6—3. 8. The supervised
reference is the current active reference. It can be source A or B reference
depening on the DIB6 input or panel reference if panel is the active control source.
3. 16 Reference limit , supervision value
The frequency value to be supervised with the parameter 3. 15.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

3. 17 External brake-off delay

3. 18 External brake-on delay
The function of the external brake can be timed to the start and stop control signals
with these parameters. See figure 2.5-21.
a)
tOFF = Par. 3. 17 tON = Par. 3. 18
External
BRAKE: OFF
ON
Digital or
relay output 2
DIA1: RUN FWD
STOP
DIA2: RUN REV

STOP t
UD012K45
b)
tOFF = Par. 3. 17 tON = Par. 3. 18
External
BRAKE: OFF Digital or
ON relay output
DIA1: START
PULSE
DIA2: STOP
PULSE
t
Figure 2.5-21 Ext. brake control: a) Start/Stop logic selection par 2. 1 = 0, 1 or 2

b) Start/Stop logic selection par 2. 1 = 3.
The brake control signal can be programmed via the digital output DO1 or via
one of the relay outputs RO1 and RO2, see parameters 3. 6—3. 8.
3. 19 Frequency converter temperature limit supervision
0 = No supervision
If temperature of the unit falls below or exceeds the set limit (par. 3. 20) this function
generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 and via a relay output RO1
or RO2 depending on the settings of the parameters 3. 6—3. 8.
3. 20 Frequency converter temperature supervision limit value
The set temperature value to be supervised with parameter 3. 19.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

4. 1 Acc/Dec ramp 1 shape

A smooth start and end of acceleration and deceleration can be programmed with
these parameters.
Setting value 0 gives linear ramp shape which causes acceleration and
deceleration to act immediately to the changes in the reference signal with the time
constant set by the parameter 1. 3 and 1. 4 (4. 3 and 4. 4).

2 4. 1 (4. 2) causes linear
acceleration/deceleration to
[Hz]
adopt an the S-shape. Parameter

1. 3 and 1. 4 (4. 3 and 4. 4)
determines the time constant of
1. 3, 1. 4
acceleration/deceleration in the (4. 3, 4. 4)
middle of the curve.
4. 1 (4. 2)
See figure 2.5-22.
4. 1 (4. 2) [t]
Figure 2.5-22 S-shaped acceleration/
UD009K20
deceleration.
from the set minimum frequency (par. 1. 1) to the set maximum frequency (par. 1.
2). These times give the possibility to set two different acceleration/deceleration
times for one application. The active set can be selected with the programmable
signal DIA3 of this application, see parameter 2. 2. Acceleration/deceleration times
can be reduced with the free analogue input signal, see parameters 2. 18 and 2.
19.
4. 5 Brake chopper
When the frequency converter is decelerating the motor, the inertia from the motor
4. 6 Start function
Ramp:
frequency within the set acceleration time. (Load inertia or starting friction
may cause prolonged acceleration times).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Flying start:
motor is running at. Searching starts from the maximum frequency towards
the actual frequency until the correct value is detected. Thereafter the output
frequency will be accelerated/decelerated to the set reference value
according to the set acceleration/deceleration parameters.
Use this mode if the motor should be coasting when the start command is
given. With the flying start it is possible to ride through short mains voltage
4. 7
interruptions.
Stop function
2
Coasting:
Ramp:
If the regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to use an external
braking resistor for faster deceleration.
Defines the current injected into the motor during DC braking.
The DC braking current can be reduced from the setpoint with an external free
analogue input signal, see parameters 2. 18 and 2. 19.
Defines if braking is ON or OFF and braking time of the DC-brake when the motor
is stopping. The function of the DC-brake depends on the stop function,
>0 DC-brake is in use and its function depends on the Stop function,
(parameter 4. 7), and the time depends on the value of parameter 4. 9:
After the stop command, the motor will coast to a stop without any control
from the frequency converter.
With DC-injection, the motor can be electrically stopped in the shortest
possible time, without using an optional external braking resistor.
braking starts. If the frequency is >nominal frequency of the motor (par.
1.11), setting value of parameter 4.9 determines the braking time. When the
frequency is <10% of the nominal, the braking time is 10% of the set value
of parameter 4.9. See figure 1.5-13.
After the Stop command, the speed of the motor is reduced according to
the set deceleration parameters, as fast as possible, to a speed defined with
the parameter 4. 10 where the DC-braking starts.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

fout fout
fn fn
Output frequency
Motor speed
Output frequency
Motor speed
DC-braking ON 0,1 x fn
DC-braking ON
2 t = 1 x par. 4. 9
t
t = 0,1 x par. 4. 9
t
RUN RUN
UD012K21
STOP STOP
Figure 2.5-23 DC-braking time when par. 4. 7 = 0.

with parameter 4. 9. If high fout
inertia exists it is recom- Motor speed
mended to use an external Output frequency
braking resistor for faster

deceleration.
See Figure 2.5-24.
DC-braking
Par. 4. 10
t = Par. 4. 9
Figure 2.5-24 DC-braking RUN
UD012K23
STOP
time when par. 4. 7 = 1.
4. 10 Execute frequency of DC-

See Figure 2.5-24.
4. 11 DC-brake time at start
>0 The DC-brake is activated
when the start command is
given and this parameter Output
frequency
defines the time before the
brake is released. After the
brake is released the
output frequency increases
according to the set start
function parameter 4. 6
and acceleration t
parameters (1. 3, 4. 1 or 4.
2, 4. 3), see Figure 2.5-25. Par 4. 11

STOP UD012K22
time at start.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

4. 12 Jogging speed reference

Parameter value defines the jogging speed selected with the DIA3 digital input
which can be programmed for Jogging speed. See parameter 2. 2.

5. 3
5. 4 Output
5. 5 frequency [Hz]
5. 6
In some systems it may be neces-
2
sary to avoid certain frequencies
because of mechanical
resonanceproblems. With these
parameters it is possible to set
limits for three "jump over" re- 5. 1 5. 2 frequency
5. 3 5. 4
gions between 0 Hz and 500 Hz. 5. 5 5. 6 reference
The accuracy of the setting is 1.0

Reference [Hz]
Hz. See figure 2.5-6.
UD012K33
Figure 2.5-26 Example of prohibit frequency area

setting.
6. 1 Motor control mode
output frequency (output freq. resolution 0,01 Hz)
Motor noise can be minimized using a high switching frequency. Increasing the
switching frequency reduces the loadability of the frequency converter.
Before changing the frequency from the factory default 10 kHz (3.6 kHz from 30kW
upwards), check the allowed capacity from the curve in Figure 5.2-3 in Chapter
5.2 of the User's manual.
The field weakening point is the output frequency where the output voltage reaches
the set maximum value. Above that frequency the output voltage remains at the
set maximum value.
Below that frequency output voltage depends on the setting of the U/f curve
parameters 1. 8, 1. 9, 6. 5, 6. 6 and 6. 7. See figure 2.5-27.
corresponding values. If different values are required for the field weakening point
and the maximum output voltage, change these parameters after setting the
parameters 1. 10 and 1. 11.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


parameter defines the middle point voltage (% from motor nom. voltage) of the
2 If the programmable U/f curve has been selected with the parameter 1. 8 this
parameter defines the zero frequency voltage (% from motor nom. voltage) of the
U[V]
Un
Par. 6. 6
(Def. 10%)
Default: Nominal
Par. 6. 5 Par. 6. 3
UD012K08
(Def. 5 Hz)
than -15%...+10% and the application will not tolerate this over-/undervoltage. Then
the regulator controls the output frequency according to the supply fluctuations.

0 = No response
1 = Warning
2 = Fault, stop mode after fault according to parameter 4.7
3 = Fault, stop mode after fault always by coasting
A warning or a fault action and message is generated if 4—20 mA reference signal
is used and the signal falls below 4 mA.
The information can also be programmed via digital output DO1 and via relay
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


0 = No response
1 = Warning
A warning or a fault action and message is generated from the external fault signal
in the digital input DIA3.
The information can also be programmed into digital output DO1 and into relay
7. 3 Phase supervision of the motor 2
0 = No action
2 = Fault
Phase supervision of the motor ensures that the motor phases have an approxi-
mately equal current.
0 = No action
2 = Fault message
Earth fault protection ensures that the sum of the motor phase currents is zero.
The overcurrent protection is always working and protects the frequency converter
from earth faults with high currents.
Parameters 7. 5—7. 9 Motor thermal protection

General
Motor thermal protection protects the motor from overheating. The Vacon CX/CXL/CXS drive
is capable of supplying higher than nominal current to the motor. If the load requires this high
current there is a risk that the motor will be thermally overloaded. This is true especially at low
frequencies. With low frequencies the cooling effect of the motor is reduced and the capacity
of the motor is reduced. If the motor is equipped with an external fan the load reduction at low
speeds is small.
Motor thermal protection is based on a calculated With the output current at IT the thermal stage will
model and it uses the output current of the drive reach the nominal value (100%). The thermal
to determine the load on the motor. When the stage changes by the square of the current. With
power of is turned on, the calculated model uses an output current at 75% of IT the thermal stage
the heatsink temperature to determine the initial will reach a 56% value and with output current at
thermal stage for the motor. The calculated model 120% of IT the thermal stage would reach a 144%
assumes that the ambient temperature of the value. The function will trip the device (refer par.
motor is 40°C. 7. 5) if the thermal stage will reach a value of
105%. The speed of change in thermal stage is
Motor thermal protection can be adjusted by determined with the time constant parameter 7.
setting the parameters. The thermal current IT 8. The bigger the motor the longer it takes to reach
specifies the load current above which the motor the final temperature.
is overloaded. This current limit is a function of
the output frequency. The curve for IT is set with The thermal stage of the motor can be monitored
parameters 7. 6, 7. 7 and 7. 9, refer to the figure through the display. Refer to the table for moni-
2.5-28. The parameters have their default values toring items. (User's Manual, table 7.3-1).
set according to the motor name plate data.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

7. 5 Motor thermal protection

Operation:
0 = Not in use
1 = Warning
2 = Trip function
Tripping and warning will display the same message code. If tripping is selected
the drive will stop and activate the fault stage.
Deactivating the protection, setting parameter to 0, will reset the thermal stage of
2 7. 6
the motor to 0%.
Motor thermal protection, break point current
The current can be set between 50.0—150.0% x InMotor.
This parameter sets the value for thermal current at frequencies above the break
point on the thermal current curve. Refer to Figure 2.5-28.
The value is set in percentage which refers to the name plate data of the motor,
parameter 1. 13, nominal current of the motor, not to the drive's nominal output
current.
The motor's nominal current is the current which the motor can withstand in direct
online use without being overheated.
If parameter 1. 13 is adjusted, this parameter is automatically restored to the default
value.
Setting this parameter (or parameter 1. 13) does not affect the maximum output
current of the drive. Parameter 1. 7 alone determines the maximum output current
of the drive.
I
Current
limit
par. 1. 7
Overload area
Par. 7. 6 IT
Par. 7. 7
f
Figure 2.5-28 Motor thermal current Par. 7. 9 UMCH7_91
IT curve.
7. 7 Motor thermal protection, zero frequency current

This parameter sets the value for thermal current at zero frequency. See Figure
2.5-28.
The default value is set assuming that there is no external fan cooling the motor. If
an external fan is used this parameter can be set to 90% (or even higher).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

The value is set as percentage of the motor If you change the parameter 1. 13 this
name plate data, parameter 1. 13, motor's parameter is automatically restored to the
nominal current, not of the drive's nominal default value.
output current. The motor's nominal current Setting this parameter (or parameter 1. 13)
is the current which the motor can withstand does not affect to the maximum output
in direct on-line use without being overcurrent of the drive. Parameter 1. 7 alone
heated. determines the maximum output current of
the drive.
7. 8 Motor thermal protection, time constant
This time can be set between 0.5—300 minutes.
This is the thermal time constant of the motor. The bigger the motor the bigger the
2
time constant. The time constant is the time when the calculated thermal stage has
reached 63% of its final value.
The motor thermal time is specific to the parameter could be set based on the t6 -
motor design and it varies between different time. As a rule of thumb, the motor thermal
motor manufacturers. time constant in minutes equals to 2xt6 (t6
in seconds is the time a motor can safely
The default value for the time constant is operate at six times the rated current). If
calculated basing on the motor name plate the drive is in stop stage the time constant
data given with parameters 1. 12 and 1. 13. is internally increased to three times the set
If either of these parameters is set, then parameter value. The cooling in the stop
this parameter is set to default value. stage is based on convection and the time
constant is increased.
If the motor's t6 -time is known (given by
the motor manufacturer) the time constant
7. 9 Motor thermal protection, break point frequency

Frequency can be set between 10—500 Hz.
This is the break point of thermal current curve. With frequencies above this point
the thermal capacity of the motor is assumed to be constant. Refer to Figure 2.5-
28.
The default value is based on the motor's name plate data, parameter 1. 11. It is
35 Hz for a 50 Hz motor and 42 Hz for a 60 Hz motor. More generally it is 70% of
the frequency at the field weakening point (parameter 6. 3). Changing either
parameter 1. 11 or 6. 3 will restore this parameter to the default value.
Motor temperature
Trip area
105%
Motor
current Trip/warning
par. 7. 5
I/IT
Time constant T*)

Motor temperature Θ = (I/IT)2 x (1-e-t/T) Time
*) Changed with motor size and

adjusted with parameter 7. 8 UMCH7_92
Figure 2.5-29 Calculating motor temperature.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Parameters 7. 10— 7. 13, Stall protection

General
Motor stall protection protects the motor from short time overload situations such as a stalled
shaft. The reaction of stall protection can be set shorter than with motor thermal protection.
The stall state is defined with two parameters, 7.11. Stall Current and 7.13. Stall Frequency.
If the current is higher than the set limit and output frequency is lower than the set limit the
stall state is true. There is actually no real indication of the shaft rotation. Stall protection is a
type of overcurrent protection.
2 Operation:
0 = Not in use
1 = Warning
2 = Trip function
Tripping and warning will display the same message code. If tripping is set on, the
drive will stop and activate the fault stage. Setting the parameter to 0 will deactivate
the protection and will reset the stall time counter to zero.
7. 11 Stall current limit

I
The current can be set between
0.0—200% x InMotor.
In the stall stage the current has
to be above this limit. Refer to Fig-
ure 2.5-30. The value is set in Stall area
percentage of the motor's name
plate data, parameter 1. 13, mo-
tor's nominal current. If parameter
Par. 7. 11
1. 13 is adjusted, this parameter
is automatically restored to the
default value.
f
Par. 7. 13 UMCH7_11
7. 12 Stall time Figure 2.5-30 Setting the stall characteristics.
The time can be set between

2.0—120 s. Stall time counter
This is the maximum allowed time
for a stall stage. There is an inter- Trip area
nal up/down counter to count the Par. 7. 12
stall time. Refer to Figure 2.5-31.
If the stall time counter value goes Trip/warning
par. 7. 10
above this limit the protection will
cause a trip (refer to parameter 7.
10).
7. 13 Maximum stall frequency UMCH7_12
The frequency can be set be- Time

tween 1—fmax (par. 1. 2). In stall
state the output frequency has to Stall
No stall
be smaller than this limit. Refer to
Figure 2.5-30. Figure 2.5-31 Counting the stall time.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
Parameters 7. 14— 7. 17, Underload protection

General
The purpose of motor underload protection is to ensure there is load on the motor whilst the
drive is running. If the motor loses its load there might be a problem in the process, e.g. broken
belt or dry pump.
Motor underload protection can be adjusted by The torque values for setting the underload curve
setting the underload curve with parameters are set in percentage values which refer to the
7. 15 and 7. 16. The underload curve is a squared nominal torque of the motor. The motor's name
curve set between zero frequency and the field plate data, parameter 1. 13, the motor's nominal
weakening point. The protection is not active below
5Hz (the underload counter value is stopped). See
current and the drive's nominal current ICT are used
to find the scaling ratio for the internal torque value. 2
Figure 2.5-32. If other than a standard motor is used with the
drive, the accuracy of the torque calculation is
decreased.
7. 14 Underload protection
Operation:
0 = Not in use
1 = Warning message
2 = Fault message
Tripping and warning will display the same message code. If tripping is set active
Deactivating the protection, by setting parameter to 0, will reset the underload time
counter to zero.
7. 15 Underload protection, field weakening area load
The torque limit can be set be-

Torque
tween 20.0—150 % x TnMotor.
This parameter gives the value for
the minimum allowed torque
Par. 7. 15
when the output frequency is
above the fieldweakening point.
See Figure 2.5-32.
If parameter 1. 13 is adjusted,
this parameter is automatically
restored to the default value. Par. 7. 16
Underload area
f
Figure 2.5-32 Setting of minimum 5 Hz Fieldweakening UMCH7_15
point par. 6. 3
load.
7. 16 Underload protection, zero frequency load

The torque limit can be set between 10.0—150 % x TnMotor.
This parameter gives value for the minimum allowed torque with zero frequency.
See Figure 2.5-32. If parameter 1. 13 is adjusted, this parameter is automatically
restored to the default value.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

7. 17 Underload time
This time can be set between
2.0—600.0 s.
Underload time counter
This is the maximum time allowed
for an underload state. There is
Trip area
an internal up/down counter to
Par. 7. 17
accumulate the underload time.
Refer to Figure 2.5-33. Trip/warning
If the underload counter value par. 7. 14
2 goes above this limit the protec-

tion will cause a trip (See param-
eter 7. 14). If the drive is stopped
the underload counter is reset to UMCH7_17
zero.
Time
Figure 2.5-33 Counting the under- Underl.

No underl.
load time.

The Automatic restart function restarts the frequency converter after the faults
selected with parameters 8. 4—8. 8. The Start function for Automatic restart is
selected with parameter 8. 3. See Figure 2.5-34.
Number of faults
during t = ttrial ttrial
ttrial
4
2 Par. 8. 1 = 3
ttrial = par. 8. 2
1
t

RUN
STOP
trial time set by parameter 8. 2.
The time counting starts from the first autorestart. If the number of restarts does
not exceed the value of the parameter 8.1 during the trial time, the counting is
cleared after the time is elapsed and next fault starts the counting again.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

8. 3 Automatic restart, start function

0 = Start with ramp
8. 4 Automatic restart after undervoltage
0 = No automatic restart after undervoltage fault
1 = Automatic restart after undervoltage fault condition returns to the normal
condition (DC-link voltage returns to the normal level)
8. 5 Automatic restart after overvoltage
0 = No automatic restart after overvoltage fault
2
1 = Automatic restart after overvoltage fault condition returns to the normal
8. 6 Automatic restart after overcurrent
0 = No automatic restart after overcurrent fault
1 = Automatic restart after overcurrent faults
8. 7 Automatic restart after reference fault

0 = No automatic restart after reference fault
1 = Automatic restart after analog current reference signal (4—20 mA)
returns to the normal level (>4 mA)
8. 8 Automatic restart after over-/undertemperature fault
0 = No automatic restart after temperature fault
1 = Automatic restart after heatsink temperature has returned to its normal
level between -10°C—+75°C.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Remarks:
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Multi-step Speed Control Application Page 3-1
MULTI-STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION

(par. 0.1 = 4)
CONTENTS
3 Multi-step Speed Control Appl. ........ 3-1
3.1 General ........................................3-2
3.2 Control I/O ....................................3-2
3.4 Parameters Group 1 .................... 3-4
3.4.1 Parameter table .................. 3-4
3.5.2 Description of Groups. ........ 3-14
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Page 3-2 Multi-step Speed Control Application Vacon
3.1 GENERAL
The Multi-step Speed Control Application can can be programmed from fault reset to
be used in applications where fixed speeds jogging speed select.
are needed. Totally 9 different speeds can be
The basic speed reference can be either
programmed: one basic speed, 7 multi-step
voltage or current signal via analogue input
speeds and one jogging speed. The speed
terminals (2/3 or 4/5). The other one of the
steps are selected with digital signals DIB4,
analogue inputs can be programmed for other
DIB5 and DIB6. If jogging speed is used DIA3
purposes
3.2 CONTROL I/O
Reference

2 Uin+ Input for reference voltage Basic reference (programmable),
range 0—10 V DC
Basic reference 4 Iin+ Input for reference current Basic reference (programmable),
(optional)
3 5 Iin- range 0—20 mA
7 GND Control voltage ground Ground for reference and controls
(Programmable)
(Programmable)
(Programmable) Contact closed = fault reset
14 DIB4 Multi-step speed select 1 sel 1 sel 2 sel 3
0 0 0 basic speed
15 DIB5 Multi-step speed select 2 1 0 0 speed 1
0 1 0 speed 2
16 DIB6 Multi-step speed select 3 --- ---
1 1 1 speed 7
18 Iout+ Analogue output Programmable (par. 3. 1)
READY 19 Iout- Output frequency Range 0—20 mA/RL max. 500 Ω
RUN 22 RO1 RUN
23 RO1
FAULT
220 25 RO2 FAULT
VAC 26 RO2
Figure 3.2-1 Default I/O configuration and connection example of the

Multi-step speed Control Application.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

PARAMETERS
1. 5 Reference select
1. 6 Jogging speed
1. 17 Multi-step speed 1
PROGRAMMABLE
PUSH-BUTTON 2
Uin + Internal
P
frequency
Ext. analogue reference reference
(Basic speed reference)
Iin –
3
DIB4 Multi-step speed selection 1
Internal
DIB5 B fault reset
Multi-step speed selection 2
DIB6 D
Multi-step speed selection 3
>1
DIA3 Jogging speed reference selection (programmable input)
DIA3 Fault reset (programmable input) Internal

P Start/Stop
DIA1 Start forward Programmable
P
Internal
Start/Stop and reverse
DIA2 Start reverse Reverse signal
logic
= control line
Figure 3.3-1 Control signal logic of the Multi-step Speed Control Application.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

1. 2 Maximum frequency fmin-120/500Hz 1 Hz 50 Hz *) 3-5
1. 5 Basic reference 0—1 1 0 0 = Analogue voltage input (term.2) 3-5

selection 1 = Analogue current input (term.4)
1. 6 Jogging speed fmin —fmax 0,1 Hz 5,0 Hz 3-5

reference (1. 1) (1. 2)
1. 7 Current limit 0,1—2,5 xIn CX 0,1A 1,5 x In CX ***Output curr. limit [A] of the unit 3-5

1 = Squared
3 1. 10 Nominal voltage 180—690 V 1V 230 V

Vacon range CX/CXL/CXS2 3-7


1. 13 Nominal current 2,5 x In CX 0,1 A In CX In from the rating plate of 3-7


0 = all parametergroups visible

0 = changes enabled
1 = changes disable
Note! = Parameter value can be changed *) If 1. 2 > motor synchr. speed, check suitability
only when the frequency converter for motor and drive system
is stopped. Selecting 120/500 Hz range see page 3-5.
**) Default value for a four pole motor and a
nominal size frequency converter.
(Continues)
***)Up to M10. Bigger classes case by case
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

1. 17 Multi-step speed fmin—fmax 0,1 Hz 10,0 Hz 3-7

reference 1 (1. 1) (1. 2)

reference 2 (1. 1) (1. 2)

reference 3 (1. 1) (1. 2)

reference 4 (1. 1) (1. 2)

reference 5 (1. 1) (1. 2)

reference 6 (1. 1) (1. 2)

reference 7 (1. 1) (1. 2)
3.4.2 Description of Group 1 parameters 3

The default maximum value for parameters 1. 1 and 1. 2 is 120 Hz. By setting 1. 2
= 120 Hz in the when the device is stopped (RUN indicator not lit) parameters 1. 1
and 1. 2 is changed to 500 Hz. At the same time panel reference resolution is
Changing the max. value from 500 Hz to 120 Hz is done by setting parameter
1. 2 to 119 Hz in the when the device is stopped.
1. 3, 1. 4 Acceleration time 1, deceleration time 1:
These limits correspond to the time required for the output frequency to
accelerate from the set minimum frequency (par. 1. 1) to the set maximum
frequency (par. 1. 2). Acceleration/deceleration times can be reduced with free
analog input signal, see parameters 2. 18 and 2. 19.
0: Analogue voltage reference from terminals 2—3, e.g. a potentiometer
1: Analogue current reference trom terminals 4—5, e.g. a transducer
1. 6 Jogging speed refrence
This parameter value defines the jogging speed selected with the DIA3 digital input
which can be programmed for Jogging speed. See parameter 2. 2.
Parameter value is automatically limited between minimum and maximum frequency
(par 1. 1, 1. 2)
1. 7 Current limit
This parameter determines the maximum motor current what the frequency
converter can give momentarily. Current limit can be set lower with free analogue
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


figure 3.4-1.
Linear U/f ratio should be used in constant torque applications
This default setting should be used if there is no special
demand for another setting.
1 point (par. 6. 3) where the nominal voltage is also supplied to
The motor runs undermagnetised below the field weakening point and
produces less torque and electromechanical noise. Squared U/f ratio
can be used in applications where torque demand of the load is
proportional to the square of the speed, e.g. in centrifugal fans and
pumps.
3 U[V]
Un
Linear
Squared
Default: Nominal
frequency of the
motor f[Hz]
(Par. 6. 3) UD012K07
U/f curve The parameters for programming are explained in Chapter 3.5.2.
2 The programmable U/f curve can be used if the other settings do not
U[V]
Un
Par. 6. 6
(Def. 10%)
Default: Nominal
Par. 6. 5 Par. 6. 3
UD012K08
(Def. 5 Hz)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

torque motor produce enough torque to start and run at low fre-
boost quencies. The voltage increase depends on the motor type and
power. Automatic torque boost can be used in applications where
starting torque due to starting friction is high, e.g. in conveyors.
overheat.
If the motor has to run a prolonged time under these conditions,
! special attention must be paid to cooling the motor. Use external
This parameter sets the Voltage at the field weakening point, parameter
6. 4, to 100% x Unmotor.
This parameter sets the field weakening point, parameter 6. 3, to the
same value.
3
Values are pre-defined for CX/CXL/CXS2, CX/CXL/CXS4, CX/CXL/CXS5 and
CX6 ranges, see table 3.4-1.
0 = all parameter groups are visible
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

1. 17 - 1. 23 Multi-step speed reference 1—7

Parameter values defines the Multi-step speeds selected with the DIA4, DIB5 and
DIB6 digital inputs .
Parameter value is automatically limited between minimum and maximum frequency
(par. 1. 1, 1. 2).
Speed Multi-step speed select 1 Multi-step speed select 2 Multi-step speed select 3
reference DIB4 DIB5 DIB6
Par. 1. 5 0 0 0
Par. 1. 17 1 0 0
Par. 1. 18 0 1 0
Par. 1. 19 1 1 0
Par. 1. 20 0 0 1
Par. 1. 21 1 0 1
3 Par. 1. 22
Par. 1. 23
0
1
1
1
1
Table 3.4-2 Selection of multi-step speed reference 1—7.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


Input signal parameters, Group 2

DIA1 DIA2
selection 1 = Start/Stop Reverse

3 = Run enable
4 = Acc./Dec. time selection
6 = Jogging speed
7 = Fault reset
8 = Acc./Dec. operation prohibit
2. 3 Uin signal range 0—1 1 0 0 = 0 —10 V
3-17 3
2. 4 Uin custom setting min. 0,00-100,00% 0,01% 0,00% 3-17
2. 5 Uin custom setting max. 0,00-100,00% 0,01% 100,00% 3-17
1 = Inverted
2. 7 Uin signal filter time 0,00 —10,0 s 0,01s 0,10 s 0 = No filtering 3-18
1 = 4—20 mA
2. 9 Iin custom setting minim. 0,00-100,00% 0,01% 0,00% 3-19
2. 10 Iin custom setting maxim. 0,00-100,00% 0,01% 100,00% 3-19
1 = Inverted
2. 12 Iin signal filter time 0,01 —10,00s 0,01s 0,10 s 0 = No filtering 3-19
2. 13 Reference scaling 0— 1 Hz 0 Hz Selects the frequency that corres- 3-20
minimum value par. 2. 14 ponds to the min. reference signal
2. 14 Reference scaling 0— 1 Hz 0 Hz Selects the frequency that corres- 3-20
maximum value fmax ponds to the max. reference signal
(1. 2) 0 = Scaling off
2. 15 Free analogue input, 0—2 1 0 0 = Not use 3-20
function 1 = Reduces current limit (par. 1.7)
(Continues)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

3 = O/P current (0—2.0 x InCT)
6 = Motor voltage (0—100%xUnMot)
7 = DC-link volt. (0—1000 V)
3. 2 Analogue output filter time 0,00—10,00 s 0,01 s 1,00 s 3-22
3. 3 Analogue output 0—1 1 0 0 = Not inverted 3-22
inversion 1 = Inverted
3. 4 Analogue output 0—1 1 0 0 = 0 mA 3-22
minimum 1 = 4 mA
1 = Ready
2 = Run
3 3 = Fault
4 = Fault inverted
8 = Warning
9 = Reversed
11 = At speed
18 = Control from I/O-terminals
19 = Frequency converter tempera-
ture limit supervision
3. 7 Relay output 1 0—21 1 2 As parameter 3. 6 3-23
function
function
2 = High limit
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


2 = High limit
3. 12 Output freq. limit 2 0,0—fmax 0.1 Hz 0,0 Hz 3-23
3. 13 Torque limit 0—2 1 0 0 = No 3-24
2 = High limit
3. 14 Torque limit 0,0—200,0 % 0,1% 100,0% 3-24
supervision value xTnCX
3. 15 Reference limit 0—2 1 0 0 = No 3-24
2 = High limit
3. 16 Reference limit 0,0—fmax 0,1 Hz 0,0 Hz 3-24
3. 17 Extern. brake Off-delay 0,0—100,0 s 0,1 s 0,5 s 3-24
3. 18 Extern. brake On-delay 0,0—100,0 s 0,1 s 1,5 s 3-24
3. 19 Frequency converter 0—2 1 0 0 = No 3-25
3
supervision 2 = High limit
3. 20 Frequency converter -10—+75°C 1 40°C 3-25
temperature limit value
analog output function
3. 22 I/O-expander board (opt.) 0,00—10,00 s 0,01 s 1,00 s See parameter 3. 2 3-22
analog output filter time
analog output inversion
analog output minimum
analog output scale

4. 3 Acceleration time 2 0,1—3000,0s 0,1 s 10,0 s 3-25
4. 4 Deceleration time 2 0,1—3000,0s 0,1 s 10,0 s 3-25
1 = Flying start
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


1 = Ramp
4. 8 DC-braking current 0,15—1,5 x 0,1 A 0,5 x InCT 3-26
InCT (A)
4. 9 DC-braking time at Stop 0,00-250,00s 0,01 s 0,00 s 0 = DC-brake is off at Stop 3-26
4. 11 DC-brake time at Start 0,00—25,00 s 0,01 s 0,00 s 0 = DC-brake is off at Start 3-28

3 5. 4
range 2 low limit
Prohibit frequency
par. 5. 4
fmin—fmax 0,1 Hz 0,0 Hz 0 = Prohibit range 2 is off 3-28
5. 6 Prohibit frequency fmin—fmax 0,1 Hz 0,0 Hz 0 = Prohibit range 3 is of 3-28

point 1. 11
6. 4 Voltage at field 15—200% 1% 100% 3-29
6. 5 U/f curve, midpoint 0,0—fmax 0,1 Hz 0,0 Hz 3-29
frequency
6. 6 U/F-curve, midpoint 0,00—100,00% 0,01% 0,00% Parameter maximum value = 3-29
voltage x Unmot param. 6.4
6. 7 Output voltage at 0,00—40,00% 0,01% 0,00% 3-29
6. 8 Overvoltage controller 0—1 1 1 0 = Controller is turned off 3-30
6. 9 Undervoltage controller 0—1 1 1 0 = Controller is turned off 3-30
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


par. 4.7
par. 4.7
the motor 2 = Fault
2 = Fault
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
7. 6 Motor thermal protection 50,0—150,0 % 1,0 % 100,0% 3-32
7. 7
break point current
Motor thermal protection
x InMOTOR
5,0—150,0% 1,0 % 45,0% 3-32
3
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
x InMOTOR
7. 12 Stall time 2,0—120,0 s 1,0 s 15,0 s 3-34

1 = Warning
2 = Fault
7. 15 Underload prot., field 10,0—150,0 % 1,0% 50,0% 3-35
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


8. 1 Automatic restart: 0—10 1 0 0 = not in use 3-36
number of tries
trial time
undervoltage trip 1 = Yes
overvoltage trip 1 = Yes
overcurrent trip 1 = Yes
reference fault trip 1 = Yes
fault trip
3 Table 3.5-1 Special parameters, Groups 2—8.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


See figure 3.5-1.

= coasting
REV
DIA1
DIA2
1 2
UD009K09
3
3

3 If Start forward (DIA1) and start reverse (DIA2) signals are active
simultaneously, the start forward signal (DIA1) has priority.
See figure 3.5-2.

frequency (par 4. 7
= coasting
REV
DIA1
UD012K10
DIA2
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


See figure 3.5-3.

REV
DIA1
Start
min 50 ms
3 DIA2
Stop
UD009K11
2. 2 DIA3 function
the input is active
6: Jogging sp. contact closed = Jogging speed selected for freq. refer.
contact closed = Stops acceleration or deceleration until
contact closed = In Stop mode, the DC-braking operates
until the contact is opened, see figure 3.5-4.
DC-brake current is set with parameter 4. 8.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Output
frequency
Param. 4. 10
DIA3
RUN
UD009K32
STOP
3
t
DIA3
UD009K32
Figure 3.5-4 DIA3 as DC-brake command input: a) Stop mode = Ramp,

b) Stop mode = Coasting.

0 = Signal range 0—10 V
maximum (par. 2. 5)

2. 5 These parameters set U in for any input signal span within 0—10 V.
Note! The parameter values can only be set with this procedure (not with the Browser
buttons).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


Output
U in is source B frequency frequency
Parameter 2. 6 = 0, no inversion Par. 2. 17
of analogue Uin signal. par. 2. 3 = 0
Uin = 0 10 V
par. 2. 3 = 1
Uin = custom
Par. 2. 16
Uin
(term. 2)
0 Par. 2. 4 Par. 2. 5 10 V
UD012K27
Figure 3.5-5 Uin no signal inversion.
of analogue Uin signal
Output
3 max. Uin signal = minimum set speed

min. Uin signal = maximum set speed
frequency
Par. 2. 17
Par. 2. 3 = 0
Uin = 0 10 V
par. 2. 3 = 1
Uin = custom
Par. 2. 16
U in
(termin. 2)
0 Par. 2. 4 Par. 2. 5 10 V
UD012K26
Fugure 3.5-6 Uin signal inversion.

incoming analogue Uin signal. %
Long filtering time makes regula- Unfiltered signal
100%
See figure 3.5-7.
Filtered signal
63%
t [s]
Par. 2. 7
UD009K15
Figure 3.5-7 Uin signal filtering.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2. 8 Analogue input Iin signal range

0 = 0—20 mA Output
1 = 4—20 mA frequency

Par. 2. 14
See figure 3.5-8. par. 2. 8 = 2
Iin = custom
Par. 2. 8 = 0
2. 9 Analogue input Iin custom Iin = 0—20 mA
With these parameters you can Par. 2. 8 = 1
Par. 2. 13 Iin = 4—20 mA
scale the input current to Iin
(term. 3,4)
correspond to set min. and
0 4 mA 20 mA
max. frequency range, see Par. 2. 9 Par. 2. 10
UD012K28
figure 3.5-8.
Minimum setting: Figure 3.5-8 Analogue input Iin scaling.
level, select parameter 2. 9, Output
press the Enter button frequency
Maximum setting:
Set the Iin signal to its maximun Par. 2. 14
par. 2. 8 = 2
3
level, select parameter 2. 10, Iin = custom
press the Enter button par. 2. 8 = 1

Iin = 4—20 mA
Note!The parameter values can

only be set with this procedure par. 2. 8 = 0
Iin = 0—20 mA
(not with the Browser buttons). Par. 2. 13
Uin
(term. 3,4)
0 4 mA 20 mA
2. 11 Analog input Iin inversion Par. 2. 9 Par. 2. 10
UD012K29
Iin is place A frequency reference,

par. 1. 5 = 0 (default)
Figure 3.5-9 Iin signal inversion.
of Iin input
Parameter 2. 11 = 1, inversion %
of Iin input, see figure 3.5-9. Unfiltered signal
max. I in signal = minimum set speed
100%
min. I in signal = maximum set speed
2. 12 Analogue input Iin filter time Filtered signal

63%
incoming analogue Iin signal. Long
filtering time makes regulation
response slower. See figure 3.5-
10. t [s]
Par. 2. 12
UD009K30
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2. 13, 2. 14 Reference scaling, minimum value/maximum value
Makes the scaling of the basic reference.

Setting limits: par. 1. 1 <par. 2. 13<par. 2. 14 <par. 1. 2.
If par. 2. 14 = 0 scaling is set off. See figures 3.5-11 and 3.5-12.
Output
Output frequency
frequency
Max freq. par 1. 2
Max freq. par 1. 2
par. 2. 5
par. 2. 4
Analogue Analogue
0 10 UD012K12 0 10 UD012K13
3 Figure 3.5-11 Reference scaling. Figure 3.5-12 Reference scaling,

par. 2. 14 = 0.
Selection of input signal of a free analogue input (an input not used for reference
signal):
0 = Not in use

function
Use this parameter to select a
function for a free analogue input
signal: Torque limit
0 = Function is not used 100%

Par. 1. 7
1 = Reducing motor current limit

(par. 1. 7)

between 0 and with
Analogue
parameter 1. 7 set max. input
Signal range 10 V
limit. See figure 3.5-13. 0V
0 mA 20 mA UD012K61
4 mA 20 mA
Custom Custom
Figure 3.5-13 Reducing of max.

motor current.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2 Reducing DC brake current.

DC-braking
current
DC braking current can be 100%

reduced with the free Par. 4. 8
analogue input signal

between current 0.15 x I nCT
and current set by the
parameter 4. 8. See Figure
3.5-14.
0,15 x InFU Free analogue
input
0 Signal range UD012K58
Figure 2.5-14 Reducing DC brake

current.

deceleration times. Factor R
10
Acceleration and decelera-
tion times can be reduced
3
with the free analogue input
signal according to the fol-
lowing formulas:
time (par. 1. 3, 1. 4; 4. 3, 4. 4) 2
divided by the factor R from the
1 Free analogue
figure 3.5-15. input
Signal range
UD012K59
Figure 3.5-15 Reducing acceleration

and deceleration times.

limit. Torque limit
100%
Set supervision limit can be Par. 3. 14
reduced with the free ana-

logue input signal between 0
and set supervision limit
(par. 3. 14), see figure 3.5-16.
Figure 3.5-16 Reducing torque Free analogue

input
supervision limit. 0 Signal range
UD012K60

See table on page 3-10.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

%
Unfiltered signal
100%
3. 2 Analogue output filter time
Filters the analogue output signal. Filtered signal
See figure 3.5-17. 63%
t [s]
Par. 3. 2
Figure 3.5-17 Analogue output UD009K16
filtering.

Analogue
max. output signal = minimum set output
current
value
3 min. output signal = maximum set
value
20 mA
12 mA
Param. 3. 5
= 50%
10 mA
Param. 3. 5
= 100%
4 mA
0 mA
0 0.5 1.0 UD012K17

Scaling factor for analogue out-
put. See figure 3.5-19.
Analogue
Signal Max. value of the signal output
= 200% = 100%
Output fre- Max. frequency (p. 1. 2) 20 mA
quency
Output 2 x InCT
current
12 mA
Motor speed Max. speed (nnxfmax/fn) Param. 3. 5
= 50%
Motor torque 2 x TnMot 10 mA
Motor power 2 x PnMot

Par. 3. 4 = 1
Motor voltage 100% x UnMot 4 mA
DC-link volt. 1000 V Max. value of signal
Par. 3. 4 = 0 selected by param. 3. 1
0 mA
0 0.5 1.0 UD012K18
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205



10 = Jogging speed selected The jogging speed has been selected with digital input
3
14= Output frequency supervision 2 The output frequency goes outside of the set supervision
15= Torque limit supervision The motor torque goes outside of the set supervision
16= Active reference Active reference goes outside of the set supervision
(par 3. 17 and 3. 18)
18 = Control from I/O terminals External control mode selected with progr. push-button #2
requested one
21= External brake control inverted External brake ON/OFF control (par 3.17 and 3.18),

0 = No supervision
If the output frequency falls below/exceeds the set limit (3. 10, 3. 12) this function
generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 and via a relay output
RO1 or RO2 depending on the settings of parameters 3. 6—3. 8.
3. 10 Output frequency limit 1, supervision value
See figure 3.5-20.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

3. 13 Torque limit , supervision function

0 = No supervision
Par. 3.9 = 2
1 = Low limit supervision f[Hz]
Par 3. 10
below or exceeds the set limit (3.
14) this function generates a
t
output DO1 or via a relay output UD009K19
RO1 or RO2 depending on the Example: 21 RO1 21 RO1 21 RO1

settings of parameters 3. 6—3. 8. 22 RO1 22 RO1 22 RO1
23 RO1 23 RO1 23 RO1
supervision.

The calculated torque value to be supervised by parameter 3. 13.
Torque supervision value can be reduced below the setpoint with external free
analogue input signal, see parameters 2. 18 and 2. 19.
3 3. 15 Reference limit , supervision function
0 = No supervision
reference is the current active reference. It can be place A or B reference depening
on DIB6 input or panel reference if the panel is the active control source.
The frequency value to be supervised by parameter 3.15.
The function of the external brake a)
can be timed to the start and stop tOFF = Par. 3. 17 tON = Par. 3. 18
External
control signals with these BRAKE: OFF Digital or
parameters. See figure 3.5-21. ON relay output
DIA1: RUN FWD

The brake control signal can be STOP
programmed via the digital output DIA2: RUN REV

STOP t
DO1 or via one of the relay
outputs RO1 and RO2, see UD012K45
parameters 3. 6—3. 8. b)
tOFF = Par. 3. 17 tON = Par. 3. 18
External
Figure 3.5-21 External brake control: ON relay output
a) Start/Stop logic selection

DIA1: START
par. 2. 1 = 0, 1 or 2 PULSE
b) Start/Stop logic selection DIA2: STOP

par. 2. 1 = 3. PULSE
t
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


0 = No supervision
If the temperature of the frequency converter unit falls below or exceeds the set
limit (3. 20) this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1
and via a relay output RO1 or RO2 depending on the settings of parameters 3. 6—
3. 8.
3. 20 Frequency converter temperature limit value
The temperature value to be supervised by parameter 3. 19.

The smooth start and end of acceleration and deceleration can be programmed with
these parameters. Setting value 0 gives linear ramp shape which causes
acceleration and deceleration to act immediately to the changes in the reference
signal with the time constant set by parameter 1. 3 and 1. 4 (4. 3 and 4. 4).
Setting value 0.1—10 seconds for 3

4. 1 (4. 2) causes linear [Hz]
acceleration/deceleration to adopt
an S-shape. Parameter 1. 3 and
1. 4 (4. 3 and 4. 4) determines
the time constant of acceleration/
deceleration in the middle of the 1. 3, 1. 4
(4. 3, 4. 4)
4. 1 (4. 2)
Figure 3.5-22 S-shaped acceleration/

4. 1 (4. 2) [t]
deceleration.
UD009K20
deceleration times for one application. The active set can be selected with the
Acceleration/deceleration times can be reduced with external free analogue input
signal, see parameters 2. 18 and 2. 19.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

4. 5 Brake chopper
converter to decelerate the load with the torque equal to that of acceleration if the
4. 6 Start function
Ramp:
frequency within the set acceleration time. (Load inertia or starting friction may
cause prolonged acceleration times).
Flying start:
torque to motor and searching for frequency corresponding to the speed
3 the motor is running. Searching starts from the maximum frequency towards
the actual frequency until the correct value is detected. Thereafter the
output frequency will be increased/decreased to the set reference value
according to the set acceleration/deceleration parameters.
interruptions.
4. 7 Stop function
Coasting:
Ramp:
The DC braking current can be reduced with an external free analogue input signal,
see parameters 2. 18 and 2. 19.
is stopping. The function of the DC-brake depends on the stop function, parameter
4. 7. See figure 3.5-23.
(param. 4. 7), and the braking time depends on the value of parameter 4. 9:
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Stop function = 0 (coasting):

setting value of parameter 4.9 determines the braking time. When the
of parameter 4.9.
Stop function = 1 (ramp):
After the stop command, the speed of the motor is reduced according to
parameter 4. 10 where the DC-braking starts.
fout fout
fn
Output frequency
fn
3
Motor speed
Output frequency
Motor speed
DC-braking ON 0,1x fn
DC-braking ON
t t
t = 1 x par. 4. 9 t = 0.1 x par. 4. 9
RUN RUN UD009K21

STOP STOP

with parameter 4. 9.
fout
If high inertia exists it is
Motor speed
Output frequency
faster deceleration. See
figure 3.5-24.
DC-braking
Param. 4. 10
t = param. 4. 9
Figure 3.5-24 DC-braking
time when stop function = RUN
STOP UD009K23
ramp.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

4. 10 Execute frequency of DC-

See figure 3.5-24.
>0 DC-brake is actived when
Output
the start command is given frequency
and this parameter defines
the time before the brake is
released. After the brake is
released output frequency
increases according to the
set start function parameter
4. 6 and acceleration t
parameters (1.3, 4.1 or 4.2,
Par 4. 11
4.3), see figure 3.5-25.
RUN
Figure 3.5-25 DC-braking time at STOP UD009K22
3 start.

5. 3
5. 4 Output
5. 5 frequency [Hz]
5. 6
because of mechanical reso-
nance problems.
With these parameters it is 5. 1 5. 2
possible to set limits for three "skip 5. 3 5. 4
5. 5 5. 6
frequency" regions between 0 Hz
and 500 Hz. The accuracy of the Reference [Hz]
setting is 1.0 Hz. See figure 3.5- UD012K33
26.
frequency area setting.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


output frequency (output freq. resolution 0.01 Hz)
motor speed (regulation accuracy ± 0,5%).
switching frequency reduces the capacity of the frequency converter unit.
Before changing the frequency from the factory default 10 kHz (3.6 kHz from 30
kW upwards), check the allowed capacity from the curve in figure 5.2-3 in Chapter
5.2 of the User's manual.
Field weakening point is the output frequency where the output voltage reaches
the maximum value. Above that frequency the output voltage remains at the
maximum value.
Below that frequency output voltage depends on the setting of the U/f curve
3
corresponding values. If different values for the field weakening point and
the maximum output voltage are required, change these parameters after setting
the parameters 1. 10 and 1. 11.
parameter defines the middle point voltage (% of motor nom. voltage) of the curve.
See figure 3.5-27.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

U[V]
Un
Par 6. 4
Par. 6. 6
(Olet. 10%)
Par. 6. 7
(Olet. 1.3%)
Par. 6. 5 Par. 6. 3 f[Hz]
3 6. 9 Undervoltage controller
than -15%—+10% and the application will not tolerate this over-/undervoltage. Then
the regulator controls output frequency according to the supply fluctuations.
0 = No response
1 = Warning
A warning or a fault action and message is generated if a 4—20 mA reference sig-
nal is used and the signal falls below 4 mA. The information can also be program-
med via digital output DO1 and via relay outputs RO1 and RO2.
0 = No response
1 = Warning
A warning or a fault action and message is generated from the external fault sig-
nal in the digital input DIA3. The information can also be programmed into digital
output DO1 and into relay outputs RO1 and RO2.
0 = No action
2 = Fault
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


0 = No action
2 = Fault

General
Motor thermal protection is to protect the motor from overheating. Vacon CX/CXL/CXS drive
current there is a risk that motor will be thermally overloaded. This is true especially at low
of the motor is reduced. If the motor is equipped with an external fan the load reduction on
low speeds is small.
Motor thermal protection is based on a calculated

model and it uses the output current of the drive
With the output current at IT the thermal stage will
reach the nominal value (100%). The thermal
3
power is turned on, the calculated model uses the the output current at 75% of IT the thermal stage
heatsink temperature to determine the initial will reach a 56% value and with the output current
thermal stage for the motor. The calculated model at 120% of IT the thermal stage would reach 144%
assumes that the ambient temperature of the value. The function will trip the device (refer par.
motor is 40°C. 7. 5) if the thermal stage will reach a value of
parameters 7. 6, 7. 7 and 7. 9, refer to the figure through the display. Refer to the table for monitor-
3.5-28. The parameters have their default values ing items. (User's Manual, table 7.3-1).
set according to the motor name plate data.

Operation:
0 = Not in use
1 = Warning
2 = Trip function
the motor to 0%.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

7. 6 Motor thermal protection, break point current

point on the thermal current curve. Refer to Figure 3.5-28.
The value is set in percentage value which refers to the name plate data of the
motor, parameter 1. 13, nominal current of the motor, not to the drive's nominal
output current.
on-line use without being overheated.
value.
of the drive.
3 Current
limit
par. 1. 7
Overload area
Par. 7. 6 IT
Par. 7. 7
f
IT curve.

This parameter sets the value for thermal current at zero frequency. See Figure
3.5-28.
The value is set in percentage of the motor parameter is automatically restored to the
name plate data, parameter 1. 13, motor's default value.
nominal current, not the drive's nominal
Setting this parameter (or parameter 1. 13)
output current. Motor's nominal current is
does not affect the maximum output current
the current which the motor can stand in
of the drive. Parameter 1. 7 alone
direct on-line use without being overheated.
determines the maximum output current of
If you change the parameter 1. 13 this the drive.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


The motor thermal time is specific to the If the motor's t6 -time is known (given by the
motor design and it varies between different motor manufacturer) the time constant
motor manufacturers. parameter could be set based on t6 -time.
As a rule of thumb, the motor thermal time
The default value for the time constant is constant in minutes equals to 2xt6 (t6 in
calculated basing on the motor name plate seconds is the time a motor can safely
data given with parameters 1. 12 and 1. 13. operate at six times the rated current). If
If either of these parameters is set, then this the drive is in stop stage the time constant
parameter is set to default value. is internally increased to three times the set
parameter value. The cooling in the stop
stage is based on convection and the time

The frequency can be set between 10—500 Hz. This is the break point of thermal
current curve. With frequencies above this point, the thermal capacity of the motor 3
is assumed to be constant. Refer to Figure 3.5-28.
35 Hz for a 50 Hz motor and 42 Hz for a 60 Hz motor. More generally, it is 70% of
parameter 1. 11 or 6. 3 will restore this parameter to its default value.
Motor temperature
Trip area
105%
Motor
par. 7. 5
I/IT
Time constant T*)


Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


General
Motor stall protection protects the motor from short time overload situations such as a stalled
shaft. The reaction time of stall protection can be set shorter than that of motor thermal pro-
tection. The stall state is defined with two parameters, 7.11. Stall Current and 7.13. Stall Fre-
quency. If the current is higher than the set limit and output frequency is lower than the set
limit the stall state is true. There is actually no real indication of the shaft rotation. Stall pro-
tection is a type of overcurrent protection.
Operation:
0 = Not in use
1 = Warning
2 = Trip function
3 The current can be set between
I

to be above this limit. See Figure
3.5-30. The value is set as a Stall area
percentage value of the motor's
name plate data, parameter 1. 13,
motor's nominal current. If the Par. 7. 11
parameter 1. 13 is adjusted, this
parameter is automatically
restored to the default value. f
Par. 7. 13 UMCH7_11
7. 12 Stall time
The time can be set between 2.0— Figure 3.5-30 Setting the stall characteristics.
120 s.
This is the maximum allowed time Stall time counter
for a stall stage. There is an
internal up/down counter to count
Trip area
the stall time. See Figure 3.5-31.
Par. 7. 12
If the stall time counter value goes
above this limit the protection will Trip/warning
cause a trip (see parameter 7. 10). par. 7. 10
7. 13 Maximum stall frequency

The frequency can be set between UMCH7_12
1—fmax (par. 1. 2). Time

In the stall state, the output fre-
quency has to be smaller than this Stall
No stall
limit. Refer to Figure 3.5-30.
Figure 3.5-31 Counting the stall time.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


General
The purpose of motor underload protection is to ensure that there is load on the motor whilst
the drive is running. If the motor loses its load there might be a problem in the process, e.g.
broken belt or dry pump.
setting the underload curve with parameters are set with percentage values which refer to the
weakening point. The protection is not active below current and drive's nominal current ICT are used
5Hz (the underload counter value is stopped). to find the scaling ratio for the internal torque value.
Refer to the figure 3.5-32. If other than a standard motor is used with the
drive, the accuracy of the torque calculation is
decreased.
Operation:
0 = Not in use
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
3
counter to zero.
The torque limit can be set Torque

between 20.0—150 % x TnMotor.
the minimum allowed torque
Par. 7. 15
when the output frequency is
above the fieldweakening point.
Refer to the figure 3.5-32. If pa-
rameter 1. 13 is adjusted, this
parameter is automatically re-
stored to the default value. Par. 7. 16
Underload area
f
point par. 6. 3
load.

This parameter gives a value to the minimum allowed torque with zero frequency.
See Figure 3.5-32. If parameter 1. 13 is adjusted this parameter is automatically
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

This time can be set between 2.0—
600.0 s.
This is the maximum allowed time
for an underload state. There is
Trip area
an internal up/down counter to
Par. 7. 17
accumulate the underload time.
Refer to the figure 3.5-33. Trip/warning
If the underload counter value par. 7. 14
goes above this limit the protec-

tion will cause a trip (See param-
eter 7. 14). If the drive is stopped
the underload counter is reset to UMCH7_17
zero.
Time
Figure 3.5-33 Counting the under- Underl.

No underl.
load time.
3 8. 1 Automatic restart: number of tries

selected with parameters 8. 4 - 8. 8. The Start function for Automatic restart is
selected with parameter 8. 3. See figure 3.5-34.
Number of faults
during t = ttrial
ttrial ttrial
4
2 Par. 8. 1 = 3
ttrial = Par. 8. 2
1
t

RUN UD012K25
STOP
not exceed the value of the parameter 8. 1 during the trial time, the counting is
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


0 = Start with ramp
8. 4 Automatic restart after undervoltage trip
0 = No automatic restart after undervoltage fault
1 = Automatic restart after undervoltage fault condition returns to the
normal condition (DC-link voltage returns to the normal level)
8. 5 Automatic restart after overvoltage trip
0 = No automatic restart after overvoltage fault
1 = Automatic restart after overvoltage fault condition returns to the
normal condition (DC-link voltage returns to the normal level)
8. 6 Automatic restart after overcurrent trip
0 = No automatic restart after overcurrent fault
8. 7 Automatic restart after reference fault trip
0 = No automatic restart after reference fault
3
8. 8 Automatic restart after over-/undertemperature fault trip
0 = No automatic restart after temperature fault
1 = Automatic restart after the heatsink temperature has returned to its
normal level between -10°C—+75°C.
Remarks:
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Remarks:
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon PI-control Application Page 4-1
PI-CONTROL APPLICATION
(par. 0.1 = 5)
CONTENTS
4 PI-control Application .......................4-1
4.1 General ........................................4-2
4.2 Control I/O ....................................4-2
4.4 Parameters Group 1 ....................4-4
4.4.1 Parameter table ..................4-4
4.5.2 Description of Groups. ........ 4-15
4.6 Panel reference ............................ 4-36
4.7 Monitoring data. ............................ 4-36
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Page 4-2 PI-control Application Vacon
4.1 General
In the PI-control application there are two I/O- can be selected from analogue inputs or from
terminal control sources. Source A is the PI- mathematical functions of the analogue in-
controller and source B is the direct frequency puts.
reference. The control source is selected with
The direct frequency reference can be used
DIB6 input.
for the control without PI-controller. The
The PI-controller reference can be selected frequency reference can be selcted from
from analogue inputs, motorised potentiom- analogue inputs and panel reference.
eter and panel reference. The actual value
4.2 Control I/O CMB inputs.
PI-controller
reference value Terminal Signal Description

2 Uin+ Analogue input, PI-controller reference value
2-wire
transmitter 3 GND I/O ground Ground for reference and controls
Actual - 4 Iin+ Analogue input, PI-controller actual value
value
I
+ 5 Iin- current (programmable) range 0—20 mA
(0)4..20mA
8 DIA1 Start/Stop Contact open = stop
Source A (PI-controller) Contact closed = start
9 DIA2 External fault Contact open = no fault
(programmable) Contact closed = fault
4 12
13
+24V
GND
Control voltage output
I/O ground
Voltage for switches, (same as #6)
Ground for reference and controls
14 DIB4 Start/Stop Contact open = stop
Source B (Direct freq. ref.) Contact closed = start
15 DIB5 Jogging speed select Contact open = no action
(programmable) Contact closed = jogging speed
RUN 22 RO1 RUN
23 RO1
FAULT
220 25 RO2 FAULT
VAC 26 RO2

PI-Control Application with 2-wire transmitter.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


The logic of I/O-control signals and push button signals from the panel is presented In the figure
4.3-1.
PARAMETERS
2. 26 Source B ref. select.
2. 15 Source A ref. select.
4. 12 Jogging speed ref.
Uin+
Reference, PROGRAMMABLE
Source B PUSH-BUTTON 2
Iin– Reference,
Source A Internal
Actual value P
frequency
PI-controller reference
selection:
Uin
Iin
Uin + Iin P
Uin - Iin
Iin x Uin I
Iin - Uin
DIA2 Up
Motorised Actual
potentio- value
DIA3 Down meter
reference
DIB5 Jogging speed selection

(Programmable)
DIB6 Source A/B selection
Internal
fault reset 4
DIA3 Ext. fault reset >1
P
(Programmable)
DIB4 Start/Stop, source B
Internal
DIA1 Start/Stop, source A Start/Stop
DIA2 External fault

(Programmable)
= control line
Figure 4.3-1 Control signal logic of the PI- Control Application.

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


4.4.1 Parameter table, Group 1
1. 5 PI-controller gain 1—1000% 1% 100% 4-5
1. 6 PI-controller I-time 0,00—320,00 s 0,01s 10,00 s 0 = no I-part in use 4-5
1. 7 Current limit 0,1—2,5 x InCT 0,1 A 1,5 x InCT ***Output curr. limit [A] of the unit 4-5

1 = Squared



4 1. 13 Nominal current
of the motor
2,5 x InCT 0,1 A InCT In from the rating plate of
the motor
4-7

0 = All parametergroups visible

0 = Changes enabled
only when the frequency converter for motor and drive system.
is stopped. Selecting 120 Hz/500 Hz range see page 4-5.
***) Up to M10. Bigger classes case by case.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


= 120 Hz when the device is stopped (RUN indicator not lit) the values of
parameters 1. 1 and 1. 2 are changed to 500 Hz. Same time panel reference
resolution is changed from 0.01 Hz to 0.1 Hz.
Changing the max. value from 500 Hz to 120 Hz happens by setting parameter 1.2
= 119 Hz when the device is stopped.
accelerate from the set minimum frequency (par. 1. 1) to the set maximum frequency
(par. 1. 2).
1. 5 PI-controller gain
This parameter defines the gain of the PI-controller.
If this parameter is set to 100%, a 10% change in error value causes a controller
output change by 1.0 Hz.
If the parameter value is set to 0 the PI-controller operates as I-controller.
1. 6 PI-controller I-time
Defines the integration time of the PI-controller
1. 7 Current limit
1. 8 U/f ratio selection 4
figure 4.4-2.
setting.
1 point (par. 6. 3) where the nominal voltage is also supplied to the motor.
See figure 4.4-2.
and produces less torque and electromechanical noise. Squared U/f
ratio can be used in applications where torque demand of the load is
pumps.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

U[V]
Un
Linear
Squared
Squared
Default: Nominal
frequency of the
motor f[Hz]
(Par. 6. 3) UD012K07
U/f curve The parameters for programming are explained in Chapter 4.5.2
satisfy the needs of the application. See figure 4.4-3 .
U[V]
Un
4 Par. 6. 6
(Def. 10%)
Default: Nominal
Par. 6. 5 Par. 6. 3
UD012K08
(Def. 5 Hz)
torque motor produce enough torque to start and run at low frequencies.
overheat.
special attention must be paid to cooling the motor. Use external
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


100% x Unmotor.
0 = parameter value changes enabled 4
To further adjust the functions of the PI-Control application, see Chapter 4.5 for how to set up
parameters of Groups 2—8.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205



3 = Run enable
4 = Acceler./deceler. time selection
5 = Reverse
6 = Jogging speed
7 = Fault reset
8 = Acc./dec. operation prohibit
10 = Motor pot. UP
3 = Run enable
5 = Reverse
6 = Jogging speed
7 = Fault reset
4 2. 6
2. 7
Uin signal inversion
Uin signal filter time

0—1 1
0,00 —10,00 s 0,01 s

0
0,10 s
0 = Not inverted
1 = Inverted
0 = No filtering
4-16
4-17
1 = 4—20 mA
1 = Inverted
2. 12 Iin signal filter time 0,01 —10,00 s 0,01s 0,10 s 0 = No filtering 4-18
2. 13 DIB5 function 0—9 1 6 0 = Not used 4-18
3 = Run enable
5 = Reverse
6 = Jogging speed
7 = Fault reset
Note! = Parameter value can be changed only when the frequency converter is stopped
(Continues)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


2. 15 PI-controller reference 0—4 1 0 0 = Analogue voltage input (term. 2) 419
signal (source A) 1 = Analogue current input (term. 4)
2= Set reference from the panel
(reference r2)
STO P
reset if Vacon unit is stopped
2. 16 PI-controller actual 0—3 1 0 0 = Actual value1 4-19
value selection 1 = Actual 1 + Actual 2
STO P 2 = Actual 1 - Actual 2
3 = Actual 1 * Actual 2
2. 17 Actual value 1 input 0—2 1 2 0 = No 4-19
STO P
1 = Voltage input
2 = Current input
1 = Voltage input
STO P
2 = Current input
2. 19 Actual value 1 -320.00%— 0,01% 0,00% 0 % = No minimum scaling 4-19
min scale +320.00%
2. 20 Actual value 1 -320.00%— 0,01% 100,0% 100 % = No maximum scaling 4-19
max scale +320.00%
2. 21 Actual value 2 -320.00%— 0,01% 0,00% 0 % = No minimum scaling 4-19
min scale +320.00%
2. 22 Actual value 2 -320.00%— 0,01% 100,0% 100 % = No maximum scaling 4-19
max scale +320.00%
2. 23 Error value inversion 0—1 1 0 0 = No 4-19
1 = Yes
2. 24 PI-controller min. limit fmin—fmax 0,1 Hz 0,0 Hz 4-20
2. 25 PI-controller max. limit

(1. 1) (1. 2)
fmin—fmax 0,1 Hz 50,0 Hz 4-20
4
(1. 1) (1. 2)
2. 26 Direct frequency 0—4 1 0 0 = Analogue voltage input (term. 2) 4-20
reference, source B 1 = Analogue current input (term. 4)
STO P (reference r1)
2. 27 Source B reference 0— 1 Hz 0 Hz Selects the frequency that 4-20
scaling minimum value par. 2. 28 corresponds to the min.
reference signal
2. 28 Source B reference 0—fmax 1 Hz 0 Hz Selects the frequency that 4-20
scaling maximum value (1. 2) corresponds to the max.
reference signal
0 = Scaling off
Note! STO P = Parameter value can be changed only when the frequency converter is stopped (Continues)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


3. 1 Analog output function 0—7 1 1 0 = Not used Scale 100% 4-21
3 = O/P current (0—2.0 x I nCT)
6 = Motor voltage (0—100% xUnMot)
7 = DC-link volt. (0—1000 V)
3. 2 Analog output filter time 0,00—10,00 s 0,01s 1,00s 4-21

3. 3 Analog output inversion 0—1 1 0 0 = Not inverted 4-21
1 = Inverted
3. 4 Analog output minimum 0—1 1 0 0 = 0 mA 4-21
1 = 4 mA
3. 5 Analog output scale 10—1000% 1% 100% 4-21
1 = Ready
2 = Run
3 = Fault
4 = Fault inverted
8 = Warning
9 = Reversed
11 = At speed
13 = Output freq. limit superv. 1
4 16 = Reference limit supervision

19 = Frequency converter
temperature limit supervision
function
function
2 = High limit
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


2 = High limit
3. 13 Torque limit 0—2 1 0 0 = No 4-23
2 = High limit
3. 14 Torque limit 0,0—200,0% 0,1% 100,0% 4-23
2 = High limit
3. 17 External brake off-delay 0,0—100,0 s 1 0,5 s 4-23
3. 18 External brake on-delay 0,0—100,0 s 1 1,5 s 4-23
supervision 2 = High limit
temperature limit
3. 22 I/O-expander board (opt.) 0,00—10,00 s 0,01s 1,00s See parameter 3. 2 4-21
3. 24
3. 25
I/O-expander board (opt.)
I/O-expander board (opt.)
0—1
10—1000%
1
1
0
100%
See parameter 3. 4
See parameter 3. 5
4-21
4-21
4

1 = Flying start
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


1 = Ramp
4. 8 DC-braking current 0,15—1,5 x 0,1 A 0,5 x 4-25
InCT (A) InCT
4. 10 Execute frequency of 0,1-10,0 Hz 0,1 Hz 1,5 Hz 4-26
DC-brake at ramp Stop
4. 11 DC-brake time at Start 0,00—25,00s 0,01 s 0,00 s 0 = DC-brake is off at Start 4-27
4. 12 Jogging speed reference fmin—fmax 0,1 Hz 10,0 Hz 4-27
(1. 1) (1. 2)

4 Group 6, Motor control parameters

6. 2 Switching frequency 1,0-16,0 kHz 0,1 kHz 10/3,6kHz Dependant on kW 4-27
point 1. 11
6. 4 Voltage at field 15—200% 1% 100% 4-28
point frequency
6. 6 U/F-curve mid 0,00-100,00% 0,01% 0,00% Parameter maximum value = 4-28
6. 7 Output voltage at 0,00-40,00% 0,01% 0,00% 4-28
6. 8 Overvoltage 0—1 1 1 0 = Controller is not operating 4-28
controller 1 = Controller is in operation
1 = Controller is in operation
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


par. 4.7
3 = Fault. stop always by coasting
par. 4.7
the motor 2 = Fault
2 = Fault
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
7. 7 Motor thermal protection 5,0—150,0% 1,0 % 45,0% 4-30
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
7. 11 Stall current limit 5,0—200,0%
x InMOTOR
1,0% 130,0% 4-32 4
7. 12 Stall time 2,0—120,0 s 1,0 s 15,0 s 4-33
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


number of tries
trial time
fault trip
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2. 1 DIA2 function
the input is active
5: Reverse contact open = Forward If two or more inputs are
contact closed = Reverse programmed to reverse then
if one of them is active the
direction is reverse
6: Jogging sp. contact closed = Jogging speed selected for freq. refer.
8: Acc./Dec. contact closed = Stops acceleration and deceleration until
operation the contact is opened
prohibited
9: DC-braking contact closed = In the stop mode, the DC-braking operates
command until the contact is opened, see figure 4.5-1.
10: Motor pot. contact closed = Reference increases until the contact is
UP opened
Output
frequency 4
Param. 4. 10
DIA3
RUN
UD012K32
STOP
a) DIA3 as DC-brake command input and stop-mode =

Ramp
DIA3
Figure 4.5-1 DIA3 as DC-brake command RUN

STOP UD012K32
input:
a) Stop-mode = ramp, b) DIA3 as DC-brake command input and stop-mode =
Coasting
b) Stop-mode = coasting
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2. 2 DIA3 function
Selections are same as in 2. 1 except :
10: Motor pot. contact closed = Reference decreases until the contact is
DOWN opened
0= Signal range 0—10 V
1= Custom setting range from custom minimum (par. 2. 4) to custom
maximum (par. 2. 5)
2. 4 U in custom setting minimum/maximum

2. 5 These parameters set Uin for any input signal span within 0—10 V.
buttons)

of analogue Uin signal.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


%
Unfiltered signal
incoming analog Uin signal.
Long filtering time makes regula- 100%
See figure 4.5-2.
Filtered signal
63%
t [s]
Par. 2. 7
UD009K15
2. 8 Analogue input Iin signal

range
0 = 0—20 mA
1 = 4—20 mA
2. 9 Analogue input Iin custom

With these parameters you
can scale the input current
signal (Iin) signal range
between 0—20 mA.
Minimum setting:
4
Maximum setting:
Set the Iin signal to its maximun
Note! The parameter values can
only be set with this procedure
(not with the Browser buttons)

of Iin input.
Parameter 2. 11 = 1, inversion of
Iin input.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2. 12 Analogue input Iin filter time %

Filters out disturbances from the Unfiltered signal
incoming analogue Iin signal. Long
filtering time makes regulation 100%
response slower.
See figure 4.5-3. Filtered signal
63%
t [s]
Figure 4.5-3 Analogue input Iin filter Par. 2. 12

UD009K30
time.
2. 13 DIA5 function
the input is active
4 6: Jogging sp.
7: Fault reset
contact closed
contact closed
= Jogging speed selected for freq. refer.
= Resets all faults
prohibited
2. 14 Motor potentiometer ramp time
Defines how fast the electronic motor potentiometer value changes.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2. 15 PI-controller reference signal

2 Panel reference is the reference set from the Reference Page (REF).
Reference r2 is the PI-controller reference, see chapter 4.7.
Speed of the reference change can be set with the parameter 2. 3.
(par. 1. 1) each time the frequency converter is stopped. When value of
the parameter 1. 5 is set to 3 or 4, value of the parameter 2. 1 is
automatically set to 4 and value of the parameter 2. 2 is automatically set
to 10.
2. 16 PI-controller actual value selection

2. 17 Actual value 1
These parameters select the PI-controller actual value.
2. 19 Actual value 1 minimum scale
Sets the minimum scaling point for Actual value 1. See figure 4.5-4.
2. 20 Actual value 1 maximum scale
Sets the maximum scaling point for Actual value 1. See figure 4.5-4.
2. 22 Actual value 2 maximum scale 4
2. 23 Error value inversion
This parameter allows you to invert the error value of the PI-controller
(and thus the operation of the PI-controller).
Scaled Scaled
input signal [%] input signal [%]
100 100
Par. 2. 19 = 30% 76.5

Par. 2. 20 = 80% (15.3 mA)
Par. 2. 19 = -30%
Par. 2. 20 = 140%
17.7
(3.5 mA)
Analogue Analogue
30 80 100 input [%] -30 0 100 140 input [%]
0
0 3.0 8.0 10.0 V 0 10.0 V
0 6.0 16.0 20.0 mA 0 20.0 mA
4 8.8 16.8 20.0 mA 4 20.0 mA UD012K34
Figure 4.5-4 Examples of actual value scaling of PI-regulator.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2. 24 PI-controller minimum limit

2. 25 PI-controller maximum limit
These parameter set the minimum and maximum values of the PI-controller output.
Parameter value limits: par 1.1 <par. 2. 24 <par. 2. 2 5.
2. 26 Direct frequency reference. Place B
Reference r1 is the Place B reference, see chapter 6.
Speed of the reference change can be set with parameter 2. 3.
(par. 1. 1) each time the frequency converter is stopped. When value of the
parameter 1. 5 is set to 3 or 4, value of the parameter 2. 1 is automatically
set to 4 and value of the parameter 2. 2 is automatically set to 10.
2. 27 Source B reference scaling, minimum value/maximum value
If par. 2. 28 = 0 scaling is set off.
See figures 4.5-5 and 4.5-6.
(Below the voltage input Uin with signal range 0—10 V is selected for source B reference)
Output Output
frequency frequency
Par. 2. 28
4
Par. 2. 27
Analogue Analogue
0 10 0 10
UD012K35
Figure 4.5-5 Reference scaling. Figure 4.5-6 Reference scaling, par. 2. 28 = 0.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

3. 1 Analogue output Content %
See table on page 4-10. Unfiltered signal
100%
Filtered signal
63%
See figure 4.5-7.
t [s]
Par. 3. 2
Figure 4.5-7 Analogue output filtering. UD009K16

Analogue
Inverts analogue output signal: output
current
max. output signal = minimum set value 20 mA
min. output signal = maximum set value
12 mA
Param. 3. 5
= 50%
10 mA
Param. 3. 5
= 100%
4 mA
0 mA
0 0.5 1.0 UD012K17

4

Scaling factor for analogue output.
See figure 4.5-9. Analogue
output
Signal Max. value of the signal = 200% = 100%
20 mA
Output Max. frequency (p. 1. 2)
frequency
Motor speed Max. speed (nnxfmax/fn)
Output 2 x InCT 12 mA
Param. 3. 5
= 50%
current 10 mA
Motor power 2 x PnMot Par. 3. 4 = 1
4 mA
Motor voltage 100% x UnMot
DC-link volt. 1000 V Par. 3. 4 = 0
selected by param. 3. 1
0 mA
0 0.5 1.0 UD012K18
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205



4 = Fault inverted a fault trip has not occurred
10 = Jogging speed Jogging. speed has been selected with digital input
(par 3. 17 and 3. 18)
4 19 = Frequency converter
Temperature on frequency converter goes outside the set
supervision limits (par. 3. 19 and 3. 20)
Rotation direction of the motor shaft is different from the
requested one
21 = External brake control inverted External brake ON/OFF control (par. 3.18 and 3.18)

0 = No supervision
See figure 4.5-10.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


function
0 = No supervision
Par. 3.9 = 2
2 = High limit supervision f[Hz]

Par 3. 10
UD009K19 t
RO1 or RO2 depending on the
settings of parameters 3. 6—3. 8. Example: 21 RO1 21 RO1 21 RO1
22 RO1 22 RO1 22 RO1
Figure 4.5-10 Output frequency 23 RO1 23 RO1 23 RO1
supervision.

The calculated torque value to be supervised by the parameter 3. 13.
0 = No supervision
If reference value falls below or exceeds the set limit (3. 16) this function generates
a warning message via the digital output DO1 and via a relay output RO1 or
RO2 depending on the settings of parameters 3. 6—3. 8. The supervised reference
is the current active reference. It can be place A or B reference depending on DIB6
input or panel reference if panel is the active control place.
The frequency value is supervised by parameter 3. 15.
4
The function of the external brake can be timed to the start and stop control signals
with these parameters. See figure 4.5-11.
The brake control signal can be programmed via the digital output DO1 or via one
of the relay outputs RO1 and RO2, see parameters 3. 6—3. 8.
0 = No supervision
If the temperature of the frequency converter unit falls below or exceeds the set
limit (3. 20) this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1
and via a relay output RO1 or RO2 depending on the settings of parameters 3.
6—3. 8.
The temperature value supervised by parameter 3. 19.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

a)
tOFF = Par. 3. 17 tON = Par. 3. 18
External
ON relay output
DIA1: RUN FWD

STOP
DIA2: RUN REV

STOP t
UD012K45
b)
tOFF = Par. 3. 17 tON = Par. 3. 18
External
ON relay output
DIA1: START
PULSE
DIA2: STOP
PULSE
t
Figure 4.5-11 External brake control: a) Start/Stop logic selection par. 2. 1 = 0, 1 or 2

b)Start/Stop logic selection par. 2. 1 = 3.
A smooth start and end of acceleration and deceleration can be programmed with
these parameters.
Setting value 0 gives linear ramp shape which causes acceleration and deceleration
to act immediately to the changes in the reference signal with the time constant
4 set by the parameter 1.3 and 1.4 (4.3 and 4.4).

4.1 (4.2) causes linear [Hz]
acceleration/deceleration to
adopt an S-shape. Parameter 1.3
and 1.4 (4.3 and 4.4) determines
the time constant of acceleration/
(4. 3, 4. 4)
curve.
See figure 4.5-12. 4. 1 (4. 2)
Figure 4.5-12 S-shaped acceleration/ 4. 1 (4. 2) [t]

deceleration.
UD009K20
deceleration times for one application. The active set can be selected with the
Acceleration/deceleration times can be reduced with external free analogue input
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
4. 5 Brake chopper
4. 6 Start function
Ramp:
cause a prolonged acceleration times).
Flying start:
interruptions.
4. 7 Stop function
Coasting:
4
Ramp:
Determines if braking is ON or OFF and braking time of the DC-brake when the
motor is stopping. The function of the DC-brake depends on the stop function,
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

of parameter 4.9.
fout fout
fn fn
Output frequency
Motor speed
Output frequency
Motor speed
DC-braking ON 0,1 x fn
DC-braking ON
t t
t = 1 x par. 4. 9 t = 0,1 x par. 4. 9
RUN RUN
UD012K21
STOP STOP
4 Stop-function = 1 (ramp):
parameter 4. 10 where the DC-braking starts.
fout
with parameter 4. 9. Motor speed
Output frequency
If inertia exists it is recom-
mended to use an external
braking resistor for faster
deceleration. See figure DC-braking
4.5-14. Param. 4. 10
t = param. 4. 9

UD009K23
STOP
4. 10 Execute frequency of DC-brake during ramp Stop

See figure 4.5-14.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

>0 DC-brake is actived when Output
4. 6 and acceleration t
parameters (1. 3, 4. 1 or 4. Par 4. 11
2, 4. 3), see figure 4.5-15.
RUN
Figure 4.5-15 DC-braking time at STOP UD012K22
start

Parameter value defines the jogging speed selected with the digital input.
5. 1 Prohibit frequency area,

5. 2 Low limit/High limit Output
5. 3 frequency [Hz]
5. 4
5. 5
5. 6
nance problems.
With these parameters it is
5. 1
5. 3
5. 5
5. 2
5. 4
5. 6
4
possible to set limits for three "skip Reference [Hz]
frequency" regions. UD012K33


Motor noise can be minimized using high switching frequency. Increasing the
frequency reduces the capacity of the frequency converter. Before changing the
frequency from the factory default 10 kHz (3.6 kHz from 30 kW upwards), check
the curves in the figure 5.2-3 of the User's Manual for the allowed capacity .
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


the set maximum value (par. 6. 4). Above that frequency, the output voltage remains
at the set maximum value.
Below that frequency, the output voltage depends on the setting of the U/f curve
parameter defines the middle point voltage (% from motor nom. voltage) of the
U[V]
Un
4 Par 6. 4 Default: Nominal

voltage of the motor
Field weakening
point
Par. 6. 6
(Def. 10%)
Default: Nominal
Par. 6. 5 Par. 6. 3
UD012K08
(Def. 5 Hz)
the regulator controls output frequency according to the supply fluctuations.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


0 = No response
1 = Warning
A warning or a fault action and message is generated if a 4—20 mA reference signal
is used and the signal falls below 4 mA. The information can also be programmed
via digital output DO1 and via relay outputs RO1 and RO2.
0 = No response
1 = Warning
in the digital input DIA3. The information can also be programmed into digital output
DO1 and into relay outputs RO1 and RO2.
0 = No action
2 = Fault
0 = No action
2 = Fault
The overcurrent protection is always working and it protects the frequency converter 4

General
Motor thermal protection shall protect the motor from overheating. Vacon CX/CXL/CXS drive
Motor thermal protection is based on a calculated Motor thermal protection can be adjusted by
model and it uses the output current of the drive setting the parameters. The thermal current IT
to determine the load on the motor. When the specifies the load current above which the motor
power is turned on , the calculated model uses is overloaded. This current limit is a function of
the heatsink temperature to determine the initial the output frequency. The curve for IT is set with
thermal stage for the motor. The caculated model parameters 7. 6, 7. 7 and 7. 9, refer to the figure
assumes that the ambient temperature of the 4.5-18. The parameters have their default values
motor is 40°C. set according to the motor name plate data.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

With the output current at IT the thermal stage will speed of change in thermal stage is determined
reach the nominal value (100%). The thermal with the time constant parameter 7. 8. The bigger
stage changes by the square of the current. With the motor the longer it takes to reach the final
output current at 75% of IT the thermal stage will temperature.
reach a 56% value and with output current at 120%
of IT the thermal stage would reach a 144% value. The thermal stage of the motor can be monitored
The function will trip the device (refer par. 7. 5) if through the display. Refer to the table for moni-
the thermal stage will reach a value of 105%. The toring items. (User's Manual, table 7.3-1).

Operation:
0 = Not in use
1 = Warning
2 = Trip function
Tripping and warning will display the same message code. If the tripping is selected
the motor to 0%.
point on the thermal current curve. Refer to the figure 4.5-18.
The value is set in percentage which refers to the name plate data of the
motor, parameter 1. 13, nominal current of the motor, not the drive's nominal output
4 current.
value.
of the drive.
The current can be set between 10.0—150.0% x InMotor. This parameter sets the
value for thermal current at zero frequency. Refer to the figure 4.5-18.
The value is set in percentage value of the If you change the parameter 1. 13 this
motor name plate data, parameter 1. 13, parameter is automatically restored to the
motor's nominal current, not the drive's default value.
nominal output current. Motor's nominal
current is the current which the motor can
stand in direct on-line use without being
overheated.
the drive.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
I
Current
limit
par. 1. 7
Overload area
Par. 7. 6 IT
Par. 7. 7
f
IT curve.

This is the thermal time constant of the motor. The bigger the motor the bigger
the time constant. The time constant is the time within the calculated thermal
stage has reached 63% of its final value.
The motor thermal time is specific to the parameter could be set based on t6 -time.
motor design and it varies between different As a rule of thumb, the motor thermal time
motor manufacturers. constant in minutes equals to 2xt6 (t6 in
seconds is the time a motor can safely
data given with parameters 1. 12 and 1. 13.
If either of these parameters is set, then this
parameter is set to default value.
is internally increased to three times the set
parameter value. The cooling in the stop 4
stage is based on convection and the time
If the motor's t6 -time is known (given by constant is increased.

This frequency can be set between 10—500 Hz.
the thermal capacity of the motor is assumed to be constant. See Figure
4.5-18.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Motor temperature
Trip area
105%
Motor
par. 7. 5
I/IT
Time constant T*)



General
Motor stall protection protects the motor from short time overload situations like a stalled shaft.
The reaction time of stall protection can be set shorter than that of motor thermal protection.
The stall state is defined with two parameters, 7.11. Stall Current and 7.13. Stall Frequency.
If the current is higher than the set limit and output frequency is lower than the set limit the
stall state is true. There is actually no real indication of the shaft rotation. Stall protection is a
type of overcurrent protection.
Operation:
4 0 = Not in use
1 = Warning
2 = Trip function
The current can be set between I
4.5-20. The value is set in per-
centage of the motor's name plate Stall area
data, parameter 1.13, motor's
nominal current. If parameter 1.13
is adjusted, this parameter is au-
Par. 7. 11
tomatically restored to the default
value.
Figure 4.5-20 Setting the stall
f
characteristics.
Par. 7. 13 UMCH7_11
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

7. 12 Stall time
The time can be set between 2.0—120 s.
This is the maximum allowed time for a stall stage. There is an internal up/down
counter to count the stall time. Refer to the figure 4.5-21.
If the stall time counter value goes above this limit the protection will cause a trip
(refer to the parameter 7. 10).

Stall time counter
The frequency can be set be-
tween 1—fmax (par. 1. 2).
Trip area
Par. 7. 12
quency has to be smaller than this
limit. Refer to the figure 4.5-20. Trip/warning
par. 7. 10
UMCH7_12
Time
Stall
No stall

General
4
setting the underload curve with parameters are set in percentage values which refer to the
weakening point. The protection is not active below current and the drive's nominal current ICT are used
5Hz (the underload counter value is stopped). See to find the scaling ratio for the internal torque value.
Figure 4.5-22. If other than a standard motor is used with the
drive the accuracy of the torque calculation is
decreased.
Operation:
0 = Not in use
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
Tripping and warning will give display indication with the same message code. If
tripping is set active the drive will stop and activate the fault stage.
counter to zero.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


Torque limit can be set between Torque
20.0—150 % x TnMotor.
the minimum allowed torque when Par. 7. 15
the output frequency is above the
field weakening point.
See Figure 4.5-22.
If parameter 1. 13 is adjusted, this
Underload area
f
5 Hz Fieldweakening UMCH7_15
Figure 4.5-22 Setting of minimum point par. 6. 3
load.

This time can be set between
2.0—600.0 s. Underload time counter
4 This is the maximum allowed time

Trip area
for an underload state. There is an
Par. 7. 17
internal up/down counter to
accumulate the underload time. Trip/warning
Refer to the figure 4.5-23. par. 7. 14
If the underload counter value

goes above this limit the protection
will cause a trip (refer to the
parameter 7. 14). If the drive is UMCH7_17
stopped the underload counter is

Time
reset to zero.
Underl.
No underl.
Figure 4.5-23 Counting the under-
load time.

selected with parameter 8. 3. See figure 4.5-24.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Number of faults
during t = ttrial
ttrial ttrial
4
2 Par. 8. 1 = 3
ttrial = Par. 8. 2
1
t

RUN UD012K25
STOP
0 = Start with ramp
8. 4 Automatic restart after undervoltage trip 4
0 = No automatic restart after undervoltage trip
0 = No automatic restart after overvoltage trip
0 = No automatic restart after overcurrent trip
0 = No automatic restart after reference fault trip
0 = No automatic restart after temperature fault trip
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

4.6 Panel reference

The PI-control application has an extra reference (r2) for PI-controller on the panel's reference
menu. See table 4.6-1.
Refrence Reference Range Step Function
number name
r1 Frequency fmin—fmax 0.01 Hz Reference for panel control and
reference I/O terminal Source B reference.
r2 PI-controller 0—100% 0.1% Reference for PI-controller
reference
4.7 Monitoring data

The PI-control application has extra items for monitoring. See table 4.7-1
Number Data name Unit Description
n1 Output frequency Hz Frequency to the motor

n2 Motor speed rpm Calculated motor speed
n3 Motor current A Measured motor current
n4 Motor torque % Calculated actual torque/nominal torque of the unit
n5 Motor power % Calculated actual power/nominal power of the unit
n6 Motor voltage V Calculated motor voltage
n7 DC-link voltage V Measured DC-link voltage
n8 Temperature °C Temperature of the heat sink
n9 Operating day counter DD.dd Operating days 1), not resettable
n 10 Operating hours, HH.hh Operating hours 2), can be reset with program-
4 n 11
"trip counter"
MW-hours MWh
mable button #3
Total MW-hours, not resettable
n 12 MW-hours, MWh MW-hours, can be reset with programmable
"trip counter" button #4
n 13 Voltage/analogue input V Voltage of the terminal Uin+ (term. #2)
n 14 Current/analogue input mA Current of terminals Iin+ and Iin- (term. #4, #5)
n 15 Digital input status, gr. A
n 16 Digital input status, gr. B
n 17 Digital and relay output
status
n 18 Control programme Version number of the control software
n 19 Unit nominal power kW Shows the power size of the unit
n 20 PI-controller reference % Percent of the maximum reference
n 21 PI-controller actual value % Percent of the maximum actual value
n 22 PI-controller error value % Percent of the maximum error value
n 23 PI-controller output Hz
n 24 Motor temperature rise % 100%= temperature of motor has risen to nominal
1) DD = full days, dd = desimal part of a day
Table 4.7-1 Monitored items. 2) HH = full hours, hh = desimal part of an hour
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Multi-purpose Control Application Page 5-1
MULTI-PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION

(par. 0.1 = 6)
CONTENTS
5 Multi-purpose Control Application ...... 5-1
5.1 General ............................................ 5-2
5.2 Control I/O ....................................... 5-2
5.3 Control signal logic .......................... 5-3
5.4 Parameters Group 1 ........................ 5-4
5.4.1 Parameter table ...................... 5-4
5.4.2 Description of Group1 par. ..... 5-5
5.5 Special parameters, Groups 2-8 ..... 5-9
5.5.1 Parameter tables ....................... 5-9
5.5.2 Description of Group 2 par. ..... 5-16
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Page 5-2 Multi-purpose Control Application Vacon
5 Multi-purpose Control Application selected if digital inputs are programmed for

5.1 General these functions.
In the Multi-purpose control application the Digital inputs DIA1 and DIA2 are reserved for
frequency reference can be selected from the Start/stop logic. Digital inputs DIA3—DIB6 are
analogue inputs, the joystick control, the programmable for multi-step speed select,
motor potentiometer and a mathematical jogging speed select, motor potentiometer,
function of the analogue inputs. Multi-step external fault, ramp time select, ramp prohibit,
speeds and jogging speed can also be fault reset and DC-brake command function.
5.2 Control I/O
Reference

2 Uin+ Analogue input, Frequency reference
4 Iin+ Analogue input, Default setting: not used
5 Iin- current (programmable) range 0—20 mA
(programmable)
(Programmable)
15 DIB5 External fault Contact open = no fault
16 DIB6 Accel./deceler. time select Contact open = par. 1.3, 1.4 in use
(programmable) Contact closed = par. 4.3, 4.4 in use
5 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable (par. 3. 6)

RUN
22 RO1 RUN
23 RO1
FAULT 24 RO2 Relay output 2 Programmable (par. 3. 8)
220 25 RO2 FAULT
VAC
26 RO2

Multi-purpose Control Application.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


In figure 5.3-1 the logic of I/O-control signals and push button signals from the panel is
presented.
PARAMETERS
1. 5 Reference selection
Uin+
PROGRAMMABLE
PUSH-BUTTON 2
Joystick
control
Internal
frequency
P reference
Multi-step
Iin – speeds
Joystick (If any of
control DI_ inputs
are pro-
grammed
for this
Uin + Iin function)
Uin - Iin
Iin - Uin
Uin x I in
DIB5 Up Motorised
potentio-
DIB6 Down meter
reference

(programmable) Internal
P Start/Stop
DIA1 Start FWD Programm. Internal
Start/Stop P
reverse
DIA2 Start REV. and Reverse
DIA3 Fault reset

signal logic
>1
Internal
fault reset 5
(programmable)
DIB5
External fault
(programmable)
DIB6 Accel./deceler. time select
(programmable)
= control line
Figure 5.3-1 Control signal logic of the Multipurpose Control Application.

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


1. 1 Minimum frequency 0— fmax 1 Hz 0 Hz 5-5
1. 2 Maximum frequency fmin-120/500Hz 1 Hz 50 Hz *) 5-5
1. 5 Reference selection 0—9 1 0 0 = Uin 3 = Uin - Iin 5-5

1 = Iin 4 = Iin - Uin
2 = Uin + Iin 5 = Uin * Iin
6 = Uin joystick control
7 = Iin joystick control
1. 6 Jogging speed fmin —fmax 0,1 Hz 5,0 Hz 5-6

reference (1. 1) (1. 2)
1. 7 Current limit 0,1—2,5 x InCT 0,1 A 1,5 x InCT ***Output curr. limit [A] of the unit 5-6

1 = Squared



1. 13 Nominal current 2,5 x InCT 0,1 A InCT In from the rating plate of 5-8
5 525—690 690 V Vacon range CX6


0 = Changes enabled
Note! = Parameter value can be changed *) If 1. 2 >motor synchr. speed, check suitability for
only when the frequency converter motor and drive system.
is stopped. Selecting 120/500 Hz range see page 5-5.
Table 5.4-1 Group 1 basic parameters. nominal size frequency converter.
***) Up to M10. Bigger classes case by case.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


= 120 Hz when the device is stopped (RUN indicator not lit) parameters 1. 1 and
1. 2 is changed to 500 Hz. At the same time the panel reference resolution is
Changing the max. value from 500 Hz to 120 Hz is done by setting parameter
1. 2 = 119 Hz when the device is stopped.
frequency (par. 1. 2).
1. 5 Reference selection
2 Reference is the formed by adding the values of the analogue inputs
3 Reference is the formed by subtracting the voltage input (Uin) value
from the current input (Iin) value.
4 Reference is the formed by subtracting the current input (Iin ) value from
the voltage input (Uin) value.
5 Reference is the formed by multiplying the values of the analogue inputs
6 Joystick control from the voltage input (Uin).
Signal range Max reverse Direction change Max forward
speed speed
0—10 V 0V 5V +10 V
Custom Par. 2. 7 x 10V In the middle of Par. 2. 8 x 10 V
custom range
-10 V—+10 V -10 V 0V +10 V
Warning! Use only -10V—+10 V signal range. If a custom or 0—10 V signal

range is used, the drive starts to run at the max. reverse speed if the
reference signal is lost.
!
7 Joystick control from the current input (Iin).
Signal range Max reverse Direction change Max forward
5
speed speed
0—20 mA 0 mA 10 mA 20 mA
Custom Par. 2. 13 x 20 mA In the middle of Par. 2. 14 x 20 mA
custom range
4—20 mA 4 mA 12 mA 20 mA
Warning! Use only 4—20 mA signal range. If custom or 0—20 mA signal range
is used, the drive will run at max. reverse speed if the control signal is
lost. Set the reference fault (par. 7. 2) active when the 4—20 mA range
! is used, then the drive will stop at the reference fault if the reference
signal is lost.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Note! When joystick control is used, the direction control is generated from the
joystick reference signal. See figure 5.4-1.
Analogue input scaling, parameters 2. 16—2. 19 are not used when the
joystick control is used.
Fout Fout
Fmax Fmax
(par 1.2) (par 1.2)
Fmin.
-10V (par 1.1) -10V Uin
Uin
+10V +10V
Fmin.
(par 1.1)
hystereesi +/-2% (+/-0,2 V)
Fmax Fmax
(par 1.2) (par 1.2)
If minimum frequency (par 1. 1) >0, If minimum frequency (par 1. 1) = 0,

hysteresis is ± 2% at reversing point. there is no hysteresis at reversing point.
Fig. 5.4-1 Joystick control Uin signal -10 V—+10 V.
(par. 1. 1) each time the frequency converter is stopped.
When the value of the parameter 1. 5 is set to 8 or 9, value of the
parameters 2. 4 and 2. 5 are automatically set to 11.
Parameter value defines the jogging speed selected with the digital input
1. 7 Current limit
5 1. 8
U/f ratio selection
Linear: The voltage of the motor changes linearly with the frequency in the
0 constant flux area from 0 Hz to the field weakening point (par. 6. 3)
where the nominal voltage is also supplied to the motor. See figure
5.4.-2. Linear U/f ratio should be used in constant torque applications.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

1 with the frequency in the area from 0 Hz to the field weakening
point (par. 6. 3) where the nominal voltage is also supplied to
the motor. See figure 5.4.-2.
U/f ratio can be used in applications where torque demand of
the load is proportional to the square of the speed, e.g. in centrifugal
fans and pumps.
U[V]
Un
Linear
Squared
Default: Nominal
frequency of the
motor f[Hz]
(Par. 6. 3) UD012K07
Figure 5.4.-2 Linear and squared U/f curves.
U/f curve The parameters for programming are explained in Chapter 5.5.2.
satisfy the needs of the application. See figure 5.4.-3.
U[V]
Un
Par. 6. 6
5
(Def. 10%)
Default: Nominal
Par. 6. 5 Par. 6. 3
UD012K08
(Def. 5 Hz)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

torque motor produce sufficient torque to start and run at low frequencies. The
boost voltage increase depends on motor type and power.
NOTE! In high torque - low speed applications - the motor is likely to
overheat.
special attention must be paid to cooling the motor. Use external
100% x Unmotor.
Set the parameter value according to the nominal voltage of the supply.
5 Determines the access to the changes of the parameter values:
To further adjust the functions of the Multipurpose application, see Chapter 5.5 to set up
parameters of Groups 2—8.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


DIA1 DIA2
selection 1= Start/Stop Reverse

3 = Run enable
5 = Reverse
6 = Jogging speed
7 = Fault reset
3 = Run enable
5 = Reverse
6 = Jogging speed
7 = Fault reset
10 = Multi-Step speed select 1
3 = Run enable
5 = Reverse
6 = Jogging speed
7 = Fault reset
11 = Motorised pot. speed up
3 = Run enable
5 = Reverse
5
6 = Jogging speed
7 = Fault reset
11 = Motorised pot. speed down
2 = -10—+10 V (can be used only
with Joystick control)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


1 = Inverted
2. 10 Uin signal filter time 0,00 —10,00 s 0,01 s 0,10 s 0 = No filtering 5-19
1 = 4—20 mA
1 = Inverted
2. 15 Iin signal filter time 0,01 —10,00 s 0,01 s 0,10 s 0 = No filtering 5-20
2. 16 Uin minimum scaling -320,00%— 0,01 0,00% 0% = no minimum scaling 5-20
+320,00 %
2. 17 Uin maximum scaling -320,00%— 0,01 100,00% 100% = no maximum scaling 5-20
+320,00 %
2. 18 Iin minimum scaling -320,00%— 0,01 0,00% 0% = no minimum scaling 5-20
+320,00 %
2. 19 Iin maximum scaling -320,00%— 0,01 100,00% 100% = no maximum scaling 5-20
+320,00 %
2. 20 Free analogue input, 0—2 1 0 0 = Not use 5-21
function 1 = Reduces current limit (par. 1.7)
2. 22 Motorised potentiometer 0,1—2000,0 0,1 10,0 5-22

5 3 = O/P current
4 = Motor torque
5 = Motor power
(0—2.0 x InCT)
(0—2 x TnMot)
(0—2 x PnMot)
6 = Motor voltage (0—100% x UnMot)
7 = DC-link volt. (0—1000 V)
3. 2 Analogue output filter time 0,00-10,00s 0,01 s 1,00 s 5-23

1 = Inverted
1 = 4 mA
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


1 = Ready
2 = Run
3 = Fault
4 = Fault inverted
8 = Warning
9 = Reversed
11 = At speed
function
function
2 = High limit
2 = High limit
3. 13 Torque limit 0—2 1 0 0 = No 5-25
2 = High limit
3. 14 Torque limit -200,0—200,0% 0,1% 100,0% 5-25
3. 15 Reference limit 0—2 1 0 0 = No 5-25
3. 16 Reference limit 0,0—fmax 0,1 Hz 0,0 Hz

2 = High limit
5-25
5
3. 17 Extern. brake Off-delay 0,0—100,0 s 0,1 s 0,5 s 5-25
3. 18 Extern. brake On-delay 0,0—100.0 s 0,1 s 1,5 s 5-25
3. 20 Frequency converter -10—+75°C 1°C +40°C 5-25
temperature limit value
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


analogue output content
3. 22 I/O-expander board (opt.) 0,00—10,00 s 0,01 1,00 s See parameter 3. 2 5-23

1 = Flying start
1 = Ramp
4. 8 DC-braking current 0,15—1,5 0,1 A 0,5 x InCT 5-27
x InCT (A)
4. 11 DC-brake time at Start 0,00-25,00 s 0,01 s 0,00 s 0 = DC-brake is off at Start 5-29
reference 1 (1. 1) (1. 2)
reference 2 (1. 1) (1. 2)
5 4. 14 Multi-step speed
reference 3
fmin—fmax
(1. 1) (1. 2)
0,1 Hz 20,0 Hz 5-29

reference 4 (1. 1) (1. 2)
reference 5 (1. 1) (1. 2)
reference 6 (1. 1) (1. 2)
reference 7 (1. 1) (1. 2)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205



point 1. 11
6. 4 Voltage at field 15—200% 1% 100% 5-30
point frequency
6. 6 U/F-curve mid 0,00—100,00% 0,01% 0,00 % Parameter maximum value = 5-30
point voltage x Unmot param 6.4
6. 7 Output voltage at 0,00—40,00% 0,01% 0,00 % 5-30
Note! = Parameter value can be changed only when the frequency converter is stopped. 5
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


par 4.7
par 4.7
the motor 2 = Fault
2 = Fault
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
x InMOTOR
7. 12 Stall time 2,0—120,0 s 1,0 s 15,0 s 5-35
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
5 7. 16
7. 17
Underload protection,
zero frequency load
Underload time
5,0—150,0%
x TnMOTOR
2,0—600,0 s
1,0%
1,0 s
10,0%
20,0s
5-36
5-36
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


number of tries
trial time
undervoltage 1 = Yes
overvoltage 1 = Yes
overcurrent 1 = Yes
reference fault 1 = Yes
fault
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


See figure 5.5-1.

= coasting
REV
DIA1
DIA2
1 2 3
UD009K09

See figure 5.5-2.

frequency (par 4. 7
= coasting
5 REV
DIA1
UD012K10
DIA2
Figure 5.5-2 Start, Stop,reverse.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


See figure 5.5-3.

REV
DIA1
Start
min 50 ms
UD009K11
DIA2
Stop
2. 2 DIA3 function
the input is active
6: Jogg. speed. contact closed = Jogging speed selected for freq. reference
contact closed = Stops acceleration or deceleration until
5
contact closed = In Stop mode, the DC-braking operates until
the contact is opened, see figure 5.5-4.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Output
frequency
Param. 4. 10
DIA3
RUN
UD012K32
STOP
a) DIA3 as DC-brake command input and stop-mode =

Ramp
DIA3
RUN
UD012K32
STOP
b) DIA3 as DC-brake command input and stop-mode =

Coasting
Figure 5.5-4 DIA3 as DC-brake command input: a) Stop-mode = Ramp,

b) Stop-mode = Coasting.
2. 3 DIB4 function
10: Multi-Step contact closed = Selection 1 active
speed select 1
2. 4 DIB5 function
speed select 2
5 11: Motor pot.

UP
contact closed = Reference decreases until the contact is
opened
2. 5 DIB6 function
speed select 3
DOWN opened
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


0 = Signal range 0—+10 V
maximum (par. 2. 8)
2 = Signal range -10—+10 V , can be used only with Joystick control

2. 8 With these parameters, Uin can be set for any input signal span within 0—10 V.
Note! These parameters can only be set with this procedure (not with the Browser
buttons)

%
Unfiltered signal
incoming analogue Uin signal.
Long filtering time makes regula- 100%
See figure 5.5-5.
Filtered signal
63%
t [s]
Par. 2. 10
UD009K37
5
range
0 = 0—20 mA
1 = 4—20 mA
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2. 12 Analogue input Iin custom

With these parameters, the
scaling of the input current
signal (Iin) range can be set
between 0—20 mA.
Minimum setting:
Maximum setting:
Set the Iin signal to its maximun
Note!These parameters can only
be set with this procedure (not
with the Browser buttons) %
Unfiltered signal
2. 14 Analogue input Iin inversion 100%
of Iin input
Filtered signal
Parameter 2. 14 = 1, inversion of 63%
Iin input.

Filters out disturbances from the t [s]
incoming analog Iin signal. Par. 2. 15
Long filtering time makes UD012K40
regulation response slower.

See figure 5.5-6.
2. 16 Uin signal minimum scaling

Sets the minimum scaling point for Uin signal. See figure 5.5-7.
5 2. 17 Uin signal maximum scaling
Sets the maximum scaling point for Uin signal. See figure 5.5-7.
2. 18 Iin signal minimum scaling
Sets the minimum scaling point for Iin signal. See figure 5.5-7.
2. 19 Iin signal maximum scaling
Sets the maximum scaling point for Iin signal. See figure 5.5-7.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Scaled Scaled
100 100
Par. 2. 19 = 30% 76.5

Par. 2. 20 = 80% (15.3 mA)
Par. 2. 19 = -30%
Par. 2. 20 = 140%
17.7
(3.5 mA)
Analogue Analogue
30 80 100 input [%] -30 0 100 140 input [%]
0
0 3.0 8.0 10.0 V 0 10.0 V
0 6.0 16.0 20.0 mA 0 20.0 mA
4 8.8 16.8 20.0 mA 4 20.0 mA UD012K34
Figure 5.5-7 Examples of the scaling of Uin and Iin inputs .

Selection of input signal of free analogue input (an input not used for reference
signal):
0 = Not in use

function Torque limit
This parameter sets the function 100%

of the free analogue input: Par. 1. 7
0 = Function is not used

1 = Reducing motor current limit
(par. 1. 7)
between 0 and parameter Analogue
input
1. 7 set max. limit. 0V Signal range 10 V
20 mA UD012K61
See figure 5.5-8. 0 mA
4 mA 20 mA
Custom Custom
Figure 5.5-8 Reducing of max. motor

current.
2 = Reducing DC brake current.

DC-braking
current
5
The DC braking current can 100%
Par. 4. 8
be reduced, with the free
analogue input signal, be-
tween 0.15xInCT and current
set by parameter 4. 8.
See figure 5.5-9.
0,15 x InFU Free analogue

Figure 5.5-9 Reducing DC brake input
current. 0 Signal range UD012K58
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


deceleration times. Factor R
The acceleration and decel- 10

eration times can be re-
duced with the free analog
input signal, according to the
following formula:
time (par. 1. 3, 1. 4; 4. 3, 4. 4)
divided by factor R in figure 5.5- 2
10. 1 Free analogue
input
Figure 5.5-10 Reducing acceleration Signal range

UD012K59
and deceleration times.

limit.
Torque limit
The set torque supervision
limit can be reduced with the 100%
Par. 3. 14
free analogue input signal
between 0 and set supervi-
sion limit (par. 3. 14), see fig-
ure 3.5-11.
Free analogue
Figure 3.5-11 Reducing torque input
supervision limit. 0 Signal range

UD012K60

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

3. 1 Analogue output function %
See table on page 5-10. Unfiltered signal
100%
Filtered signal
3. 2 Analogue output filter time 63%
See figure 5.5-12.
t [s]
Par. 3. 2
UD009K16
Figure 5.5-12 Analogue output
filtering.
Analogue
output
3.3 Analogue output invert current
20 mA
max. output signal = minimum set value
12 mA
Param. 3. 5
= 50%
10 mA
Param. 3. 5
= 100%
4 mA
0 mA
0 0.5 1.0 UD012K17

zero). See figure 5.5.2-14.

See figure 5.5.2-14.
Analogue
output
current
20 mA
Param. 3. 5
= 200%
Param. 3. 5
= 100% 5
Output fre- Max. frequency (p. 1. 2)
quency
Motor speed Max. speed (nnxfmax/fn) 12 mA
Param. 3. 5
Output 2 x InCT = 50%
10 mA
current
Par. 3. 4 = 1
Motor voltage 100% x UnMot Max. value of signal
DC-link volt. 1000 V Par. 3. 4 = 0 selected by param. 3. 1
0 mA
0 0.5 1.0 UD012K18
Figure 5.5.2-14 Analogue output

scale.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205



10 = Jogging speed Jogging speed has been selected with digital input
16= Reference limit supervision Reference goes outside of the set supervision
(par 3. 17 and 3. 18)
requested one
21 = External brake control inverted External brake ON/OFF control (par. 3.17 and 3.18),

5 0 = No supervision
or RO2 depending on the settings of the parameters 3. 6—3. 8.
The frequency value supervised by the parameter 3. 9 (3. 11).
See figure 5.5-15.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


function
0 = No supervision Par. 3.9 = 2
1 = Low limit supervision f[Hz]
If the calculated torque value falls Par 3. 10

output DO1, via a relay output UD009K19 t
RO1 or RO2 depending on the Example: 21 RO1 21 RO1 21 RO1

settings of parameters 3. 6—3. 8. 22 RO1 22 RO1 22 RO1
23 RO1 23 RO1 23 RO1
supervision.

The calculated torque value supervised by the parameter 3. 13.
0 = No supervision
or RO2 depending on the settings of the parameters 3. 6—3. 8. The supervised
depending on DIB6 input or the panel reference if panel is the active control source.
The frequency value supervised by the parameter 3. 15.
With these parameters the timing of external brake can be linked to the Start and
Stop control signals, see figure 5.5-16.
of relay outputs RO1 and RO2, see parameters 3. 6—3. 8.
3. 19 Frequency converter temperature limit supervision function 5
0 = No supervision
If the temperature of the frequency converter falls below or exceeds the set limit
(3. 20) this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via
a relay output RO1 or RO2 depending on the settings of the parameters 3. 6—3.
8.
The temperature value supervised by the parameter 3. 19.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

a)
tOFF = Par. 3. 17 tON = Par. 3. 18
External
ON relay output
DIA1: RUN FWD

STOP
DIA2: RUN REV

STOP t
UD012K45
b)
tOFF = Par. 3. 17 tON = Par. 3. 18
External
ON relay output
DIA1: START
PULSE
DIA2: STOP
PULSE
t


The start and end of the acceleration and deceleration ramps can be smoothed
with these parameters. Setting value 0 gives linear ramp shape which causes

5 an S-shape. Parameter 1. 3 and

1. 4 (4. 3 and 4. 4) determines the
time constant of acceleration/
(4. 3, 4. 4)
curve.
4. 1 (4. 2)
See figure 5.5-17.
4. 1 (4. 2) [t]
Figure 5.5-17 S-shaped acceleration/ UD009K20
deceleration.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Acceleration/deceleration times can be reduced with an external free analogue input
4. 5 Brake chopper
4. 6 Start function
Ramp:
0 The frequency converter starts from 0 Hz and accelerates to the set referen-
ce frequency within the set acceleration time. (Load inertia or starting friction
may cause a prolonged acceleration times).
Flying start:
motor is running. Searching starts from the maximum frequency towards the
actual frequency until the correct value is detected. Thereafter the output
frequency will be increased/decreased to the set reference value according
interruptions.
4. 7 Stop function
Coasting:
5
Ramp:
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


4. 7. See figure 5.5-18.
of parameter 4.9.
fout fout
fn fn
Output frequency
Motor speed
Output frequency
0,1x fn
Motor speed
DC-braking ON
DC-braking ON
t t
t = 1 x par. 4. 9 t = 0.1 x par. 4. 9
RUN RUN UD009K21

STOP STOP
parameter 4. 10, where the DC-braking starts.
5 The braking time is defined
fout
Motor speed
Output frequency
If high inertia exists, it is rec-
ommended to use an exter-
nal braking resistor for faster
deceleration. See figure 5.5- DC-braking
19. Param. 4. 10
t
Figure 5.5-19 DC-braking t = param. 4. 9
time when stop function = RUN
UD009K23
ramp. STOP
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


See figure 5.5-19.
>0 DC-brake is active when
Output
4. 6 and acceleration
t
2, 4. 3), see figure 5.5-20. Par 4. 11

at start. STOP UD009K22
4. 12 - 4. 18 Multi-Step speeds 1-7

Parameter values define the Multi-Step speeds selected with the DIA4, DIB5
and DIB6 digital inputs. The selection of Multi-Step speeds will occur simi-
larly as described in the table 3.4-2 page 3-8.
5. 1 Prohibit frequency area
5. 2 Low limit/High limit
5. 3
fout
5. 4
5. 5 [Hz]
5. 6
nance problems.
With these parameters it is possi-
ble to set limits for three "skip fre- 5. 1 5. 2
5. 3 5. 4 frequency
quency" regions. 5. 5 5. 6 reference
[Hz]
frequency area setting. UD009K33
5
output frequency (output frequency resolution =
0.01 Hz)
motor speed (regulation accuracy ± 0,5%).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

switching frequency reduces the capacity of the frequency converter unit.
Before changing the frequency from the factory default 10 kHz (3.6 kHz from 30
kW upwards), check the allowed capacity from the curve in the figure 5.2-3 of
chapter 5.2 of the User's Manual.
The field weakening point is the output frequency at which the output voltage
reaches the set maximum value (par. 6. 4). Above that frequency the output voltage
remains at the set maximum value.
Below that frequency the output voltage depends on the setting of the U/f curve
If the programmable U/f curve has been selected with parameter 1. 8 this
parameter defines the middle point voltage of the curve. See figure 5.5-22.
U[V]
Un
5
Par. 6. 6
(Def. 10%)
Default: Nominal
Par. 6. 5 Par. 6. 3
UD012K08
(Def. 5 Hz)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

than -15%—+10% and the application will not tolerate this over-/undervoltage, the
regulator controls the output frequency according to the supply fluctuations.
0 = No response
1 = Warning
A warning or a fault action and message is generated if 4—20 mA reference signal
0 = No response
1 = Warning
0 = No action
2 = Fault
0 = No action
2 = Fault
5
General
frequencies. With low frequencies, the cooling effect of the motor is reduced and the capacity
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

power is turned on, the calculated model uses the output current at 75% from IT the thermal stage
heatsink temperature to determine the initial will reach a 56% value and with output current at
thermal stage for the motor. The calculated model 120% from IT the thermal stage would reach a
assumes that the ambient temperature of the 144% value. The function will trip the device (refer
motor is 40°C. par. 7. 5) if the thermal stage will reach a value of
parameters 7. 6, 7. 7 and 7. 9, see Figure 5.5-23. with the display. See the table of monitoring items.
The parameters have their default values set (User's Manual, table 7.3-1).
according to the motor name plate data.

Operation:
0 = Not in use
1 = Warning
2 = Trip function
the motor to 0%.
This parameter sets the value for thermal current at frequencies above the
break point on the thermal current curve. See Figure 5.5-23.
The value is set in percentage which refers to the name plate data of the
5 output current.
value.
of the drive.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

I
Current
limit
par. 1. 7
Overload area
Par. 7. 6 IT
Par. 7. 7
f
IT curve.

value for thermal current at zero frequency. Refer to the figure 5.5-23.
The value is set in percentage of the motor If you change parameter 1. 13 this
name plate data, parameter 1. 13, motor's parameter is automatically restored to the
nominal current, not the drive's nominal default value.
output current. Motor's nominal current is
the current which the motor can withstand
in direct on-line use without being
overheated.
the drive.

This is the thermal time constant of the motor. The bigger the motor the bigger
the time constant. The time constant is the time within the calculated thermal
stage has reached 63% of its final value.
5
motor manufacturers. constant in minutes equals to 2xt6 (t6 in
If either of these parameters is set, then this parameter value. The cooling in the stop
parameter is set to default value. stage is based on convection and the time
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


The frequency can be set between 10—500 Hz.
the thermal capacity of the motor is assumed to be constant. See Figure
5.5-23.
The default value is based on motor's name plate data, parameter 1. 11. It is 35
Hz for a 50 Hz motor and 42 Hz for a 60 Hz motor. More generally it is 70% of the
frequency at the field weakening point (parameter 6. 3). Changing either parameter
1. 11 or 6. 3 will restore this parameter to its default value.
Motor temperature
Trip area
105%
Motor
par. 7. 5
I/IT
Time constant T*)



General
The reaction time of stall protection can be set shorter than with motor thermal protection. The
stall state is defined with two parameters, 7.11. Stall Current and 7.13. Stall Frequency. If the
current is higher than the set limit and output frequency is lower than the set limit the stall state
is true. There is actually no real indication of the shaft rotation. Stall protection is a type of
overcurrent protection.
5 7. 10 Stall protection
Operation:
0 = Not in use
1 = Warning
2 = Trip function
drive will stop and activate the fault stage.
Setting the parameter to 0 will deactivate the protection and will reset the stall time
counter to zero.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

7. 11 Stall current limit I

to be above this limit. Refer to
Figure 5.5-25. The value is set in Stall area
percentage of the motor's name
plate data, parameter 1. 13, mo-
tor's nominal current. If parameter Par. 7. 11
1.13 is adjusted, this parameter is
automatically restored to the de-
fault value.
f
Par. 7. 13 UMCH7_11
Figure 5.5-25 Setting the stall
characteristics.
7. 12 Stall time
This is the maximum allowed time for a stall stage. There is an internal up/down
counter to count the stall time. See Figure 5.5-26.
(See parameter 7. 10).

Stall time counter
Trip area
Par. 7. 12
quency has to be lower than this
limit. See Figure 5.5-25. Trip/warning
par. 7. 10
UMCH7_12
Time

Stall
No stall 5
General
Motor underload protection can be adjusted by set- weakening point. The protection is not active below
ting the underload curve with parameters 5Hz (the underload counter value is stopped).
7. 15 and 7. 16. The underload curve is a squared Refer to Figure 5.5-27.
curve set between zero frequency and the field
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
The torque values for setting the underload curve current and the drive's nominal current ICT are used
are set in percentage values which refer to the to find the scaling ratio for the internal torque value.
nominal torque of the motor. The motor's name If other than nominal motor is used with the drive,
plate data, parameter 1. 13, the motor's nominal the accuracy of the torque calculation is
decreased.
Operation:
0 = Not in use
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
counter to zero.
The torque limit can be set
Torque
between 20.0—150 % x TnMotor.
the minimum allowed torque when
Par. 7. 15
See figure 4.5-22.
Underload area
f
point par. 6. 3
load.

5 7. 17
Underload time
This time can be set between 2.0—600.0 s.
This is the maximum time allowed for an underload state. There is an internal up/
down counter to accumulate the underload time. See Figure 5.5-28.
If the underload counter value goes above this limit the protection will cause a trip
(see parameter 7. 14). If the drive is stopped the underload counter
is reset to zero.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Figure 5.5-28 Counting the under- Underload time counter

load time.
Trip area
Par. 7. 17
Trip/warning
par. 7. 14
UMCH7_17
Time
Underl.
No underl.

selected with parameter 8. 3.
Number of faults
during t = ttrial
ttrial ttrial
4
2 Par. 8. 1 = 3
ttrial = Par. 8. 2
1
t

RUN UD012K25
STOP
Figure 5.5-29 Automatic restart 5

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


0 = Start with ramp
0 = No automatic restart after undervoltage fault trip
0 = No automatic restart after overvoltage fault trip
0 = No automatic restart after overcurrent fault trip
1 = Automatic restart after analogue current reference signal (4—20 mA)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Pump and fan control Application Page 6-1
PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION

(par. 0.1 = 7)
CONTENTS
6 Pump and fan control Application ................. 6-1
6.1 General ..................................................... 6-2
6.2 Control I/O ................................................ 6-2
6.3 Control signal logic .................................... 6-3
6.4 Basic parameters, Group 1 ....................... 6-4
6.4.1 Parameter table, Group 1 ................. 6-4
6.4.2 Description of Group1 parameters .... 6-5
6.5 Special parameters, Groups 2—9 ............. 6-8
6.5.1 Parameter tables, Groups 2—9 ........... 6-8
6.5.2 Description of Groups 2—9 param. 6-16
6.6 Monitoring data ....................................... 6-40
6.7 Panel reference ...................................... 6-41
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
Page 6-2 Pump and fan control Application Vacon
6.1 General
Pump and fan control can be selected by The application has two control sources on
setting the value of parameter 0.1 to 7. I/O terminals. Source A is Pump and fan
The application can be used to control one control and source B is direct frequency
variable speed drive and 0-3 auxiliary drives. reference. The control source is selected with
The PI-controller of the frequency converter DIB6 input.
controls the speed of the variable speed drive
and gives control signals to Start and Stop
auxiliary drives to control the total flow.
CMB inputs.
6.2 Control I/O
PI-controller
reference value Terminal Signal Description

2 Uin+ Analog input, PI-controller reference value
2-wire
transmitter 3 GND I/O ground Ground for reference and controls
Actual
- 4 Iin+ Analogue input, PI-controller actual value
value
I 5 Iin- current (programmable) range 0—20 mA
(0)4..20mA +
8 DIA1 Start/Stop Contact open = stop
Source A (PI-controller) Contact closed = start
9 DIA2 External fault Contact open = no fault
14 DIB4 Start/Stop Contact open = stop
Source B (Direct freq. ref.) Contact closed = start
220 22 RO1 Auxilal motor 1
VAC 23 RO1 control
220 25 RO2 FAULT
VAC 26 RO2
FAULT
6 Figure 6.2-1 Default I/O configuration and connection example of the

Pump and Fan Control Application with 2-wire transmitter.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


The logic of I/O-control signals and push button signals from the panel is presented In the figure
6.3-1.
PARAMETERS
2. 26 Source B ref. select.
2. 15 Source A ref. select.
Uin+
Freq. ref., PROGRAMMABLE
Source B PUSH-BUTTON 2
Iin– Reference,
Source A
Actual value
selection: PI-controller
Uin
Iin
Uin + Iin P
Uin - Iin
Iin x Uin I
Iin - Uin Internal
frequency
DIA2 Up Actual P reference
Motorised value
potentio-
DIA3 Down meter Calculation of
reference freq. ref. and
control logic of
auxiliary drives
RO1 Aux. drive 1, start
RO2 Aux. drive 2, start
DO1 Aux. drive 3, start

(Programmable) Internal
DIB6 Source A/B selection fault reset
DIA3 Ext. fault reset >1

P
(Programmable)
DIB4 Start/Stop, source B
Internal
DIA1 Start/Stop, source A Start/Stop
DIA2 External fault
(Programmable)
= control line
Figure 6.3-1 Control signal logic of the Pump and fan control Application.
Switch positions are shown according to the factory settings. 6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

6.4.1 Parameter table, Group 1
1. 5 PI-controller gain 1—1000% 1% 100% 6-5
1. 6 PI-controller I-time 0,00—320,00 s 0,01s 10,00s 0= No I-part in use 6-5
1. 7 Current limit 0,1—2,5 x InCT 0,1 A 1,5 x In CX ***Output curr. limit [A] of the unit 6-5

1 = Squared



1. 13 Nominal current 2,5 x In CX 0,1 A InCT In from the rating plate of 6-7
of the motor( In Mot) the motor


0 = Changes enabled
only when the frequency converter for motor and drive system
is stopped. Selecting 120 Hz/500 Hz range see page 6-5.
6 Table 6.4-1 Group 1 basic parameters. ***) Up to M10. Bigger classes case by case.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


Defines the frequency limits of the frequency converter.
= 120 Hz when the device is stopped (RUN indicator not lit) parameters 1. 1 and
1. 2 is changed to 500 Hz. At the same time the panel reference resolution is
Changing the max. value from 500 Hz to 120 Hz is done by setting parameter 1. 2
= 119 Hz when the device is stopped.
frequency (par. 1. 2).
1. 5 PI-controller gain
This parameter defines the gain of the PI-controller.
If this parameter is set to 100%, a 10% change in error value causes the controller
output to change by 10 Hz.
If the parameter value is set to 0 the PI-controller operates as I-controller.
1. 6 PI-controller I-time
Defines the integration time of the PI-controller.
1. 7 Current limit
figure 6.4-1.
setting.
1 point (par. 6. 3) where the nominal voltage is also supplied to the motor.
See figure 6.4-1.
and produces less torque and electromechanical noise. Squared U/f
ratio can be used in applications where torque demand of the load is
pumps.
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
U[V]
Un
(Par 6. 4)
Default: nominal
motor point
Linear
Default: nominal frequency
Squared of the motor f[Hz]
(Par. 6. 3) UD009K07
U/f curve The parameters for programming are explained in Chaper 6.5.2.
2 Programmable U/f curve can be used if the other settings do not satisfy
the needs of the application. See figure 6.4-2.
U[V]
Un
Par 6. 4
Default: nominal
motor point
Par. 6. 6
(Olet. 10%)
Default: nominal frequency
Par. 6. 7
(Olet. 1.3%) of the motor
Par. 6. 5 Par. 6. 3 f[Hz]
torque motor to produce torque enough to start and run at low frequencies.
boost The voltage increase depends on motor type and power.
NOTE! In high torque - low speed applications - it is the motor is likely to
overheat.
If the motor has to run a prolonged time under these conditions,
! special attention must be paid to cooling the motor. Use external
6 cooling for the motor if the temperature tends to rise too high.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


100% x Unmotor.
This parameter sets the field weakening point, parameter 6. 3, to the
same value.
0 = All parameter groups are visible
Determines access to the changes of the parameter values:
0 = Parameter value changes enabled
1 = Parameter value changes disabled
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


3 = Run enable
5 = Reverse
6 = Jogging frequency
7 = Fault reset
10 = Motor potentiometer UP
3 = Run enable
5 = Reverse
6 = Jogging frequency
7 = Fault reset
1 = Inverted
2. 7 Uin signal filter time 0,00—10,00 s 0,01s 1,00s 0 = No filtering 6-17
1 = 4—20 mA
1 = Inverted
2. 12 Iin signal filter time 0,01—10,00s 0,01s 1,00 s 0 = No filtering 6-18
3 = Run enable
5 = Reverse
6 = Jogging speed
7 = Fault reset
6 Note! = Parameter value can be changed only when the frequency converter is stopped
(Continues)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


2. 15 PI-controller reference 0—4 1 0 0 = Analogue voltage input (term. 2) 619
signal (source A) 1 = Analogue current input (term. 4)
(reference r2)
2. 16 PI-controller actual 0—3 1 0 0 = Actual value1 6-19
value selection 1 = Actual 1 + Actual 2
2 = Actual 1 - Actual 2
3 = Actual 1 * Actual 2
1 = Voltage input
2 = Current input
1 = Voltage input
2 = Current input
2. 19 Actual value 1 -320,00%— 0,01% 0,00% 0% = no minimum scaling 6-19
min scale +320,00%
2. 20 Actual value 1 -320,00%— 0,01% 100,00% 100% = no maximum scaling 6-19
max scale +320,00%
2. 21 Actual value 2 -320,00%— 0,01% 0,00% 0% = no minimum scaling 6-19
min scale +320,00%
2. 22 Actual value 2 -320,00%— 0,01% 100,00% 100% = no maximum scaling 6-19
max scale +320,00%
2. 23 Error value inversion 0—1 1 0 0 = No 6-20
1 = Yes
2. 24 PI-controller reference 0,0—100,0 s 0,1 s 60,0 s Time for reference value change 6-20
value rise time from 0 % to 100 %
2. 25 PI-controller reference 0,0—100,0 s 0.1 s 60,0 s Time for reference value change 6-20
value fall time from 100 % to 0 %
2. 26 Direct frequency 0—4 1 0 0 = Analogue voltage input (term. 2) 6-20
reference, source B 1 = Analogue current input (term. 4)
(reference r1)
2. 27 Source B reference 0—par.2. 28 1 Hz 0 Hz Selects the frequency that corres- 6-20
scaling minimum value ponds to the min. reference signal
2. 28 Source B reference 0 1 Hz 0 Hz Selects the frequency that 6-20
scaling maximum value —fmax corresponds to the max.
reference signal
0 = Scaling off
Note! = Parameter value can be changed only when the frequency converter is stopped (Continues)
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

3 = O/P current (0—2.0 x InCT)
6 = Motor voltage (0—100% xUnMot)
7 = DC-link volt. (0—1000 V)
8—10 = Not in use
11 = PI-controller reference value
12 = PI-controller actual value 1
13 = PI-controller actual value 2
14 = PI-controller error value
15 = PI-controller output
3. 2 Analogue output filter time 0,00—10,00 s 0,01s 1,00s 6-21
1 = Inverted
1 = 4 mA
1 = Ready
2 = Run
3 = Fault
4 = Fault inverted
8 = Warning
9 = Reversed
11 = At speed
22—27 = Not in use
28 = Auxiliary drive 1 start
function
function
2 = High limit
6 Note!
= Parameter value can be changed only when the frequency converter is stopped. (Continues)
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


2 = High limit
3. 13 Torque limit 0—2 1 0 0 = No 6-23
2 = High limit
3. 14 Torque limit 0,0—200,0% 0,1% 100,0% 6-23
2 = High limit
3. 17 External brake off-delay 0,0—100,0 s 1 0,5 s 6-23
3. 18 External brake on-delay 0,0—100,0 s 1 1,5 s 6-23
temperature limit
analogue output content
3. 22 I/O-expander board (opt.) 0,00—10,00 s 0,01 1,00 s See parameter 3. 2 6-21

4. 1 Acc./dec. ramp 1 shape 0,0—10,0 s 0,1 s 0,0 s 0 = Linear 6-24
4. 2 Acc./dec. ramp 2 shape 0,0—10,0 s 0,1 s 0,0 s 0 = Linear 6-24
1 = Flying start
Note!
1 = Ramp
= Parameter value can be changed only when the frequency converter is stopped. (Continues) 6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

4. 8 DC-braking current 0,15—1,5 x 0,1 A 0,5 x 6-25
InCT (A) InCT
4. 9 DC-braking time at Stop 0,00-250,00 s 0,01 s 0,00 s 0 = DC-brake is off at Stop 6-25
4. 10 Execute frequency of DC- 0,1-10,0 Hz 0,1 Hz 1,5 Hz 6-27
4. 11 DC-brake time at Start 0,00-25,00 s 0,01 s 0,00 s 0 = DC-brake is off at Start 6-27
4. 12 Jogging speed reference fmin —fmax 0,1 Hz 10,0 Hz 6-27
(1. 1) (1. 2)

5. 2 Prohibit frequency fmin—fmax 0,1 Hz 0,0 Hz 0 = No prohibit frequency range 6-27

6. 2 Switching frequency 1,0—16,0 kHz 0,1 kHz 10/3,6kHz Dependant on kW 6-28
point 1. 11
6. 4 Voltage at field 15—200% 1% 100% 6-28
point frequency
6. 6 U/F-curve mid 0,00—100,00% 0,01% 0,00% Parameter maximum value = 6-28
6. 7 Output voltage at 0,00—40,00% 0,01% 0,00% 6-28
6. 8 Overvoltage 0—1 1 1 0 = Controller is not operating 6-29
controller 1 = Controller is in operation
1 = Controller is in operation
6 Note! = Parameter value can be changed only when the frequency converter is stopped.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


par 4.7
par 4.7
the motor 2 = Fault
7. 4 Earth protection 0—2 2 2 0 = No action 6-29
2 = Fault
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
x InMOTOR
7. 12 Stall time 2,0—120,0 s 1,0 s 15,0 s 6-33

1 = Warning
2 = Fault
7. 17 Underload time 2,0—600,0 s 1,0 s 20,0 s 6-34
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

8. 1 Automatic restart: 0—10 1 0 6-35
number of tries
trial time
fault trip
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
Group 9, Pump and fan control special parameters
Code Parameter Range Stepl Default Custom Description Page

9. 1 Number of aux. drives 0—3 1 1 6-37
9. 2 Start frequency of Imin—Imax 0,1 Hz 51,0 Hz 6-37
auxiliary drive 1
9. 3 Stop frequency of Imin—Imax 0,1 Hz 25,0 Hz 6-37
auxiliary drive 1
auxiliary drive 2
auxiliary drive 2
auxiliary drive 3
auxiliary drive 3
9. 8
9. 9
9. 10 Start delay of the 0,0—300,0 s 0,1 s 4,0 s 6-37

auxiliary drives
9. 11 Stop delay of the 0,0—300,0 s 0,1 s 2,0 s 6-37
auxiliary drives
9. 12 Reference step after 0,0—100,0 % 0,1 % 0,0 % In % of actual value 6-38
start of the 1 aux. drive
9. 15 (Reseved)
9. 16 Sleep level 0,0—120/500 0,1 Hz 0.0 Hz Frequency below which the freq. 6-38
Hz of the speed controlled motor has
go before starting the sleep delay
counting ( 0.0 = not in use)
9. 17 Sleep delay 0,0—3000,0 s 0,1 s 30,0 s Time that the freq. has to be below 6-38
par. 9.16 before stopping Vacon
9. 18 Wake up level 0,0—100,0 % 0,1 % 0,0 % Level of the actual value for 6-38
restarting Vacon
9. 19 Wake up function 0—1 1 0 0 =Wake up when falling below 6-38
the wake up level
1 = Wake up when exeeding the
wake up level
9. 20 PI-regulator bypass 0—1 1 0 1 = PI-regulator bypassed 6-39
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
2. 1 DIA2 function
the input is active
prohibited
10: Motor pot. contact closed = Reference increases until the contact is
UP opened
Output
frequency
Param. 4. 10
DIA3
RUN
UD009K32
STOP
DIA3
6 Figure 6.5-1 DIA3 as DC-brake

command input:
a) Stop-mode = ramp,
UD009K32

b) Stop-mode = coasting
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2. 2 DIA3 function
DOWN opened
0= Signal range 0—10 V
1= Custom setting range from custom minimum (par. 2. 4) to custom
maximum (par. 2. 5)

2. 5 With these parameters you can set Uin for any input signal span within 0—10 V.
Maximum setting: Set the Uin signal to its maximum level, select parameter 2. 5,
buttons)

of analogue Uin signal
incoming analogue Uin signal. %
Long filtering time makes regula- Unfiltered signal
See figure 6.5-2. 100%
Filtered signal
63%
t [s]
Par. 2. 7
UD009K15
Figure 6.5-2 Uin signal filtering

range
0 = 0—20 mA
1 = 4—20 mA
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2. 9 Analogue input Iin custom setting

2. 10 minimum/maximum
With these parameters you can scale the input current signal (Iin) signal range
between 0—20 mA.
Minimum setting: Set the Iin signal to its minimum level, select parameter 2. 9,
Maximum setting: Set the Iin signal to its maximun level, select parameter 2. 10,
buttons)
%
Parameter 2. 11 = 0, no
inversion of Iin input. Unfiltered signal
Parameter 2. 11 = 1, inversion 100%

of Iin input.
Filtered signal
Filters out disturbances from the 63%
incoming analogue Iin signal.
Long filtering time makes regula-
See figure 6.5-3.
t [s]
Par. 2. 12
UD009K30
Figure 6.5-3 Analogue input Iin filter
time
2. 13 DIA5 function
the input is active
6 prohibited
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

2. 15 PI-controller reference signal
2 Panel reference is the reference set from the Reference menu.
Reference r2 is the PI-controller reference, see Chapter 6.
4 Same as setting 3 but the reference value is set to the minimum
frequency (par. 1. 1) each time the frequency converter is stopped.
When the value of parameter 1. 5 is set to 3 or 4, the value of parameter
2.1 is automatically set to 4 and the value of parameter 2. 2 is automatically
set to 10.
2. 16 PI-controller actual value selection

With these parameters the actual value of the PI-controller is selected.
Scaled Scaled
100 100
Par. 2. 19 = 30% 76.5

Par. 2. 20 = 80% (15.3 mA)
Par. 2. 19 = -30%
Par. 2. 20 = 140%
17.7
(3.5 mA)
Analogue Analogue
30 80 100 input [%] -30 0 100 140 input [%]
0
0 3.0 8.0 10.0 V 0 10.0 V
0 6.0 16.0 20.0 mA 0 20.0 mA
4 8.8 16.8 20.0 mA 4 20.0 mA UD012K34
Figure 6.5-4 Examples about the scaling of actual value signal.

Sets the minimum scaling point for Actual value 2.
Sets the maximum scaling point for Actual value 2.
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
2. 23 Error value inversion

This parameter allows you to invert the error value of the PI-controller (and thus
the operation of the PI-controller).
2. 24 PI-controller reference value rise time
2. 25 PI-controller reference value fall time
The rise and fall times of the PI-controller reference value can be set with these
parameters in the range of 0 to 100% (and vice versa). This prevents the reference
values from altering too fast e.g. at start-up.
2. 26 Direct frequency reference, Place B
2 Panel reference is the reference set from the Reference Menu.
Reference r1 is the Place B reference, see chapter 6.
4 Same as setting 3 but the reference value is set to the minimum
frequency (par. 1. 1) each time the frequency converter is stopped.
When the value of parameter 1. 5 is set to 3 or 4, the value of parameter 2.
1 is automatically set to 4 and the value of parameter 2. 2 is
automatically set to 10.
2. 27 Place B reference scaling, minimum value/maximum value
If par. 2. 28 = 0 scaling is set off.
See figures 6.5-5 and 6.5-6.
(In the figures voltage input Uin with signal range 0—10 V selected for source B reference)
Output Output
frequency frequency
Par. 2. 28
Par. 2. 27
Analogue Analogue
0 10 0 10
UD012K35
Figure 6.5-5 Reference scaling. Figure 6.5-6 Reference scaling, par. 2. 15 = 0.
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
See table on page 6-10. %
Unfiltered signal
Filters the analogue output signal. 100%
See figure 6.5-7.

Filtered signal
63%
t [s]
Figure 6.5-7 Analogue output filtering. Par. 3. 2

UD009K16

Inverts the analogue output
signal:
Analogue
max. output signal = minimum set value output
current
20 mA
12 mA
Param. 3. 5
= 50%
10 mA
Param. 3. 5
= 100%
4 mA
0 mA
0 0.5 1.0 UD012K17

See figure 6.5-9.
Output freq. Max. frequency (p. 1. 2) Analogue
output
Param. 3. 5
Motor speed Max. speed (nnxfmax/fn) current
= 200%
Param. 3. 5
= 100%
Output 2 x InCT 20 mA
current
Motor power 2 x PnMot
12 mA
Motor voltage 100% x UnMot Param. 3. 5
= 50%
DC-link volt. 1000 V 10 mA
PI-ref. value 100% x ref. value max.

PI-act. value1 100% x act. value max. Par. 3. 4 = 1
4 mA
PI-act. value2 100% x act. value max.
6
PI-error value 100%x error value max. Par. 3. 4 = 0 selected by param. 3. 1
0 mA
PI-output 100% x output max. 0 0.5 1.0 UD012K18
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


10 = Multi-step or jogging speed Multi-step or jog. speed has been selected with digital inp
Low limit/ High limit (par. 3. 9 and par. 3. 10)
limit supervision Low limit/ High limit (par. 3. 15 and par. 3. 16)
17 = External brake control External brake ON/OFF control with programmable de
lay (par 3. 17 and 3. 18)
18 = Control from I/O terminals External control mode selected with progr. push-button#2
19 = Frequency converter Temperature on frequency converter goes outside the
temperature limit supervision set supervision limits (par. 3. 19 and 3. 20)
requested one
21 = External brake control inverted External brake ON/OFF control (par. 3.17 and 3.18),
output active when brake control is ON
22—27 = Not in use
28 = Auxiliary drive 1 start Starts and stops auxuliary drive 1
29 = Auxiliary drive 12start Starts and stops auxuliary drive 2
30 = Auxiliary drive 3 start Starts and stops auxuliary drive 3

0 = No supervision
6 3. 12 Output frequency limit 2, supervision value
The frequency value supervised by parameter 3. 9 (3. 11).
See figure 6.5-10.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


function
0 = No supervision
Par. 3.9 = 2
2 = High limit supervision f[Hz]

Par 3. 10
UD009K19 t
RO1 or RO2 depending on the
settings of parameters 3. 6—3. 8. Example: 21 RO1 21 RO1 21 RO1
22 RO1 22 RO1 22 RO1
Figure 6.5-10 Output frequency 23 RO1 23 RO1 23 RO1
supervision.

The calculated torque value supervised by parameter 3. 13.
3. 15 Active reference limit, supervision function
0 = No supervision
depending on DIB6 input or panel reference if the panel is the active control source.
3. 16 Active reference limit , supervision value

The frequency value supervised by parameter 3. 15.
With these parameters the timing of external brake can be linked to the Start
and Stop control signals, see figure 6.5-11.
of relay outputs RO1 and RO2, see parameters 3. 6—3. 8.
The temperature value supervised by the parameter 3. 20.
3. 19 Frequency converter temperature limit supervision function
0 = No supervision
If the temperature of the frequency converter falls below or exceeds the set limit
(3. 20) this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via
3. 20
a relay output RO1 or RO2 depending on the settings of parameters 3. 6—3. 8.
Frequency converter temperature limit value
6
The temperature value supervised by parameter 3. 19.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

a)
tOFF = Par. 3. 17 tON = Par. 3. 18
External
ON relay output
DIA1: RUN FWD

STOP
DIA2: RUN REV

STOP t
UD012K45
b)
tOFF = Par. 3. 17 tON = Par. 3. 18
External
ON relay output
DIA1: START
PULSE
DIA2: STOP
PULSE
t


The start and end of the acceleration and deceleration ramps can be smoothed
with these parameters. Setting value 0 gives linear ramp shape which causes
an S-shape. Parameter 1. 3 and
1. 4 (4. 3 and 4. 4) determines the
time constant of acceleration/
(4. 3, 4. 4)
curve.
See figure 6.5-12. 4. 1 (4. 2)
4. 1 (4. 2) [t]
Figure 6.5-12 S-shaped acceleration/ UD009K20
deceleration.
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
programmable signal DIA3 of this application, see parameter 2. 2. Acceleration/
deceleration times can be reduced with an external free analogue input signal, see
parameters 2. 18 and 2. 19.
4. 5 Brake chopper
4. 6 Start function
Ramp:
cause prolonged acceleration times).
Flying start:
interruptions.
4. 7 Stop function
Coasting:
Ramp:
the set deceleration parameters. If the regenerated energy is high it may be
necessary to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration.
6
4. 7. See figure 6.5-13.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

of parameter 4.9.
fout fout
fn fn
Output frequency
Motor speed
0,1x fn Output frequency
Motor speed
DC-braking ON
DC-braking ON
t t
t = 1 x par. 4. 9 t = 0.1 x par. 4. 9
RUN RUN UD009K21

STOP STOP
parameter 4. 10, where the DC-braking starts.

fout
Motor speed
If high inertia exists, it is Output frequency
faster deceleration. See
figure 6.5-14. DC-braking
Param. 4. 10
t = param. 4. 9
6 Figure 6.5-14 DC-braking

RUN
STOP UD009K23
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

See figure 6.5-14.

0 DC-brake is not used Output
>0 DC-brake is actived when frequency
the start command is given
set start function parameter t
4. 6 and acceleration Par 4. 11
RUN
2, 4. 3), see figure 6.5-15. STOP UD009K22
Figure 6.5-15 DC-braking time at

start

Parameter value defines the jogging speed selected with the digital input.
5. 1 Prohibit frequency area,

5. 2 Low limit/High limit fout
5. 3 [Hz]
5. 4
5. 5
5. 6
frequency
because of mechanical reso- reference
nance problems.
5. 1 5. 2
With these parameters it is 5. 3 5. 4
5. 5 5. 6
possible to set limits for three "skip
frequency" regions. [Hz]
Figure 6.5-16 Example of prohibit UD009K33

6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
Motor noise can be minimized using high switching frequency. Increasing the
frequency reduces the capacity of the frequency converter. Before changing the
frequency from the factory default 10 kHz (3.6 kHz from 30 kW upwards), check
the curves in Figure 5.2-3 of the User's Manual for the allowed capacity.
the set maximum value (par. 6. 4). Above that frequency the output voltage remains
at the set maximum value.
Below that frequency the output voltage depends on the setting of the U/f curve
parameter defines the middle point voltage (% of motor nom. voltage) of the
U[V]
Un
Par 6. 4
Par. 6. 6
(Olet. 10%)
Par. 6. 7
(Olet. 1.3%)
Par. 6. 5 Par. 6. 3 f[Hz]

6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
the regulator controls the output frequency according to the supply fluctuations.

0 = No response
1 = Warning
A warning or a fault action and message is generated if a 4—20 mA reference signal
0 = No response
1 = Warning
A warning or a fault action and message are generated from the external fault signal
0 = No action
2 = Fault
0 = No action
2 = Fault message

General
frequencies. With low frequencies the cooling effect of the motor is reduced and the capacity 6
of the motor is reduced. If the motor is equipped with an external fan the load reduction at low
speeds is small.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

power is turned on, the calculated model uses the output current at 75% from IT the thermal stage
heatsink temperature to determine the initial will reach a 56% value and with output current at
thermal stage for the motor. The calculated model 120% from IT the thermal stage would reach a
assumes that the ambient temperature of the 144% value. The function will trip the device (refer
motor is 40°C. par. 7. 5) if the thermal stage will reach a value of
Motor thermal protection can be adjusted by setting determined with the time constant parameter 7.
the parameters. The thermal current IT specifies 8. The bigger the motor the longer it takes to reach
the load current above which the motor is the final temperature.
overloaded. This current limit is a function of the
output frequency. The curve for I T is set with The thermal stage of the motor can be monitored
parameters 7. 6, 7. 7 and 7. 9, refer to figure 6.5- with the display. See the table of monitoring items.
18. The parameters have their default values set (User's Manual, table 7.3-1).
according to the motor name plate data.

Operation:
0 = Not in use
1 = Warning
2 = Trip function
Tripping and warning will display the same message code. If the tripping is selected
the motor to 0%.
This parameter sets the value for thermal current at frequencies above the
break point on the thermal current curve. See Figure 6.5-18.
The value is set in percentage value which refers to the name plate data of the
output current.
value.
current of the drive. Parameter 1. 7 alone determines the maximum output
current of the drive.
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
I
Current
limit
par. 1. 7
Overload area
Par. 7. 6 IT
Par. 7. 7
f
IT curve.

value for thermal current at zero frequency. See Figure 6.5-18.
The value is set in percentage of the motor parameter is automatically restored to the
name plate data, parameter 1. 13, motor's default value.
nominal current, not the drive's nominal
output current. The motor's nominal current Setting this parameter (or parameter 1. 13)
is the current which the motor can stand in does not affect the maximum output current
direct on-line use without being overheated. of the drive. Parameter 1. 7 alone
If you change parameter 1. 13 this the drive.

The time can be set between 0.5—300 minutes.
motor manufacturers. cons-tant in minutes equals to 2xt6 (t6 in
If either of these parameters is set, then this parameter value. The cooling in the stop
parameter is set to default value. stage is based on convection and the time
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

The frequency can be set between 10—500 Hz.
the thermal capacity of the motor is assumed to be constant. See Figure 6.5-18.
Motor temperature
Trip area
105%
Motor
par. 7. 5
I/IT
Time constant T*)


Figure 6.5-19 Calculating motor temperature

General
The reaction time of stall protection can be set shorter than with motor thermal protection. The
stall state is defined with two parameters, 7.11. Stall Current and 7.13. Stall Frequency. If the
current is higher than the set limit and output frequency is lower than the set limit the stall state
is true. There is actually no real indication of the shaft rotation. Stall protection is a type of
overcurrent protection.
Operation:
0 = Not in use
1 = Warning
2 = Trip function
Tripping and warning will display the same message code. If the tripping is set on,
6 Setting the parameter to 0 will deactivate the protection and will reset the stall time
counter to zero.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205


I
6.5-20. The value is set in per- Stall area
centage of the motor's name plate
data, parameter 1. 13, motor's
nominal current. If parameter 1.
Par. 7. 11
13 is adjusted, this parameter is
automatically restored to the de-
fault value.
f
Figure 6.5-20 Setting the stall Par. 7. 13 UMCH7_11
characteristics.
7. 12 Stall time
This is the maximum time allowed for a stall stage. There is an internal up/down
counter to count the stall time. See Figure 6.5-21.
(See parameter 7. 10).

Stall time counter
Trip area
In the stall state, the ouput fre-
Par. 7. 12
quency has to be smaller than this
limit. See Figure 6.5-20. Trip/warning
par. 7. 10
UMCH7_12
Time
Figure 6.5-21 Counting the stall time. Stall

No stall

General
Motor underload protection can be adjusted by set- 5Hz (the underload counter value is stopped).
ting the underload curve with parameters
7. 15 and 7. 16. The underload curve is a squared
Refer to the figure 6.5-22. 6
curve set between zero frequency and the field The torque values for setting the underload curve
weakening point. The protection is not active below are set in percentage values which refer to the
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

nominal torque of the motor. The motor's name to find the scaling ratio for the internal torque value.
plate data, parameter 1. 13, the motor's nominal If other than standard motor is used with the drive
current and the drive's nominal current ICT are used the accuracy of the torque calculation is de-
creased.
Operation:
0 = Not in use
1 = Warning
2 = Fault
counter to zero.
The torque limit can be set
between 20.0—150 % x TnMotor. Torque

the minimum torque allowed when
Par. 7. 15
See Figure 6.5-22.
parameter is automatically
restored to the default value. Par. 7. 16
Underload area
f
5 Hz Fieldweakening UMCH7_15
Figure 6.5-22 Setting of minimum point par. 6. 3
load.

This parameter gives value for the minimum torque allowed with zero frequency.
See Figure 6.5-22. If parameter 1. 13 is adjusted, this parameter is automatically
This time can be set between 2.0—600.0 s.
This is the maximum time allowed for an underload state. There is an internal up/
down counter to accumulate the underload time. See Figure 6.5-23.
If the underload counter value goes above this limit the protection will cause a trip
(refer to the parameter 7. 14). If the drive is stopped the underload counter is reset
to zero.
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
Trip area
Par. 7. 17
Trip/warning
par. 7. 14
UMCH7_17
Time
Underl.
Figure 6.5-23 Counting the under- No underl.
load time.

selected with parameter 8. 3.
not exceed the value of the parameter 8.1 during the trial time, the counting is
cleared after the time has elapsed and next fault starts the counting again.
See figure 6.5-24.
Number of faults
during t = ttrial
ttrial ttrial
4
2 Par. 8. 1 = 3
ttrial = Par. 8. 2
1
t

RUN UD012K25
STOP
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

0 = Start with ramp
0 = No automatic restart after undervoltage trip
0 = No automatic restart after overvoltage trip
0 = No automatic restart after overcurrent trip

1 = Automatic restart after analogue current reference signal (4—20 mA)
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
9. 1 Number of auxiliary drives

With this parameter the number of auxiliary drives in use will be defined. The signals
switching the auxiliary drives on and off can be programmed to relay outputs or to
digital output with parameters 3. 6 - 3. 8. The default setting is one auxiliary drive
in use and it is pre-programmed to relay output RO1.
9. 2 Start frequency of auxiliary drive 1
The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must exceed the
limit defined with these parameters with 1 Hz before the auxiliary drive is started.
The 1 Hz overdraft creates a hysteresis to avoid unnecessary starts and stops. See
figure 6.5-25.
9. 3 Stop frequency of auxiliary drive 1
The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must fall with 1Hz
below the limit defined with these parameters before the auxiliary drive is stopped.
The stop frequency limit also defines the frequency to which the frequency of the
drive controlled by the frequency converter is dropped after starting the auxiliary
drive. See figure 6.5-25.
9. 10 Start delay of auxiliary drives
The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must exceed the
start frequency of the auxiliary drive with the time defined with parameter 9. 10
before the drive is started. The delay is the same for all auxiliary drives. This
prevents unnecessary starts caused by exceeding the start limit momentarily. See
Figure 6.5-25.
9. 11 Stop delay of auxiliary drives
The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must be as much
as the time defined with parameter 9. 11 below the stop limit of the auxiliary drive
before the drive is stopped. The delay is the same for all auxiliary drives. This
prevents the unnecessary stops caused by falling momentarily below the stop limit.
See figure 6.5-25.
Output frequency Output frequency

Start delay of the aux.
drives (par 9.10)
Frequency
Start freq. of aux. drive 1 (par. 9.2 + 1 Hz) Start freq. of aux. drive 1 (par. 9.2 + 1 Hz) increase
during the
start delay
Frequency after
starting the aux. drive1
is par. 9.3 - 1 Hz
Stop freq. of aux.

drive 1
(par. 9.3 - 1 Hz)
Fmin
par. 1.1 Frequency decrease
Stop freq. of aux. drive 1 Frequency after
starting the aux. drive1 during the stop delay
(par. 9.3 - 1 Hz) Stop delay of the aux.
is par. 9.3 + 1 Hz Fmin
6
drives (par 9.11)
par. 1.1
Flow Flow
Figure 6.5-25 Example of effect of parameters in variable speed and one auxiliary
drive system.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
9. 12 Reference step after start of the auxiliary drive 1

The reference step will be automatically added to the reference value always when
the corresponding auxiliary drive is started. With the reference steps e.g. the
pressure loss in the piping caused by the increased flow can be compensated. See
figure 6.5-26.
Reference for PI-controller
Reference step 3
par. 9.14
Reference step 2
par. 9.13
Reference step 1
par. 9.12
Reference
(analoginput)
Time
start
Aux. drive 1 stop
start
Aux. drive 2 stop
start
Aux. drive 3
stop
Figure 6.5-26 Reference steps after starting auxiliary drives.
9. 16 Sleep level
9. 17 Sleep delay
The change of this parameter from value 0.0 Hz activates the sleep function where
the frequency converter is stopped automatically when the frequency of the drive
controlled by the frequency converter is below the sleep level (par. 9.16)
continuously over the sleep delay (9. 17). During the stop state the Pump and fan
control is operating and it turns the frequency converter to Run state when the wake-
up level defined with parameters 9. 18 and 9. 19 is reached. See Figure 6.5-27.
9. 18 Wake up level
The wake up level defines the level below which the actual value must fall or which
has to be exceeded before the frequency converter is restored from the sleep
function. See Figure 6.5-27.
6 9. 19 Wake up function
This parameter determines if the wake up occurs when the value falls below or
exceeds the wake up level (par. 9. 18).
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Actual value
Wake up level (param. 9.18 )
Time
Output frequency
t < tsleep (param. 9.17)

tsleep
Sleep level
param. 9.16
Time
running
Start/Stop status of
the var. speed drive
stop
Figure 6.5-27 Example of the sleep function.
9. 20 PI-regulator bypass
With this parameter the PI-requlator can be programmed to be bypassed. Then the
frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter and the starting points
of the auxiliary drives are defined according to the actual value signal.
Output freq.
Max. freq.
(par. 1.2)
Start freq. of the aux. drive 2
Start freq. of the aux. drive 1 (par.9.4)
(par.9.2)
Stop freq. of the aux.

Minimum freq. Stop freq. of the aux. drive 2 (par.9.5)
(par. 1.1) drive 1 (par.9.3) Actual value
Maximum of the
Minimum of the actual value
actual value
start
Start/stop control of
the freq. converter stop
start
Auxiliary drive 1 stop
6
start
Auxiliary drive 2 stop
Figure 6.5-28 Example of the function of variable speed drive and two auxiliary
drives when PI-requlator is bypassed with parameter 9. 20.
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
6.6 MONITORING DATA

The PI-control application has extra items for monitoring (n20 - n25). See table 6.6-1
Data Data Unit Description

number name
n1 Output frequency Hz Frequency to the motor
n2 Motor speed rpm Calculated motor speed
n3 Motor current A Measured motor current
n4 Motor torque % Calculated actual torque/nominal torque of the unit
n5 Motor power % Calculated actual power/nominal power of the unit
n6 Motor voltage V Calculated motor voltage
n7 DC-link voltage V Measured DC-link voltage
n8 Temperature °C Temperature of the heat sink
n9 Operating day counter DD.dd Operating days 1), not resettable
n 10 Operating hours, HH.hh Operating hours 2), can be reset with
"trip counter" programmable button #3
n 11 MW-hours MWh Total MW-hours, not resettable
n 12 MW-hours, MWh MW-hours, can be reset with programmable
"trip counter" button #4
n 13 Voltage/analogue input V Voltage of the terminal Uin+ (term. #2)
n 14 Current/analogue input mA Current of terminals Iin+ and Iin- (term. #4, #5)
n 15 Digital input status, gr. A
n 16 Digital input status, gr. B
n 17 Digital and relay output
status
n 18 Control program Version number of the control software
n 19 Unit nominal power kW Shows the power size of the unit
n 20 PI-controller reference % Percent of the maximum reference
n 21 PI-controller actual value % Percent of the maximum actual value
n 22 PI-controller error value % Percent of the maximum error value
n 23 PI-controller output Hz
n 24 Number of running
auxiliary drives
n 25 Motor temperature rise % 100%= temperature of motor has risen to nominal
Table 6.6-1 Monitored items.

1) DD = full days, dd = desimal part of a day
2) HH = full hours, hh = desimal part of an hour
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
6.7 Panel reference

The Pump and fan control application has an extra reference (r2) for PI-controller on the pan-
el's Reference menu. See table 6.7-1.
Reference Reference Range Step Function

number name
r1 Frequency fmin—fmax 0.01 Hz Reference for panel control and
reference I/O terminal Source B reference.
r2 PI-controller 0—100% 0.1% Reference for PI-controller
reference
Table 6.7-1 Panel reference.
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
Remarks:
6
Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205
Monitoring values (MON) Faults and warnings
Num. Data name Unit Code Fault
V1 Output frequency Hz
V2 Motor speed rpm F1 Overcurrent
V3 Motor current A F2 Overvoltage
V4 Motor torque % F3 Earth fault
V5 Motor power % F4 Inverter fault
V6 Motor voltage V F5 Charging switch
V7 DC-link voltage V F9 Under voltage
V8 Temperature °C F 10 Input line supervision
V9 Operating day counter DD.dd F 11 Output phase supervision
V 10 Operating hours, HH.hh F 12 Brake chopper supervision
"trip counter" F 13 Vacon under temperature
V 11 MWh-hours MWh F 14 Vacon over temperature
V 12 MWh-hours, "trip counter" MWh F 15 Motor stalled
V 13 Voltage/analogue input V F 16 Motor over temperature
V 14 Current/analogue input mA F 17 Motor underload
V 15 Digital input stat.,group A See F 18 Analogue input hardware fault
V 16 Digital input stat.,group B figure Polarity fault
V 17 Digital and relay below F 19 Option board identification
output status F 20 10 V voltage reference
V 18 Control program F 21 24 V supply
V 19 Unit nominal power kW F 22 EEPROM
V 20 Motor temperature rise % F 23 checksum fault
Only in PI-controller F 24
V 20 PI-controller reference % F 25 Microprocessor watchdog
V 21 PI-controller actual value % F 26 Panel communication error
V 22 PI-controller error value % F 29 Thermistor protection
V 23 PI-controller output Hz F 36 Analogue input Iin 4-20 mA <4 mA
V 24 Motor temperature rise % F 41 External fault
1.) DD=full days, dd=desimal part Warnings
of a day
2.) HH=full hours, hh=desimal part A 15 Motor stalled
of an hour
A 16 Motor overtemperature
A 17 Motor underload
Digital input and output signal statuses A 24 The values in the Fault history,
MWh-counters or operating day/
hour counters might have been
0 = open input
V 15 1 = closed input (active) changed in the previous mains
Dig Input A Stat Example:
interrupt
0.011 Input Terminal A 28 Change of application has failed
DIA1 8 A 30 Unbalance current fault
closed A 45 Vacon overtemp. warning
DIA2 9 A 46 Reference warning, analogue input
closed Iin+ <4 mA
DIA3 10 A 47 External warning
open
Programmable push-buttons (BTNS) ENTER-button

Button Button Function Feedback information
number name 0 1
b1 Reverse Changes the direction of Direction Direction Feedback information
motor rotation. command command flashes as long as direc-
Active only if the panel is forward backward tion is different from the
the active control source command
b2 Active Selects the active control Control via Control from the
control source between the panel I/O terminals Control Panel
source and I/O terminals
b3 Clear trip Clears the trip operating No clearing Clearing accepted
operating when pressed
hour counter
b4 Clear trip Clears No clearing Clearing accepted
MWh the MWh trip counter when
counter pressed
M7 C
Contrast Contrast
15 15
M6 H1
Fault history 2. Overvoltage ENTER Fault history reset
H 1-9 2-3 s
M5 F1
Active faults 1. Overcurrent Browse active faults
F 1-9
B2 Panel control
l
M4 B1 B1
B1-4 On Off
M3 R1 R1
Reference FreqReference Freq. reference
R1-1 122.45 Hz 122.45 Hz
G2
l
} Special param.
G12
M2 G1 P1.1 P1.1
Parameters Basic param. Min Frequency Min Frequency
G 1-12 P 1-15 12.34 Hz 12.34 Hz ENTER
V2 Motor speed
l
V20 Motor temp.
M1 V1
Monitor Output Freq
V 1-20 122.44 Hz
VACON SUBSIDIARIES:
UD 00224D, 2.10.2000
Vacon Drives UK Ltd
Unit 11, Sunnyside Park
Wheatfield Way
Hinckley Fields Industrial Estate
Hinckley
LEICESTERSHIRE, LE10 1PJ
ENGLAND
Tel. +44(0)1455 611 515,
Fax. +44(0) 1455 611 517
Vacon GmbH
Alexanderstr. 31,
D-40210 DÜSSELDORF,
GERMANY
Tel. +49 (0)211/876 3470,
Fax. +49(0)211/ 876 34729
Vacon AB
Torget 1,
S-17267 SUNDBYBERG (Stockholm),
SWEDEN
Tel. +46(0)8-293 055
Fax. +46(0)8-290 755
Vacon Traction Ltd

Alasniitynkatu 30,
FIN-33700 TAMPERE,
FINLAND
Tel. +358(0)201 2121,
Fax. +358 (0)201-212 710
Vacon SPA
Via F.lli Guerra, 35
I-42100 REGGIO EMILIA
ITALY
Tel. +39(0) 5 22/ 276 811,
Fax. +39(0)5 22/ 276 890
Vacon Benelux BV
Weide 40,
NL-4206 CJ GORINCHEM
NETHERLANDS
Tel. +31(0)183/ 642 970,
Fax. +31(0)183/ 642 971
Vacon Drives Iberica S.A.

Miguel Servet, 2 P. Ind. Bufalvent
08240 MANRESA
SPAIN
Tel. +34 938 774 506
Fax. +34 938 770 009
VACON PLC
P.O.Box 25
Runsorintie 5
FIN-65381 VAASA
FINLAND
Phone: +358-201-2121
Distributor:
Fax: +358-201-212 205
Service: +358-40-8371 150
E-mail: vacon@vacon.com
http://www.vacon.com

Vacon CX and Etc PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Vacon CX and Etc PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Vacon CX and Etc PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

F R E Q U E N C Y C O N V E R T E R S

Subject to changes without notice.

VACON CX/CXL/CXS USER'S MANUAL

VACON CX/CXL/CXS "FIVE IN ONE+" -

A General .................................................. 0-2

Start-up Quick Guide

ONLY A COMPETENT ELECTRICIAN SHOULD CARRY

4 Vacon CX/CXL/CXS has a large capacitive leakage current.

If a frequency converter is used as a part of the machine, the

6 Only spare parts delivered by Vacon Plc can be used.

1.2 Safety instructions

Frequency converter is meant only for fixed installation. Do not make

3 Do not make any voltage withstand tests on any part of the

5 Do not touch the IC-circuits on the circuit boards. Static voltage

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

! 2 Maximum motor speed (frequency) should always be set according

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

hereby declares that the product:

Vaasa 12.05. 1997

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vaasa 12.05. 1997

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Manufacturer's Name: Vaasa Control

Vaasa 12.05. 1997

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Vaasa 14.11. 1997

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

3.1 Type designation code

VACON (CA) 2.2 CX 4 G 2 N 1 (AA)

Figure 3-1 Type designation code.

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

3 In normal conditions, the Vacon CX/CXL/CXS

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Motor and Motor

RS 232 Control ASIC

Figure 4-1 Vacon CX/CXL/CXS block diagram.

4.2 Power ratings

Mains voltage 380—440 V, 50/60 Hz, 3~ Series CX

Vacon 2.2 CX 4 2.2 6.5 10 3 8 M4/IP20 120 x 290 x 215 7

Table 4.2-1 Power ratings and dimensions of Vacon CX-series 380—440V.

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Mains voltage 440—500 V, 50/60 Hz, 3~ Series CX

Table 4.2-2 Power ratings and dimensions of Vacon CX-series 440—500V.

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Mains voltage 380 V—440 V, 50/60 Hz, 3~ Series CXL

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Mains voltage 440 V—500 V, 50/60 Hz, 3~ Series CXL

Vacon 0.75 CXL 5 0.75 2.5 3.8 1.1 3 M4/IP21* 120x390x215 6

Table 4.2-4 Power ratings and dimensions of Vacon CXL-series 440—500V.

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Mains voltage 525 V—690 V, 50/60 Hz, 3~ Series CX

Table 4.2-5 Power ratings and dimensions of Vacon CX-serie 690V.

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Mains voltage 380 V—440 V, 50/60 Hz, 3~ Series CXS

Table 4.2-6 Power ratings and dimensions of Vacon CXS-series 380V—500V.

Mains voltage 230 V, 50/60 Hz, 3~ Series CXS

Vacon Plc Tel: +358-201-2121 Fax: +358-201-212 205

Mains voltage 230 V, 50/60 Hz, 3~ Series CX

110—160 CX4/CX5 2185 Cu (1 2 240 Cu

200—250 CX4/CX5 2300 (1 2 240 Cu

315—400 CX4/CX5 4240 (1 2 240 Cu